| OLD | NEW |
| (Empty) | |
| 1 |
| 2 /* pngvalid.c - validate libpng by constructing then reading png files. |
| 3 * |
| 4 * Last changed in libpng 1.6.22 [(PENDING RELEASE)] |
| 5 * Copyright (c) 2014-2016 Glenn Randers-Pehrson |
| 6 * Written by John Cunningham Bowler |
| 7 * |
| 8 * This code is released under the libpng license. |
| 9 * For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer |
| 10 * and license in png.h |
| 11 * |
| 12 * NOTES: |
| 13 * This is a C program that is intended to be linked against libpng. It |
| 14 * generates bitmaps internally, stores them as PNG files (using the |
| 15 * sequential write code) then reads them back (using the sequential |
| 16 * read code) and validates that the result has the correct data. |
| 17 * |
| 18 * The program can be modified and extended to test the correctness of |
| 19 * transformations performed by libpng. |
| 20 */ |
| 21 |
| 22 #define _POSIX_SOURCE 1 |
| 23 #define _ISOC99_SOURCE 1 /* For floating point */ |
| 24 #define _GNU_SOURCE 1 /* For the floating point exception extension */ |
| 25 |
| 26 #include <signal.h> |
| 27 #include <stdio.h> |
| 28 |
| 29 #if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) && !defined(PNG_NO_CONFIG_H) |
| 30 # include <config.h> |
| 31 #endif |
| 32 |
| 33 #ifdef HAVE_FEENABLEEXCEPT /* from config.h, if included */ |
| 34 # include <fenv.h> |
| 35 #endif |
| 36 |
| 37 #ifndef FE_DIVBYZERO |
| 38 # define FE_DIVBYZERO 0 |
| 39 #endif |
| 40 #ifndef FE_INVALID |
| 41 # define FE_INVALID 0 |
| 42 #endif |
| 43 #ifndef FE_OVERFLOW |
| 44 # define FE_OVERFLOW 0 |
| 45 #endif |
| 46 |
| 47 /* Define the following to use this test against your installed libpng, rather |
| 48 * than the one being built here: |
| 49 */ |
| 50 #ifdef PNG_FREESTANDING_TESTS |
| 51 # include <png.h> |
| 52 #else |
| 53 # include "../../png.h" |
| 54 #endif |
| 55 |
| 56 #ifdef PNG_ZLIB_HEADER |
| 57 # include PNG_ZLIB_HEADER |
| 58 #else |
| 59 # include <zlib.h> /* For crc32 */ |
| 60 #endif |
| 61 |
| 62 /* 1.6.1 added support for the configure test harness, which uses 77 to indicate |
| 63 * a skipped test, in earlier versions we need to succeed on a skipped test, so: |
| 64 */ |
| 65 #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10601 && defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) |
| 66 # define SKIP 77 |
| 67 #else |
| 68 # define SKIP 0 |
| 69 #endif |
| 70 |
| 71 /* pngvalid requires write support and one of the fixed or floating point APIs. |
| 72 */ |
| 73 #if defined(PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED) &&\ |
| 74 (defined(PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED)) |
| 75 |
| 76 #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10500 |
| 77 /* This deliberately lacks the const. */ |
| 78 typedef png_byte *png_const_bytep; |
| 79 |
| 80 /* This is copied from 1.5.1 png.h: */ |
| 81 #define PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES 7 |
| 82 #define PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass) (((1U&~(pass))<<(3-((pass)>>1)))&7) |
| 83 #define PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass) (((1U& (pass))<<(3-(((pass)+1)>>1)))&7) |
| 84 #define PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass) ((pass)>2?(8-(pass))>>1:3) |
| 85 #define PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass) ((pass)>1?(7-(pass))>>1:3) |
| 86 #define PNG_PASS_ROWS(height, pass) (((height)+(((1<<PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass))\ |
| 87 -1)-PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass)))>>PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass)) |
| 88 #define PNG_PASS_COLS(width, pass) (((width)+(((1<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass))\ |
| 89 -1)-PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass)))>>PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass)) |
| 90 #define PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(yIn, pass) \ |
| 91 (((yIn)<<PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass))+PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass)) |
| 92 #define PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(xIn, pass) \ |
| 93 (((xIn)<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass))+PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass)) |
| 94 #define PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,off) ( \ |
| 95 ((0x110145AFU>>(((7-(off))-(pass))<<2)) & 0xFU) | \ |
| 96 ((0x01145AF0U>>(((7-(off))-(pass))<<2)) & 0xF0U)) |
| 97 #define PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass) \ |
| 98 ((PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,0) >> ((y)&7)) & 1) |
| 99 #define PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(x, pass) \ |
| 100 ((PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,1) >> ((x)&7)) & 1) |
| 101 |
| 102 /* These are needed too for the default build: */ |
| 103 #define PNG_WRITE_16BIT_SUPPORTED |
| 104 #define PNG_READ_16BIT_SUPPORTED |
| 105 |
| 106 /* This comes from pnglibconf.h afer 1.5: */ |
| 107 #define PNG_FP_1 100000 |
| 108 #define PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD_FIXED\ |
| 109 ((png_fixed_point)(PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD * PNG_FP_1)) |
| 110 #endif |
| 111 |
| 112 #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10600 |
| 113 /* 1.6.0 constifies many APIs, the following exists to allow pngvalid to be |
| 114 * compiled against earlier versions. |
| 115 */ |
| 116 # define png_const_structp png_structp |
| 117 #endif |
| 118 |
| 119 #ifndef RELEASE_BUILD |
| 120 /* RELEASE_BUILD is true for releases and release candidates: */ |
| 121 # define RELEASE_BUILD (PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE >= PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_RC) |
| 122 #endif |
| 123 #if RELEASE_BUILD |
| 124 # define debugonly(something) |
| 125 #else /* !RELEASE_BUILD */ |
| 126 # define debugonly(something) something |
| 127 #endif /* !RELEASE_BUILD */ |
| 128 |
| 129 #include <float.h> /* For floating point constants */ |
| 130 #include <stdlib.h> /* For malloc */ |
| 131 #include <string.h> /* For memcpy, memset */ |
| 132 #include <math.h> /* For floor */ |
| 133 |
| 134 /* Unused formal parameter errors are removed using the following macro which is |
| 135 * expected to have no bad effects on performance. |
| 136 */ |
| 137 #ifndef UNUSED |
| 138 # if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) |
| 139 # define UNUSED(param) (void)param; |
| 140 # else |
| 141 # define UNUSED(param) |
| 142 # endif |
| 143 #endif |
| 144 |
| 145 /***************************** EXCEPTION HANDLING *****************************/ |
| 146 #ifdef PNG_FREESTANDING_TESTS |
| 147 # include <cexcept.h> |
| 148 #else |
| 149 # include "../visupng/cexcept.h" |
| 150 #endif |
| 151 |
| 152 #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 153 # define this not_the_cpp_this |
| 154 # define new not_the_cpp_new |
| 155 # define voidcast(type, value) static_cast<type>(value) |
| 156 #else |
| 157 # define voidcast(type, value) (value) |
| 158 #endif /* __cplusplus */ |
| 159 |
| 160 struct png_store; |
| 161 define_exception_type(struct png_store*); |
| 162 |
| 163 /* The following are macros to reduce typing everywhere where the well known |
| 164 * name 'the_exception_context' must be defined. |
| 165 */ |
| 166 #define anon_context(ps) struct exception_context *the_exception_context = \ |
| 167 &(ps)->exception_context |
| 168 #define context(ps,fault) anon_context(ps); png_store *fault |
| 169 |
| 170 /* This macro returns the number of elements in an array as an (unsigned int), |
| 171 * it is necessary to avoid the inability of certain versions of GCC to use |
| 172 * the value of a compile-time constant when performing range checks. It must |
| 173 * be passed an array name. |
| 174 */ |
| 175 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) ((unsigned int)((sizeof (a))/(sizeof (a)[0]))) |
| 176 |
| 177 /* GCC BUG 66447 (https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=66447) requires |
| 178 * some broken GCC versions to be fixed up to avoid invalid whining about auto |
| 179 * variables that are *not* changed within the scope of a setjmp being changed. |
| 180 * |
| 181 * Feel free to extend the list of broken versions. |
| 182 */ |
| 183 #define is_gnu(major,minor)\ |
| 184 (defined __GNUC__) && __GNUC__ == (major) && __GNUC_MINOR__ == (minor) |
| 185 #define is_gnu_patch(major,minor,patch)\ |
| 186 is_gnu(major,minor) && __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__ == 0 |
| 187 /* For the moment just do it always; all versions of GCC seem to be broken: */ |
| 188 #ifdef __GNUC__ |
| 189 const void * volatile make_volatile_for_gnu; |
| 190 # define gnu_volatile(x) make_volatile_for_gnu = &x; |
| 191 #else /* !GNUC broken versions */ |
| 192 # define gnu_volatile(x) |
| 193 #endif /* !GNUC broken versions */ |
| 194 |
| 195 /******************************* UTILITIES ************************************/ |
| 196 /* Error handling is particularly problematic in production code - error |
| 197 * handlers often themselves have bugs which lead to programs that detect |
| 198 * minor errors crashing. The following functions deal with one very |
| 199 * common class of errors in error handlers - attempting to format error or |
| 200 * warning messages into buffers that are too small. |
| 201 */ |
| 202 static size_t safecat(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t pos, |
| 203 const char *cat) |
| 204 { |
| 205 while (pos < bufsize && cat != NULL && *cat != 0) |
| 206 buffer[pos++] = *cat++; |
| 207 |
| 208 if (pos >= bufsize) |
| 209 pos = bufsize-1; |
| 210 |
| 211 buffer[pos] = 0; |
| 212 return pos; |
| 213 } |
| 214 |
| 215 static size_t safecatn(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t pos, int n) |
| 216 { |
| 217 char number[64]; |
| 218 sprintf(number, "%d", n); |
| 219 return safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, number); |
| 220 } |
| 221 |
| 222 #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED |
| 223 static size_t safecatd(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t pos, double d, |
| 224 int precision) |
| 225 { |
| 226 char number[64]; |
| 227 sprintf(number, "%.*f", precision, d); |
| 228 return safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, number); |
| 229 } |
| 230 #endif |
| 231 |
| 232 static const char invalid[] = "invalid"; |
| 233 static const char sep[] = ": "; |
| 234 |
| 235 static const char *colour_types[8] = |
| 236 { |
| 237 "grayscale", invalid, "truecolour", "indexed-colour", |
| 238 "grayscale with alpha", invalid, "truecolour with alpha", invalid |
| 239 }; |
| 240 |
| 241 #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED |
| 242 /* Convert a double precision value to fixed point. */ |
| 243 static png_fixed_point |
| 244 fix(double d) |
| 245 { |
| 246 d = floor(d * PNG_FP_1 + .5); |
| 247 return (png_fixed_point)d; |
| 248 } |
| 249 #endif /* PNG_READ_SUPPORTED */ |
| 250 |
| 251 /* Generate random bytes. This uses a boring repeatable algorithm and it |
| 252 * is implemented here so that it gives the same set of numbers on every |
| 253 * architecture. It's a linear congruential generator (Knuth or Sedgewick |
| 254 * "Algorithms") but it comes from the 'feedback taps' table in Horowitz and |
| 255 * Hill, "The Art of Electronics" (Pseudo-Random Bit Sequences and Noise |
| 256 * Generation.) |
| 257 */ |
| 258 static void |
| 259 make_random_bytes(png_uint_32* seed, void* pv, size_t size) |
| 260 { |
| 261 png_uint_32 u0 = seed[0], u1 = seed[1]; |
| 262 png_bytep bytes = voidcast(png_bytep, pv); |
| 263 |
| 264 /* There are thirty three bits, the next bit in the sequence is bit-33 XOR |
| 265 * bit-20. The top 1 bit is in u1, the bottom 32 are in u0. |
| 266 */ |
| 267 size_t i; |
| 268 for (i=0; i<size; ++i) |
| 269 { |
| 270 /* First generate 8 new bits then shift them in at the end. */ |
| 271 png_uint_32 u = ((u0 >> (20-8)) ^ ((u1 << 7) | (u0 >> (32-7)))) & 0xff; |
| 272 u1 <<= 8; |
| 273 u1 |= u0 >> 24; |
| 274 u0 <<= 8; |
| 275 u0 |= u; |
| 276 *bytes++ = (png_byte)u; |
| 277 } |
| 278 |
| 279 seed[0] = u0; |
| 280 seed[1] = u1; |
| 281 } |
| 282 |
| 283 static void |
| 284 make_four_random_bytes(png_uint_32* seed, png_bytep bytes) |
| 285 { |
| 286 make_random_bytes(seed, bytes, 4); |
| 287 } |
| 288 |
| 289 #if defined PNG_READ_SUPPORTED || defined PNG_WRITE_tRNS_SUPPORTED ||\ |
| 290 defined PNG_WRITE_FILTER_SUPPORTED |
| 291 static void |
| 292 randomize(void *pv, size_t size) |
| 293 { |
| 294 static png_uint_32 random_seed[2] = {0x56789abc, 0xd}; |
| 295 make_random_bytes(random_seed, pv, size); |
| 296 } |
| 297 |
| 298 #define R8(this) randomize(&(this), sizeof (this)) |
| 299 |
| 300 static void r16(png_uint_16p p16, size_t count) |
| 301 { |
| 302 size_t i; |
| 303 |
| 304 for (i=0; i<count; ++i) |
| 305 { |
| 306 unsigned char b2[2]; |
| 307 randomize(b2, sizeof b2); |
| 308 *p16++ = png_get_uint_16(b2); |
| 309 } |
| 310 } |
| 311 |
| 312 #define R16(this) r16(&(this), (sizeof (this))/(sizeof (png_uint_16))) |
| 313 #define R16_1(this) r16(&(this), (size_t) 1U) |
| 314 |
| 315 #if defined PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED ||\ |
| 316 defined PNG_READ_FILLER_SUPPORTED |
| 317 static void r32(png_uint_32p p32, size_t count) |
| 318 { |
| 319 size_t i; |
| 320 |
| 321 for (i=0; i<count; ++i) |
| 322 { |
| 323 unsigned char b4[4]; |
| 324 randomize(b4, sizeof b4); |
| 325 *p32++ = png_get_uint_32(b4); |
| 326 } |
| 327 } |
| 328 |
| 329 #define R32(this) r32(&(this), (sizeof (this))/(sizeof (png_uint_32))) |
| 330 #define R32_1(this) r32(&(this), (size_t) 1U) |
| 331 |
| 332 #endif /* READ_FILLER || READ_RGB_TO_GRAY */ |
| 333 |
| 334 #endif /* READ || WRITE_tRNS || WRITE_FILTER */ |
| 335 |
| 336 #if defined PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED ||\ |
| 337 defined PNG_WRITE_FILTER_SUPPORTED |
| 338 static unsigned int |
| 339 random_mod(unsigned int max) |
| 340 { |
| 341 png_uint_16 x; |
| 342 |
| 343 R16_1(x); |
| 344 |
| 345 return x % max; /* 0 .. max-1 */ |
| 346 } |
| 347 #endif /* READ_TRANSFORMS || WRITE_FILTER */ |
| 348 |
| 349 #if (defined PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED) ||\ |
| 350 (defined PNG_READ_FILLER_SUPPORTED) |
| 351 static int |
| 352 random_choice(void) |
| 353 { |
| 354 unsigned char x; |
| 355 |
| 356 R8(x); |
| 357 |
| 358 return x & 1; |
| 359 } |
| 360 #endif /* READ_RGB_TO_GRAY || READ_FILLER */ |
| 361 |
| 362 /* A numeric ID based on PNG file characteristics. The 'do_interlace' field |
| 363 * simply records whether pngvalid did the interlace itself or whether it |
| 364 * was done by libpng. Width and height must be less than 256. 'palette' is an |
| 365 * index of the palette to use for formats with a palette otherwise a boolean |
| 366 * indicating if a tRNS chunk was generated. |
| 367 */ |
| 368 #define FILEID(col, depth, palette, interlace, width, height, do_interlace) \ |
| 369 ((png_uint_32)((col) + ((depth)<<3) + ((palette)<<8) + ((interlace)<<13) + \ |
| 370 (((do_interlace)!=0)<<15) + ((width)<<16) + ((height)<<24))) |
| 371 |
| 372 #define COL_FROM_ID(id) ((png_byte)((id)& 0x7U)) |
| 373 #define DEPTH_FROM_ID(id) ((png_byte)(((id) >> 3) & 0x1fU)) |
| 374 #define PALETTE_FROM_ID(id) (((id) >> 8) & 0x1f) |
| 375 #define INTERLACE_FROM_ID(id) ((png_byte)(((id) >> 13) & 0x3)) |
| 376 #define DO_INTERLACE_FROM_ID(id) ((int)(((id)>>15) & 1)) |
| 377 #define WIDTH_FROM_ID(id) (((id)>>16) & 0xff) |
| 378 #define HEIGHT_FROM_ID(id) (((id)>>24) & 0xff) |
| 379 |
| 380 /* Utility to construct a standard name for a standard image. */ |
| 381 static size_t |
| 382 standard_name(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t pos, png_byte colour_type, |
| 383 int bit_depth, unsigned int npalette, int interlace_type, |
| 384 png_uint_32 w, png_uint_32 h, int do_interlace) |
| 385 { |
| 386 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, colour_types[colour_type]); |
| 387 if (colour_type == 3) /* must have a palette */ |
| 388 { |
| 389 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "["); |
| 390 pos = safecatn(buffer, bufsize, pos, npalette); |
| 391 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "]"); |
| 392 } |
| 393 |
| 394 else if (npalette != 0) |
| 395 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "+tRNS"); |
| 396 |
| 397 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, " "); |
| 398 pos = safecatn(buffer, bufsize, pos, bit_depth); |
| 399 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, " bit"); |
| 400 |
| 401 if (interlace_type != PNG_INTERLACE_NONE) |
| 402 { |
| 403 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, " interlaced"); |
| 404 if (do_interlace) |
| 405 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "(pngvalid)"); |
| 406 else |
| 407 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "(libpng)"); |
| 408 } |
| 409 |
| 410 if (w > 0 || h > 0) |
| 411 { |
| 412 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, " "); |
| 413 pos = safecatn(buffer, bufsize, pos, w); |
| 414 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "x"); |
| 415 pos = safecatn(buffer, bufsize, pos, h); |
| 416 } |
| 417 |
| 418 return pos; |
| 419 } |
| 420 |
| 421 static size_t |
| 422 standard_name_from_id(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t pos, png_uint_32 id) |
| 423 { |
| 424 return standard_name(buffer, bufsize, pos, COL_FROM_ID(id), |
| 425 DEPTH_FROM_ID(id), PALETTE_FROM_ID(id), INTERLACE_FROM_ID(id), |
| 426 WIDTH_FROM_ID(id), HEIGHT_FROM_ID(id), DO_INTERLACE_FROM_ID(id)); |
| 427 } |
| 428 |
| 429 /* Convenience API and defines to list valid formats. Note that 16 bit read and |
| 430 * write support is required to do 16 bit read tests (we must be able to make a |
| 431 * 16 bit image to test!) |
| 432 */ |
| 433 #ifdef PNG_WRITE_16BIT_SUPPORTED |
| 434 # define WRITE_BDHI 4 |
| 435 # ifdef PNG_READ_16BIT_SUPPORTED |
| 436 # define READ_BDHI 4 |
| 437 # define DO_16BIT |
| 438 # endif |
| 439 #else |
| 440 # define WRITE_BDHI 3 |
| 441 #endif |
| 442 #ifndef DO_16BIT |
| 443 # define READ_BDHI 3 |
| 444 #endif |
| 445 |
| 446 /* The following defines the number of different palettes to generate for |
| 447 * each log bit depth of a colour type 3 standard image. |
| 448 */ |
| 449 #define PALETTE_COUNT(bit_depth) ((bit_depth) > 4 ? 1U : 16U) |
| 450 |
| 451 static int |
| 452 next_format(png_bytep colour_type, png_bytep bit_depth, |
| 453 unsigned int* palette_number, int low_depth_gray, int tRNS) |
| 454 { |
| 455 if (*bit_depth == 0) |
| 456 { |
| 457 *colour_type = 0; |
| 458 if (low_depth_gray) |
| 459 *bit_depth = 1; |
| 460 else |
| 461 *bit_depth = 8; |
| 462 *palette_number = 0; |
| 463 return 1; |
| 464 } |
| 465 |
| 466 if (*colour_type < 4/*no alpha channel*/) |
| 467 { |
| 468 /* Add multiple palettes for colour type 3, one image with tRNS |
| 469 * and one without for other non-alpha formats: |
| 470 */ |
| 471 unsigned int pn = ++*palette_number; |
| 472 png_byte ct = *colour_type; |
| 473 |
| 474 if (((ct == 0/*GRAY*/ || ct/*RGB*/ == 2) && tRNS && pn < 2) || |
| 475 (ct == 3/*PALETTE*/ && pn < PALETTE_COUNT(*bit_depth))) |
| 476 return 1; |
| 477 |
| 478 /* No: next bit depth */ |
| 479 *palette_number = 0; |
| 480 } |
| 481 |
| 482 *bit_depth = (png_byte)(*bit_depth << 1); |
| 483 |
| 484 /* Palette images are restricted to 8 bit depth */ |
| 485 if (*bit_depth <= 8 |
| 486 #ifdef DO_16BIT |
| 487 || (*colour_type != 3 && *bit_depth <= 16) |
| 488 #endif |
| 489 ) |
| 490 return 1; |
| 491 |
| 492 /* Move to the next color type, or return 0 at the end. */ |
| 493 switch (*colour_type) |
| 494 { |
| 495 case 0: |
| 496 *colour_type = 2; |
| 497 *bit_depth = 8; |
| 498 return 1; |
| 499 |
| 500 case 2: |
| 501 *colour_type = 3; |
| 502 *bit_depth = 1; |
| 503 return 1; |
| 504 |
| 505 case 3: |
| 506 *colour_type = 4; |
| 507 *bit_depth = 8; |
| 508 return 1; |
| 509 |
| 510 case 4: |
| 511 *colour_type = 6; |
| 512 *bit_depth = 8; |
| 513 return 1; |
| 514 |
| 515 default: |
| 516 return 0; |
| 517 } |
| 518 } |
| 519 |
| 520 #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED |
| 521 static unsigned int |
| 522 sample(png_const_bytep row, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth, |
| 523 png_uint_32 x, unsigned int sample_index, int swap16, int littleendian) |
| 524 { |
| 525 png_uint_32 bit_index, result; |
| 526 |
| 527 /* Find a sample index for the desired sample: */ |
| 528 x *= bit_depth; |
| 529 bit_index = x; |
| 530 |
| 531 if ((colour_type & 1) == 0) /* !palette */ |
| 532 { |
| 533 if (colour_type & 2) |
| 534 bit_index *= 3; |
| 535 |
| 536 if (colour_type & 4) |
| 537 bit_index += x; /* Alpha channel */ |
| 538 |
| 539 /* Multiple channels; select one: */ |
| 540 if (colour_type & (2+4)) |
| 541 bit_index += sample_index * bit_depth; |
| 542 } |
| 543 |
| 544 /* Return the sample from the row as an integer. */ |
| 545 row += bit_index >> 3; |
| 546 result = *row; |
| 547 |
| 548 if (bit_depth == 8) |
| 549 return result; |
| 550 |
| 551 else if (bit_depth > 8) |
| 552 { |
| 553 if (swap16) |
| 554 return (*++row << 8) + result; |
| 555 else |
| 556 return (result << 8) + *++row; |
| 557 } |
| 558 |
| 559 /* Less than 8 bits per sample. By default PNG has the big end of |
| 560 * the egg on the left of the screen, but if littleendian is set |
| 561 * then the big end is on the right. |
| 562 */ |
| 563 bit_index &= 7; |
| 564 |
| 565 if (!littleendian) |
| 566 bit_index = 8-bit_index-bit_depth; |
| 567 |
| 568 return (result >> bit_index) & ((1U<<bit_depth)-1); |
| 569 } |
| 570 #endif /* PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED */ |
| 571 |
| 572 /* Copy a single pixel, of a given size, from one buffer to another - |
| 573 * while this is basically bit addressed there is an implicit assumption |
| 574 * that pixels 8 or more bits in size are byte aligned and that pixels |
| 575 * do not otherwise cross byte boundaries. (This is, so far as I know, |
| 576 * universally true in bitmap computer graphics. [JCB 20101212]) |
| 577 * |
| 578 * NOTE: The to and from buffers may be the same. |
| 579 */ |
| 580 static void |
| 581 pixel_copy(png_bytep toBuffer, png_uint_32 toIndex, |
| 582 png_const_bytep fromBuffer, png_uint_32 fromIndex, unsigned int pixelSize, |
| 583 int littleendian) |
| 584 { |
| 585 /* Assume we can multiply by 'size' without overflow because we are |
| 586 * just working in a single buffer. |
| 587 */ |
| 588 toIndex *= pixelSize; |
| 589 fromIndex *= pixelSize; |
| 590 if (pixelSize < 8) /* Sub-byte */ |
| 591 { |
| 592 /* Mask to select the location of the copied pixel: */ |
| 593 unsigned int destMask = ((1U<<pixelSize)-1) << |
| 594 (littleendian ? toIndex&7 : 8-pixelSize-(toIndex&7)); |
| 595 /* The following read the entire pixels and clears the extra: */ |
| 596 unsigned int destByte = toBuffer[toIndex >> 3] & ~destMask; |
| 597 unsigned int sourceByte = fromBuffer[fromIndex >> 3]; |
| 598 |
| 599 /* Don't rely on << or >> supporting '0' here, just in case: */ |
| 600 fromIndex &= 7; |
| 601 if (littleendian) |
| 602 { |
| 603 if (fromIndex > 0) sourceByte >>= fromIndex; |
| 604 if ((toIndex & 7) > 0) sourceByte <<= toIndex & 7; |
| 605 } |
| 606 |
| 607 else |
| 608 { |
| 609 if (fromIndex > 0) sourceByte <<= fromIndex; |
| 610 if ((toIndex & 7) > 0) sourceByte >>= toIndex & 7; |
| 611 } |
| 612 |
| 613 toBuffer[toIndex >> 3] = (png_byte)(destByte | (sourceByte & destMask)); |
| 614 } |
| 615 else /* One or more bytes */ |
| 616 memmove(toBuffer+(toIndex>>3), fromBuffer+(fromIndex>>3), pixelSize>>3); |
| 617 } |
| 618 |
| 619 #ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED |
| 620 /* Copy a complete row of pixels, taking into account potential partial |
| 621 * bytes at the end. |
| 622 */ |
| 623 static void |
| 624 row_copy(png_bytep toBuffer, png_const_bytep fromBuffer, unsigned int bitWidth, |
| 625 int littleendian) |
| 626 { |
| 627 memcpy(toBuffer, fromBuffer, bitWidth >> 3); |
| 628 |
| 629 if ((bitWidth & 7) != 0) |
| 630 { |
| 631 unsigned int mask; |
| 632 |
| 633 toBuffer += bitWidth >> 3; |
| 634 fromBuffer += bitWidth >> 3; |
| 635 if (littleendian) |
| 636 mask = 0xff << (bitWidth & 7); |
| 637 else |
| 638 mask = 0xff >> (bitWidth & 7); |
| 639 *toBuffer = (png_byte)((*toBuffer & mask) | (*fromBuffer & ~mask)); |
| 640 } |
| 641 } |
| 642 |
| 643 /* Compare pixels - they are assumed to start at the first byte in the |
| 644 * given buffers. |
| 645 */ |
| 646 static int |
| 647 pixel_cmp(png_const_bytep pa, png_const_bytep pb, png_uint_32 bit_width) |
| 648 { |
| 649 #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10506 |
| 650 if (memcmp(pa, pb, bit_width>>3) == 0) |
| 651 { |
| 652 png_uint_32 p; |
| 653 |
| 654 if ((bit_width & 7) == 0) return 0; |
| 655 |
| 656 /* Ok, any differences? */ |
| 657 p = pa[bit_width >> 3]; |
| 658 p ^= pb[bit_width >> 3]; |
| 659 |
| 660 if (p == 0) return 0; |
| 661 |
| 662 /* There are, but they may not be significant, remove the bits |
| 663 * after the end (the low order bits in PNG.) |
| 664 */ |
| 665 bit_width &= 7; |
| 666 p >>= 8-bit_width; |
| 667 |
| 668 if (p == 0) return 0; |
| 669 } |
| 670 #else |
| 671 /* From libpng-1.5.6 the overwrite should be fixed, so compare the trailing |
| 672 * bits too: |
| 673 */ |
| 674 if (memcmp(pa, pb, (bit_width+7)>>3) == 0) |
| 675 return 0; |
| 676 #endif |
| 677 |
| 678 /* Return the index of the changed byte. */ |
| 679 { |
| 680 png_uint_32 where = 0; |
| 681 |
| 682 while (pa[where] == pb[where]) ++where; |
| 683 return 1+where; |
| 684 } |
| 685 } |
| 686 #endif /* PNG_READ_SUPPORTED */ |
| 687 |
| 688 /*************************** BASIC PNG FILE WRITING ***************************/ |
| 689 /* A png_store takes data from the sequential writer or provides data |
| 690 * to the sequential reader. It can also store the result of a PNG |
| 691 * write for later retrieval. |
| 692 */ |
| 693 #define STORE_BUFFER_SIZE 500 /* arbitrary */ |
| 694 typedef struct png_store_buffer |
| 695 { |
| 696 struct png_store_buffer* prev; /* NOTE: stored in reverse order */ |
| 697 png_byte buffer[STORE_BUFFER_SIZE]; |
| 698 } png_store_buffer; |
| 699 |
| 700 #define FILE_NAME_SIZE 64 |
| 701 |
| 702 typedef struct store_palette_entry /* record of a single palette entry */ |
| 703 { |
| 704 png_byte red; |
| 705 png_byte green; |
| 706 png_byte blue; |
| 707 png_byte alpha; |
| 708 } store_palette_entry, store_palette[256]; |
| 709 |
| 710 typedef struct png_store_file |
| 711 { |
| 712 struct png_store_file* next; /* as many as you like... */ |
| 713 char name[FILE_NAME_SIZE]; |
| 714 png_uint_32 id; /* must be correct (see FILEID) */ |
| 715 png_size_t datacount; /* In this (the last) buffer */ |
| 716 png_store_buffer data; /* Last buffer in file */ |
| 717 int npalette; /* Number of entries in palette */ |
| 718 store_palette_entry* palette; /* May be NULL */ |
| 719 } png_store_file; |
| 720 |
| 721 /* The following is a pool of memory allocated by a single libpng read or write |
| 722 * operation. |
| 723 */ |
| 724 typedef struct store_pool |
| 725 { |
| 726 struct png_store *store; /* Back pointer */ |
| 727 struct store_memory *list; /* List of allocated memory */ |
| 728 png_byte mark[4]; /* Before and after data */ |
| 729 |
| 730 /* Statistics for this run. */ |
| 731 png_alloc_size_t max; /* Maximum single allocation */ |
| 732 png_alloc_size_t current; /* Current allocation */ |
| 733 png_alloc_size_t limit; /* Highest current allocation */ |
| 734 png_alloc_size_t total; /* Total allocation */ |
| 735 |
| 736 /* Overall statistics (retained across successive runs). */ |
| 737 png_alloc_size_t max_max; |
| 738 png_alloc_size_t max_limit; |
| 739 png_alloc_size_t max_total; |
| 740 } store_pool; |
| 741 |
| 742 typedef struct png_store |
| 743 { |
| 744 /* For cexcept.h exception handling - simply store one of these; |
| 745 * the context is a self pointer but it may point to a different |
| 746 * png_store (in fact it never does in this program.) |
| 747 */ |
| 748 struct exception_context |
| 749 exception_context; |
| 750 |
| 751 unsigned int verbose :1; |
| 752 unsigned int treat_warnings_as_errors :1; |
| 753 unsigned int expect_error :1; |
| 754 unsigned int expect_warning :1; |
| 755 unsigned int saw_warning :1; |
| 756 unsigned int speed :1; |
| 757 unsigned int progressive :1; /* use progressive read */ |
| 758 unsigned int validated :1; /* used as a temporary flag */ |
| 759 int nerrors; |
| 760 int nwarnings; |
| 761 int noptions; /* number of options below: */ |
| 762 struct { |
| 763 unsigned char option; /* option number, 0..30 */ |
| 764 unsigned char setting; /* setting (unset,invalid,on,off) */ |
| 765 } options[16]; |
| 766 char test[128]; /* Name of test */ |
| 767 char error[256]; |
| 768 |
| 769 /* Read fields */ |
| 770 png_structp pread; /* Used to read a saved file */ |
| 771 png_infop piread; |
| 772 png_store_file* current; /* Set when reading */ |
| 773 png_store_buffer* next; /* Set when reading */ |
| 774 png_size_t readpos; /* Position in *next */ |
| 775 png_byte* image; /* Buffer for reading interlaced images */ |
| 776 png_size_t cb_image; /* Size of this buffer */ |
| 777 png_size_t cb_row; /* Row size of the image(s) */ |
| 778 png_uint_32 image_h; /* Number of rows in a single image */ |
| 779 store_pool read_memory_pool; |
| 780 |
| 781 /* Write fields */ |
| 782 png_store_file* saved; |
| 783 png_structp pwrite; /* Used when writing a new file */ |
| 784 png_infop piwrite; |
| 785 png_size_t writepos; /* Position in .new */ |
| 786 char wname[FILE_NAME_SIZE]; |
| 787 png_store_buffer new; /* The end of the new PNG file being written. */ |
| 788 store_pool write_memory_pool; |
| 789 store_palette_entry* palette; |
| 790 int npalette; |
| 791 } png_store; |
| 792 |
| 793 /* Initialization and cleanup */ |
| 794 static void |
| 795 store_pool_mark(png_bytep mark) |
| 796 { |
| 797 static png_uint_32 store_seed[2] = { 0x12345678, 1}; |
| 798 |
| 799 make_four_random_bytes(store_seed, mark); |
| 800 } |
| 801 |
| 802 #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED |
| 803 /* Use this for random 32 bit values; this function makes sure the result is |
| 804 * non-zero. |
| 805 */ |
| 806 static png_uint_32 |
| 807 random_32(void) |
| 808 { |
| 809 |
| 810 for (;;) |
| 811 { |
| 812 png_byte mark[4]; |
| 813 png_uint_32 result; |
| 814 |
| 815 store_pool_mark(mark); |
| 816 result = png_get_uint_32(mark); |
| 817 |
| 818 if (result != 0) |
| 819 return result; |
| 820 } |
| 821 } |
| 822 #endif /* PNG_READ_SUPPORTED */ |
| 823 |
| 824 static void |
| 825 store_pool_init(png_store *ps, store_pool *pool) |
| 826 { |
| 827 memset(pool, 0, sizeof *pool); |
| 828 |
| 829 pool->store = ps; |
| 830 pool->list = NULL; |
| 831 pool->max = pool->current = pool->limit = pool->total = 0; |
| 832 pool->max_max = pool->max_limit = pool->max_total = 0; |
| 833 store_pool_mark(pool->mark); |
| 834 } |
| 835 |
| 836 static void |
| 837 store_init(png_store* ps) |
| 838 { |
| 839 memset(ps, 0, sizeof *ps); |
| 840 init_exception_context(&ps->exception_context); |
| 841 store_pool_init(ps, &ps->read_memory_pool); |
| 842 store_pool_init(ps, &ps->write_memory_pool); |
| 843 ps->verbose = 0; |
| 844 ps->treat_warnings_as_errors = 0; |
| 845 ps->expect_error = 0; |
| 846 ps->expect_warning = 0; |
| 847 ps->saw_warning = 0; |
| 848 ps->speed = 0; |
| 849 ps->progressive = 0; |
| 850 ps->validated = 0; |
| 851 ps->nerrors = ps->nwarnings = 0; |
| 852 ps->pread = NULL; |
| 853 ps->piread = NULL; |
| 854 ps->saved = ps->current = NULL; |
| 855 ps->next = NULL; |
| 856 ps->readpos = 0; |
| 857 ps->image = NULL; |
| 858 ps->cb_image = 0; |
| 859 ps->cb_row = 0; |
| 860 ps->image_h = 0; |
| 861 ps->pwrite = NULL; |
| 862 ps->piwrite = NULL; |
| 863 ps->writepos = 0; |
| 864 ps->new.prev = NULL; |
| 865 ps->palette = NULL; |
| 866 ps->npalette = 0; |
| 867 ps->noptions = 0; |
| 868 } |
| 869 |
| 870 static void |
| 871 store_freebuffer(png_store_buffer* psb) |
| 872 { |
| 873 if (psb->prev) |
| 874 { |
| 875 store_freebuffer(psb->prev); |
| 876 free(psb->prev); |
| 877 psb->prev = NULL; |
| 878 } |
| 879 } |
| 880 |
| 881 static void |
| 882 store_freenew(png_store *ps) |
| 883 { |
| 884 store_freebuffer(&ps->new); |
| 885 ps->writepos = 0; |
| 886 if (ps->palette != NULL) |
| 887 { |
| 888 free(ps->palette); |
| 889 ps->palette = NULL; |
| 890 ps->npalette = 0; |
| 891 } |
| 892 } |
| 893 |
| 894 static void |
| 895 store_storenew(png_store *ps) |
| 896 { |
| 897 png_store_buffer *pb; |
| 898 |
| 899 if (ps->writepos != STORE_BUFFER_SIZE) |
| 900 png_error(ps->pwrite, "invalid store call"); |
| 901 |
| 902 pb = voidcast(png_store_buffer*, malloc(sizeof *pb)); |
| 903 |
| 904 if (pb == NULL) |
| 905 png_error(ps->pwrite, "store new: OOM"); |
| 906 |
| 907 *pb = ps->new; |
| 908 ps->new.prev = pb; |
| 909 ps->writepos = 0; |
| 910 } |
| 911 |
| 912 static void |
| 913 store_freefile(png_store_file **ppf) |
| 914 { |
| 915 if (*ppf != NULL) |
| 916 { |
| 917 store_freefile(&(*ppf)->next); |
| 918 |
| 919 store_freebuffer(&(*ppf)->data); |
| 920 (*ppf)->datacount = 0; |
| 921 if ((*ppf)->palette != NULL) |
| 922 { |
| 923 free((*ppf)->palette); |
| 924 (*ppf)->palette = NULL; |
| 925 (*ppf)->npalette = 0; |
| 926 } |
| 927 free(*ppf); |
| 928 *ppf = NULL; |
| 929 } |
| 930 } |
| 931 |
| 932 /* Main interface to file storeage, after writing a new PNG file (see the API |
| 933 * below) call store_storefile to store the result with the given name and id. |
| 934 */ |
| 935 static void |
| 936 store_storefile(png_store *ps, png_uint_32 id) |
| 937 { |
| 938 png_store_file *pf = voidcast(png_store_file*, malloc(sizeof *pf)); |
| 939 if (pf == NULL) |
| 940 png_error(ps->pwrite, "storefile: OOM"); |
| 941 safecat(pf->name, sizeof pf->name, 0, ps->wname); |
| 942 pf->id = id; |
| 943 pf->data = ps->new; |
| 944 pf->datacount = ps->writepos; |
| 945 ps->new.prev = NULL; |
| 946 ps->writepos = 0; |
| 947 pf->palette = ps->palette; |
| 948 pf->npalette = ps->npalette; |
| 949 ps->palette = 0; |
| 950 ps->npalette = 0; |
| 951 |
| 952 /* And save it. */ |
| 953 pf->next = ps->saved; |
| 954 ps->saved = pf; |
| 955 } |
| 956 |
| 957 /* Generate an error message (in the given buffer) */ |
| 958 static size_t |
| 959 store_message(png_store *ps, png_const_structp pp, char *buffer, size_t bufsize, |
| 960 size_t pos, const char *msg) |
| 961 { |
| 962 if (pp != NULL && pp == ps->pread) |
| 963 { |
| 964 /* Reading a file */ |
| 965 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "read: "); |
| 966 |
| 967 if (ps->current != NULL) |
| 968 { |
| 969 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ps->current->name); |
| 970 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, sep); |
| 971 } |
| 972 } |
| 973 |
| 974 else if (pp != NULL && pp == ps->pwrite) |
| 975 { |
| 976 /* Writing a file */ |
| 977 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "write: "); |
| 978 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ps->wname); |
| 979 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, sep); |
| 980 } |
| 981 |
| 982 else |
| 983 { |
| 984 /* Neither reading nor writing (or a memory error in struct delete) */ |
| 985 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "pngvalid: "); |
| 986 } |
| 987 |
| 988 if (ps->test[0] != 0) |
| 989 { |
| 990 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ps->test); |
| 991 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, sep); |
| 992 } |
| 993 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, msg); |
| 994 return pos; |
| 995 } |
| 996 |
| 997 /* Verbose output to the error stream: */ |
| 998 static void |
| 999 store_verbose(png_store *ps, png_const_structp pp, png_const_charp prefix, |
| 1000 png_const_charp message) |
| 1001 { |
| 1002 char buffer[512]; |
| 1003 |
| 1004 if (prefix) |
| 1005 fputs(prefix, stderr); |
| 1006 |
| 1007 (void)store_message(ps, pp, buffer, sizeof buffer, 0, message); |
| 1008 fputs(buffer, stderr); |
| 1009 fputc('\n', stderr); |
| 1010 } |
| 1011 |
| 1012 /* Log an error or warning - the relevant count is always incremented. */ |
| 1013 static void |
| 1014 store_log(png_store* ps, png_const_structp pp, png_const_charp message, |
| 1015 int is_error) |
| 1016 { |
| 1017 /* The warning is copied to the error buffer if there are no errors and it is |
| 1018 * the first warning. The error is copied to the error buffer if it is the |
| 1019 * first error (overwriting any prior warnings). |
| 1020 */ |
| 1021 if (is_error ? (ps->nerrors)++ == 0 : |
| 1022 (ps->nwarnings)++ == 0 && ps->nerrors == 0) |
| 1023 store_message(ps, pp, ps->error, sizeof ps->error, 0, message); |
| 1024 |
| 1025 if (ps->verbose) |
| 1026 store_verbose(ps, pp, is_error ? "error: " : "warning: ", message); |
| 1027 } |
| 1028 |
| 1029 #ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED |
| 1030 /* Internal error function, called with a png_store but no libpng stuff. */ |
| 1031 static void |
| 1032 internal_error(png_store *ps, png_const_charp message) |
| 1033 { |
| 1034 store_log(ps, NULL, message, 1 /* error */); |
| 1035 |
| 1036 /* And finally throw an exception. */ |
| 1037 { |
| 1038 struct exception_context *the_exception_context = &ps->exception_context; |
| 1039 Throw ps; |
| 1040 } |
| 1041 } |
| 1042 #endif /* PNG_READ_SUPPORTED */ |
| 1043 |
| 1044 /* Functions to use as PNG callbacks. */ |
| 1045 static void PNGCBAPI |
| 1046 store_error(png_structp ppIn, png_const_charp message) /* PNG_NORETURN */ |
| 1047 { |
| 1048 png_const_structp pp = ppIn; |
| 1049 png_store *ps = voidcast(png_store*, png_get_error_ptr(pp)); |
| 1050 |
| 1051 if (!ps->expect_error) |
| 1052 store_log(ps, pp, message, 1 /* error */); |
| 1053 |
| 1054 /* And finally throw an exception. */ |
| 1055 { |
| 1056 struct exception_context *the_exception_context = &ps->exception_context; |
| 1057 Throw ps; |
| 1058 } |
| 1059 } |
| 1060 |
| 1061 static void PNGCBAPI |
| 1062 store_warning(png_structp ppIn, png_const_charp message) |
| 1063 { |
| 1064 png_const_structp pp = ppIn; |
| 1065 png_store *ps = voidcast(png_store*, png_get_error_ptr(pp)); |
| 1066 |
| 1067 if (!ps->expect_warning) |
| 1068 store_log(ps, pp, message, 0 /* warning */); |
| 1069 else |
| 1070 ps->saw_warning = 1; |
| 1071 } |
| 1072 |
| 1073 /* These somewhat odd functions are used when reading an image to ensure that |
| 1074 * the buffer is big enough, the png_structp is for errors. |
| 1075 */ |
| 1076 /* Return a single row from the correct image. */ |
| 1077 static png_bytep |
| 1078 store_image_row(const png_store* ps, png_const_structp pp, int nImage, |
| 1079 png_uint_32 y) |
| 1080 { |
| 1081 png_size_t coffset = (nImage * ps->image_h + y) * (ps->cb_row + 5) + 2; |
| 1082 |
| 1083 if (ps->image == NULL) |
| 1084 png_error(pp, "no allocated image"); |
| 1085 |
| 1086 if (coffset + ps->cb_row + 3 > ps->cb_image) |
| 1087 png_error(pp, "image too small"); |
| 1088 |
| 1089 return ps->image + coffset; |
| 1090 } |
| 1091 |
| 1092 static void |
| 1093 store_image_free(png_store *ps, png_const_structp pp) |
| 1094 { |
| 1095 if (ps->image != NULL) |
| 1096 { |
| 1097 png_bytep image = ps->image; |
| 1098 |
| 1099 if (image[-1] != 0xed || image[ps->cb_image] != 0xfe) |
| 1100 { |
| 1101 if (pp != NULL) |
| 1102 png_error(pp, "png_store image overwrite (1)"); |
| 1103 else |
| 1104 store_log(ps, NULL, "png_store image overwrite (2)", 1); |
| 1105 } |
| 1106 |
| 1107 ps->image = NULL; |
| 1108 ps->cb_image = 0; |
| 1109 --image; |
| 1110 free(image); |
| 1111 } |
| 1112 } |
| 1113 |
| 1114 static void |
| 1115 store_ensure_image(png_store *ps, png_const_structp pp, int nImages, |
| 1116 png_size_t cbRow, png_uint_32 cRows) |
| 1117 { |
| 1118 png_size_t cb = nImages * cRows * (cbRow + 5); |
| 1119 |
| 1120 if (ps->cb_image < cb) |
| 1121 { |
| 1122 png_bytep image; |
| 1123 |
| 1124 store_image_free(ps, pp); |
| 1125 |
| 1126 /* The buffer is deliberately mis-aligned. */ |
| 1127 image = voidcast(png_bytep, malloc(cb+2)); |
| 1128 if (image == NULL) |
| 1129 { |
| 1130 /* Called from the startup - ignore the error for the moment. */ |
| 1131 if (pp == NULL) |
| 1132 return; |
| 1133 |
| 1134 png_error(pp, "OOM allocating image buffer"); |
| 1135 } |
| 1136 |
| 1137 /* These magic tags are used to detect overwrites above. */ |
| 1138 ++image; |
| 1139 image[-1] = 0xed; |
| 1140 image[cb] = 0xfe; |
| 1141 |
| 1142 ps->image = image; |
| 1143 ps->cb_image = cb; |
| 1144 } |
| 1145 |
| 1146 /* We have an adequate sized image; lay out the rows. There are 2 bytes at |
| 1147 * the start and three at the end of each (this ensures that the row |
| 1148 * alignment starts out odd - 2+1 and changes for larger images on each row.) |
| 1149 */ |
| 1150 ps->cb_row = cbRow; |
| 1151 ps->image_h = cRows; |
| 1152 |
| 1153 /* For error checking, the whole buffer is set to 10110010 (0xb2 - 178). |
| 1154 * This deliberately doesn't match the bits in the size test image which are |
| 1155 * outside the image; these are set to 0xff (all 1). To make the row |
| 1156 * comparison work in the 'size' test case the size rows are pre-initialized |
| 1157 * to the same value prior to calling 'standard_row'. |
| 1158 */ |
| 1159 memset(ps->image, 178, cb); |
| 1160 |
| 1161 /* Then put in the marks. */ |
| 1162 while (--nImages >= 0) |
| 1163 { |
| 1164 png_uint_32 y; |
| 1165 |
| 1166 for (y=0; y<cRows; ++y) |
| 1167 { |
| 1168 png_bytep row = store_image_row(ps, pp, nImages, y); |
| 1169 |
| 1170 /* The markers: */ |
| 1171 row[-2] = 190; |
| 1172 row[-1] = 239; |
| 1173 row[cbRow] = 222; |
| 1174 row[cbRow+1] = 173; |
| 1175 row[cbRow+2] = 17; |
| 1176 } |
| 1177 } |
| 1178 } |
| 1179 |
| 1180 #ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED |
| 1181 static void |
| 1182 store_image_check(const png_store* ps, png_const_structp pp, int iImage) |
| 1183 { |
| 1184 png_const_bytep image = ps->image; |
| 1185 |
| 1186 if (image[-1] != 0xed || image[ps->cb_image] != 0xfe) |
| 1187 png_error(pp, "image overwrite"); |
| 1188 else |
| 1189 { |
| 1190 png_size_t cbRow = ps->cb_row; |
| 1191 png_uint_32 rows = ps->image_h; |
| 1192 |
| 1193 image += iImage * (cbRow+5) * ps->image_h; |
| 1194 |
| 1195 image += 2; /* skip image first row markers */ |
| 1196 |
| 1197 while (rows-- > 0) |
| 1198 { |
| 1199 if (image[-2] != 190 || image[-1] != 239) |
| 1200 png_error(pp, "row start overwritten"); |
| 1201 |
| 1202 if (image[cbRow] != 222 || image[cbRow+1] != 173 || |
| 1203 image[cbRow+2] != 17) |
| 1204 png_error(pp, "row end overwritten"); |
| 1205 |
| 1206 image += cbRow+5; |
| 1207 } |
| 1208 } |
| 1209 } |
| 1210 #endif /* PNG_READ_SUPPORTED */ |
| 1211 |
| 1212 static void PNGCBAPI |
| 1213 store_write(png_structp ppIn, png_bytep pb, png_size_t st) |
| 1214 { |
| 1215 png_const_structp pp = ppIn; |
| 1216 png_store *ps = voidcast(png_store*, png_get_io_ptr(pp)); |
| 1217 |
| 1218 if (ps->pwrite != pp) |
| 1219 png_error(pp, "store state damaged"); |
| 1220 |
| 1221 while (st > 0) |
| 1222 { |
| 1223 size_t cb; |
| 1224 |
| 1225 if (ps->writepos >= STORE_BUFFER_SIZE) |
| 1226 store_storenew(ps); |
| 1227 |
| 1228 cb = st; |
| 1229 |
| 1230 if (cb > STORE_BUFFER_SIZE - ps->writepos) |
| 1231 cb = STORE_BUFFER_SIZE - ps->writepos; |
| 1232 |
| 1233 memcpy(ps->new.buffer + ps->writepos, pb, cb); |
| 1234 pb += cb; |
| 1235 st -= cb; |
| 1236 ps->writepos += cb; |
| 1237 } |
| 1238 } |
| 1239 |
| 1240 static void PNGCBAPI |
| 1241 store_flush(png_structp ppIn) |
| 1242 { |
| 1243 UNUSED(ppIn) /*DOES NOTHING*/ |
| 1244 } |
| 1245 |
| 1246 #ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED |
| 1247 static size_t |
| 1248 store_read_buffer_size(png_store *ps) |
| 1249 { |
| 1250 /* Return the bytes available for read in the current buffer. */ |
| 1251 if (ps->next != &ps->current->data) |
| 1252 return STORE_BUFFER_SIZE; |
| 1253 |
| 1254 return ps->current->datacount; |
| 1255 } |
| 1256 |
| 1257 #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED |
| 1258 /* Return total bytes available for read. */ |
| 1259 static size_t |
| 1260 store_read_buffer_avail(png_store *ps) |
| 1261 { |
| 1262 if (ps->current != NULL && ps->next != NULL) |
| 1263 { |
| 1264 png_store_buffer *next = &ps->current->data; |
| 1265 size_t cbAvail = ps->current->datacount; |
| 1266 |
| 1267 while (next != ps->next && next != NULL) |
| 1268 { |
| 1269 next = next->prev; |
| 1270 cbAvail += STORE_BUFFER_SIZE; |
| 1271 } |
| 1272 |
| 1273 if (next != ps->next) |
| 1274 png_error(ps->pread, "buffer read error"); |
| 1275 |
| 1276 if (cbAvail > ps->readpos) |
| 1277 return cbAvail - ps->readpos; |
| 1278 } |
| 1279 |
| 1280 return 0; |
| 1281 } |
| 1282 #endif |
| 1283 |
| 1284 static int |
| 1285 store_read_buffer_next(png_store *ps) |
| 1286 { |
| 1287 png_store_buffer *pbOld = ps->next; |
| 1288 png_store_buffer *pbNew = &ps->current->data; |
| 1289 if (pbOld != pbNew) |
| 1290 { |
| 1291 while (pbNew != NULL && pbNew->prev != pbOld) |
| 1292 pbNew = pbNew->prev; |
| 1293 |
| 1294 if (pbNew != NULL) |
| 1295 { |
| 1296 ps->next = pbNew; |
| 1297 ps->readpos = 0; |
| 1298 return 1; |
| 1299 } |
| 1300 |
| 1301 png_error(ps->pread, "buffer lost"); |
| 1302 } |
| 1303 |
| 1304 return 0; /* EOF or error */ |
| 1305 } |
| 1306 |
| 1307 /* Need separate implementation and callback to allow use of the same code |
| 1308 * during progressive read, where the io_ptr is set internally by libpng. |
| 1309 */ |
| 1310 static void |
| 1311 store_read_imp(png_store *ps, png_bytep pb, png_size_t st) |
| 1312 { |
| 1313 if (ps->current == NULL || ps->next == NULL) |
| 1314 png_error(ps->pread, "store state damaged"); |
| 1315 |
| 1316 while (st > 0) |
| 1317 { |
| 1318 size_t cbAvail = store_read_buffer_size(ps) - ps->readpos; |
| 1319 |
| 1320 if (cbAvail > 0) |
| 1321 { |
| 1322 if (cbAvail > st) cbAvail = st; |
| 1323 memcpy(pb, ps->next->buffer + ps->readpos, cbAvail); |
| 1324 st -= cbAvail; |
| 1325 pb += cbAvail; |
| 1326 ps->readpos += cbAvail; |
| 1327 } |
| 1328 |
| 1329 else if (!store_read_buffer_next(ps)) |
| 1330 png_error(ps->pread, "read beyond end of file"); |
| 1331 } |
| 1332 } |
| 1333 |
| 1334 static void PNGCBAPI |
| 1335 store_read(png_structp ppIn, png_bytep pb, png_size_t st) |
| 1336 { |
| 1337 png_const_structp pp = ppIn; |
| 1338 png_store *ps = voidcast(png_store*, png_get_io_ptr(pp)); |
| 1339 |
| 1340 if (ps == NULL || ps->pread != pp) |
| 1341 png_error(pp, "bad store read call"); |
| 1342 |
| 1343 store_read_imp(ps, pb, st); |
| 1344 } |
| 1345 |
| 1346 static void |
| 1347 store_progressive_read(png_store *ps, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 1348 { |
| 1349 /* Notice that a call to store_read will cause this function to fail because |
| 1350 * readpos will be set. |
| 1351 */ |
| 1352 if (ps->pread != pp || ps->current == NULL || ps->next == NULL) |
| 1353 png_error(pp, "store state damaged (progressive)"); |
| 1354 |
| 1355 do |
| 1356 { |
| 1357 if (ps->readpos != 0) |
| 1358 png_error(pp, "store_read called during progressive read"); |
| 1359 |
| 1360 png_process_data(pp, pi, ps->next->buffer, store_read_buffer_size(ps)); |
| 1361 } |
| 1362 while (store_read_buffer_next(ps)); |
| 1363 } |
| 1364 #endif /* PNG_READ_SUPPORTED */ |
| 1365 |
| 1366 /* The caller must fill this in: */ |
| 1367 static store_palette_entry * |
| 1368 store_write_palette(png_store *ps, int npalette) |
| 1369 { |
| 1370 if (ps->pwrite == NULL) |
| 1371 store_log(ps, NULL, "attempt to write palette without write stream", 1); |
| 1372 |
| 1373 if (ps->palette != NULL) |
| 1374 png_error(ps->pwrite, "multiple store_write_palette calls"); |
| 1375 |
| 1376 /* This function can only return NULL if called with '0'! */ |
| 1377 if (npalette > 0) |
| 1378 { |
| 1379 ps->palette = voidcast(store_palette_entry*, malloc(npalette * |
| 1380 sizeof *ps->palette)); |
| 1381 |
| 1382 if (ps->palette == NULL) |
| 1383 png_error(ps->pwrite, "store new palette: OOM"); |
| 1384 |
| 1385 ps->npalette = npalette; |
| 1386 } |
| 1387 |
| 1388 return ps->palette; |
| 1389 } |
| 1390 |
| 1391 #ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED |
| 1392 static store_palette_entry * |
| 1393 store_current_palette(png_store *ps, int *npalette) |
| 1394 { |
| 1395 /* This is an internal error (the call has been made outside a read |
| 1396 * operation.) |
| 1397 */ |
| 1398 if (ps->current == NULL) |
| 1399 { |
| 1400 store_log(ps, ps->pread, "no current stream for palette", 1); |
| 1401 return NULL; |
| 1402 } |
| 1403 |
| 1404 /* The result may be null if there is no palette. */ |
| 1405 *npalette = ps->current->npalette; |
| 1406 return ps->current->palette; |
| 1407 } |
| 1408 #endif /* PNG_READ_SUPPORTED */ |
| 1409 |
| 1410 /***************************** MEMORY MANAGEMENT*** ***************************/ |
| 1411 #ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED |
| 1412 /* A store_memory is simply the header for an allocated block of memory. The |
| 1413 * pointer returned to libpng is just after the end of the header block, the |
| 1414 * allocated memory is followed by a second copy of the 'mark'. |
| 1415 */ |
| 1416 typedef struct store_memory |
| 1417 { |
| 1418 store_pool *pool; /* Originating pool */ |
| 1419 struct store_memory *next; /* Singly linked list */ |
| 1420 png_alloc_size_t size; /* Size of memory allocated */ |
| 1421 png_byte mark[4]; /* ID marker */ |
| 1422 } store_memory; |
| 1423 |
| 1424 /* Handle a fatal error in memory allocation. This calls png_error if the |
| 1425 * libpng struct is non-NULL, else it outputs a message and returns. This means |
| 1426 * that a memory problem while libpng is running will abort (png_error) the |
| 1427 * handling of particular file while one in cleanup (after the destroy of the |
| 1428 * struct has returned) will simply keep going and free (or attempt to free) |
| 1429 * all the memory. |
| 1430 */ |
| 1431 static void |
| 1432 store_pool_error(png_store *ps, png_const_structp pp, const char *msg) |
| 1433 { |
| 1434 if (pp != NULL) |
| 1435 png_error(pp, msg); |
| 1436 |
| 1437 /* Else we have to do it ourselves. png_error eventually calls store_log, |
| 1438 * above. store_log accepts a NULL png_structp - it just changes what gets |
| 1439 * output by store_message. |
| 1440 */ |
| 1441 store_log(ps, pp, msg, 1 /* error */); |
| 1442 } |
| 1443 |
| 1444 static void |
| 1445 store_memory_free(png_const_structp pp, store_pool *pool, store_memory *memory) |
| 1446 { |
| 1447 /* Note that pp may be NULL (see store_pool_delete below), the caller has |
| 1448 * found 'memory' in pool->list *and* unlinked this entry, so this is a valid |
| 1449 * pointer (for sure), but the contents may have been trashed. |
| 1450 */ |
| 1451 if (memory->pool != pool) |
| 1452 store_pool_error(pool->store, pp, "memory corrupted (pool)"); |
| 1453 |
| 1454 else if (memcmp(memory->mark, pool->mark, sizeof memory->mark) != 0) |
| 1455 store_pool_error(pool->store, pp, "memory corrupted (start)"); |
| 1456 |
| 1457 /* It should be safe to read the size field now. */ |
| 1458 else |
| 1459 { |
| 1460 png_alloc_size_t cb = memory->size; |
| 1461 |
| 1462 if (cb > pool->max) |
| 1463 store_pool_error(pool->store, pp, "memory corrupted (size)"); |
| 1464 |
| 1465 else if (memcmp((png_bytep)(memory+1)+cb, pool->mark, sizeof pool->mark) |
| 1466 != 0) |
| 1467 store_pool_error(pool->store, pp, "memory corrupted (end)"); |
| 1468 |
| 1469 /* Finally give the library a chance to find problems too: */ |
| 1470 else |
| 1471 { |
| 1472 pool->current -= cb; |
| 1473 free(memory); |
| 1474 } |
| 1475 } |
| 1476 } |
| 1477 |
| 1478 static void |
| 1479 store_pool_delete(png_store *ps, store_pool *pool) |
| 1480 { |
| 1481 if (pool->list != NULL) |
| 1482 { |
| 1483 fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s %s: memory lost (list follows):\n", ps->test, |
| 1484 pool == &ps->read_memory_pool ? "read" : "write", |
| 1485 pool == &ps->read_memory_pool ? (ps->current != NULL ? |
| 1486 ps->current->name : "unknown file") : ps->wname); |
| 1487 ++ps->nerrors; |
| 1488 |
| 1489 do |
| 1490 { |
| 1491 store_memory *next = pool->list; |
| 1492 pool->list = next->next; |
| 1493 next->next = NULL; |
| 1494 |
| 1495 fprintf(stderr, "\t%lu bytes @ %p\n", |
| 1496 (unsigned long)next->size, (const void*)(next+1)); |
| 1497 /* The NULL means this will always return, even if the memory is |
| 1498 * corrupted. |
| 1499 */ |
| 1500 store_memory_free(NULL, pool, next); |
| 1501 } |
| 1502 while (pool->list != NULL); |
| 1503 } |
| 1504 |
| 1505 /* And reset the other fields too for the next time. */ |
| 1506 if (pool->max > pool->max_max) pool->max_max = pool->max; |
| 1507 pool->max = 0; |
| 1508 if (pool->current != 0) /* unexpected internal error */ |
| 1509 fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s %s: memory counter mismatch (internal error)\n", |
| 1510 ps->test, pool == &ps->read_memory_pool ? "read" : "write", |
| 1511 pool == &ps->read_memory_pool ? (ps->current != NULL ? |
| 1512 ps->current->name : "unknown file") : ps->wname); |
| 1513 pool->current = 0; |
| 1514 |
| 1515 if (pool->limit > pool->max_limit) |
| 1516 pool->max_limit = pool->limit; |
| 1517 |
| 1518 pool->limit = 0; |
| 1519 |
| 1520 if (pool->total > pool->max_total) |
| 1521 pool->max_total = pool->total; |
| 1522 |
| 1523 pool->total = 0; |
| 1524 |
| 1525 /* Get a new mark too. */ |
| 1526 store_pool_mark(pool->mark); |
| 1527 } |
| 1528 |
| 1529 /* The memory callbacks: */ |
| 1530 static png_voidp PNGCBAPI |
| 1531 store_malloc(png_structp ppIn, png_alloc_size_t cb) |
| 1532 { |
| 1533 png_const_structp pp = ppIn; |
| 1534 store_pool *pool = voidcast(store_pool*, png_get_mem_ptr(pp)); |
| 1535 store_memory *new = voidcast(store_memory*, malloc(cb + (sizeof *new) + |
| 1536 (sizeof pool->mark))); |
| 1537 |
| 1538 if (new != NULL) |
| 1539 { |
| 1540 if (cb > pool->max) |
| 1541 pool->max = cb; |
| 1542 |
| 1543 pool->current += cb; |
| 1544 |
| 1545 if (pool->current > pool->limit) |
| 1546 pool->limit = pool->current; |
| 1547 |
| 1548 pool->total += cb; |
| 1549 |
| 1550 new->size = cb; |
| 1551 memcpy(new->mark, pool->mark, sizeof new->mark); |
| 1552 memcpy((png_byte*)(new+1) + cb, pool->mark, sizeof pool->mark); |
| 1553 new->pool = pool; |
| 1554 new->next = pool->list; |
| 1555 pool->list = new; |
| 1556 ++new; |
| 1557 } |
| 1558 |
| 1559 else |
| 1560 { |
| 1561 /* NOTE: the PNG user malloc function cannot use the png_ptr it is passed |
| 1562 * other than to retrieve the allocation pointer! libpng calls the |
| 1563 * store_malloc callback in two basic cases: |
| 1564 * |
| 1565 * 1) From png_malloc; png_malloc will do a png_error itself if NULL is |
| 1566 * returned. |
| 1567 * 2) From png_struct or png_info structure creation; png_malloc is |
| 1568 * to return so cleanup can be performed. |
| 1569 * |
| 1570 * To handle this store_malloc can log a message, but can't do anything |
| 1571 * else. |
| 1572 */ |
| 1573 store_log(pool->store, pp, "out of memory", 1 /* is_error */); |
| 1574 } |
| 1575 |
| 1576 return new; |
| 1577 } |
| 1578 |
| 1579 static void PNGCBAPI |
| 1580 store_free(png_structp ppIn, png_voidp memory) |
| 1581 { |
| 1582 png_const_structp pp = ppIn; |
| 1583 store_pool *pool = voidcast(store_pool*, png_get_mem_ptr(pp)); |
| 1584 store_memory *this = voidcast(store_memory*, memory), **test; |
| 1585 |
| 1586 /* Because libpng calls store_free with a dummy png_struct when deleting |
| 1587 * png_struct or png_info via png_destroy_struct_2 it is necessary to check |
| 1588 * the passed in png_structp to ensure it is valid, and not pass it to |
| 1589 * png_error if it is not. |
| 1590 */ |
| 1591 if (pp != pool->store->pread && pp != pool->store->pwrite) |
| 1592 pp = NULL; |
| 1593 |
| 1594 /* First check that this 'memory' really is valid memory - it must be in the |
| 1595 * pool list. If it is, use the shared memory_free function to free it. |
| 1596 */ |
| 1597 --this; |
| 1598 for (test = &pool->list; *test != this; test = &(*test)->next) |
| 1599 { |
| 1600 if (*test == NULL) |
| 1601 { |
| 1602 store_pool_error(pool->store, pp, "bad pointer to free"); |
| 1603 return; |
| 1604 } |
| 1605 } |
| 1606 |
| 1607 /* Unlink this entry, *test == this. */ |
| 1608 *test = this->next; |
| 1609 this->next = NULL; |
| 1610 store_memory_free(pp, pool, this); |
| 1611 } |
| 1612 #endif /* PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED */ |
| 1613 |
| 1614 /* Setup functions. */ |
| 1615 /* Cleanup when aborting a write or after storing the new file. */ |
| 1616 static void |
| 1617 store_write_reset(png_store *ps) |
| 1618 { |
| 1619 if (ps->pwrite != NULL) |
| 1620 { |
| 1621 anon_context(ps); |
| 1622 |
| 1623 Try |
| 1624 png_destroy_write_struct(&ps->pwrite, &ps->piwrite); |
| 1625 |
| 1626 Catch_anonymous |
| 1627 { |
| 1628 /* memory corruption: continue. */ |
| 1629 } |
| 1630 |
| 1631 ps->pwrite = NULL; |
| 1632 ps->piwrite = NULL; |
| 1633 } |
| 1634 |
| 1635 /* And make sure that all the memory has been freed - this will output |
| 1636 * spurious errors in the case of memory corruption above, but this is safe. |
| 1637 */ |
| 1638 # ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED |
| 1639 store_pool_delete(ps, &ps->write_memory_pool); |
| 1640 # endif |
| 1641 |
| 1642 store_freenew(ps); |
| 1643 } |
| 1644 |
| 1645 /* The following is the main write function, it returns a png_struct and, |
| 1646 * optionally, a png_info suitable for writiing a new PNG file. Use |
| 1647 * store_storefile above to record this file after it has been written. The |
| 1648 * returned libpng structures as destroyed by store_write_reset above. |
| 1649 */ |
| 1650 static png_structp |
| 1651 set_store_for_write(png_store *ps, png_infopp ppi, const char *name) |
| 1652 { |
| 1653 anon_context(ps); |
| 1654 |
| 1655 Try |
| 1656 { |
| 1657 if (ps->pwrite != NULL) |
| 1658 png_error(ps->pwrite, "write store already in use"); |
| 1659 |
| 1660 store_write_reset(ps); |
| 1661 safecat(ps->wname, sizeof ps->wname, 0, name); |
| 1662 |
| 1663 /* Don't do the slow memory checks if doing a speed test, also if user |
| 1664 * memory is not supported we can't do it anyway. |
| 1665 */ |
| 1666 # ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED |
| 1667 if (!ps->speed) |
| 1668 ps->pwrite = png_create_write_struct_2(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, |
| 1669 ps, store_error, store_warning, &ps->write_memory_pool, |
| 1670 store_malloc, store_free); |
| 1671 |
| 1672 else |
| 1673 # endif |
| 1674 ps->pwrite = png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, |
| 1675 ps, store_error, store_warning); |
| 1676 |
| 1677 png_set_write_fn(ps->pwrite, ps, store_write, store_flush); |
| 1678 |
| 1679 # ifdef PNG_SET_OPTION_SUPPORTED |
| 1680 { |
| 1681 int opt; |
| 1682 for (opt=0; opt<ps->noptions; ++opt) |
| 1683 if (png_set_option(ps->pwrite, ps->options[opt].option, |
| 1684 ps->options[opt].setting) == PNG_OPTION_INVALID) |
| 1685 png_error(ps->pwrite, "png option invalid"); |
| 1686 } |
| 1687 # endif |
| 1688 |
| 1689 if (ppi != NULL) |
| 1690 *ppi = ps->piwrite = png_create_info_struct(ps->pwrite); |
| 1691 } |
| 1692 |
| 1693 Catch_anonymous |
| 1694 return NULL; |
| 1695 |
| 1696 return ps->pwrite; |
| 1697 } |
| 1698 |
| 1699 /* Cleanup when finished reading (either due to error or in the success case). |
| 1700 * This routine exists even when there is no read support to make the code |
| 1701 * tidier (avoid a mass of ifdefs) and so easier to maintain. |
| 1702 */ |
| 1703 static void |
| 1704 store_read_reset(png_store *ps) |
| 1705 { |
| 1706 # ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED |
| 1707 if (ps->pread != NULL) |
| 1708 { |
| 1709 anon_context(ps); |
| 1710 |
| 1711 Try |
| 1712 png_destroy_read_struct(&ps->pread, &ps->piread, NULL); |
| 1713 |
| 1714 Catch_anonymous |
| 1715 { |
| 1716 /* error already output: continue */ |
| 1717 } |
| 1718 |
| 1719 ps->pread = NULL; |
| 1720 ps->piread = NULL; |
| 1721 } |
| 1722 # endif |
| 1723 |
| 1724 # ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED |
| 1725 /* Always do this to be safe. */ |
| 1726 store_pool_delete(ps, &ps->read_memory_pool); |
| 1727 # endif |
| 1728 |
| 1729 ps->current = NULL; |
| 1730 ps->next = NULL; |
| 1731 ps->readpos = 0; |
| 1732 ps->validated = 0; |
| 1733 } |
| 1734 |
| 1735 #ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED |
| 1736 static void |
| 1737 store_read_set(png_store *ps, png_uint_32 id) |
| 1738 { |
| 1739 png_store_file *pf = ps->saved; |
| 1740 |
| 1741 while (pf != NULL) |
| 1742 { |
| 1743 if (pf->id == id) |
| 1744 { |
| 1745 ps->current = pf; |
| 1746 ps->next = NULL; |
| 1747 store_read_buffer_next(ps); |
| 1748 return; |
| 1749 } |
| 1750 |
| 1751 pf = pf->next; |
| 1752 } |
| 1753 |
| 1754 { |
| 1755 size_t pos; |
| 1756 char msg[FILE_NAME_SIZE+64]; |
| 1757 |
| 1758 pos = standard_name_from_id(msg, sizeof msg, 0, id); |
| 1759 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, ": file not found"); |
| 1760 png_error(ps->pread, msg); |
| 1761 } |
| 1762 } |
| 1763 |
| 1764 /* The main interface for reading a saved file - pass the id number of the file |
| 1765 * to retrieve. Ids must be unique or the earlier file will be hidden. The API |
| 1766 * returns a png_struct and, optionally, a png_info. Both of these will be |
| 1767 * destroyed by store_read_reset above. |
| 1768 */ |
| 1769 static png_structp |
| 1770 set_store_for_read(png_store *ps, png_infopp ppi, png_uint_32 id, |
| 1771 const char *name) |
| 1772 { |
| 1773 /* Set the name for png_error */ |
| 1774 safecat(ps->test, sizeof ps->test, 0, name); |
| 1775 |
| 1776 if (ps->pread != NULL) |
| 1777 png_error(ps->pread, "read store already in use"); |
| 1778 |
| 1779 store_read_reset(ps); |
| 1780 |
| 1781 /* Both the create APIs can return NULL if used in their default mode |
| 1782 * (because there is no other way of handling an error because the jmp_buf |
| 1783 * by default is stored in png_struct and that has not been allocated!) |
| 1784 * However, given that store_error works correctly in these circumstances |
| 1785 * we don't ever expect NULL in this program. |
| 1786 */ |
| 1787 # ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED |
| 1788 if (!ps->speed) |
| 1789 ps->pread = png_create_read_struct_2(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, ps, |
| 1790 store_error, store_warning, &ps->read_memory_pool, store_malloc, |
| 1791 store_free); |
| 1792 |
| 1793 else |
| 1794 # endif |
| 1795 ps->pread = png_create_read_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, ps, store_error, |
| 1796 store_warning); |
| 1797 |
| 1798 if (ps->pread == NULL) |
| 1799 { |
| 1800 struct exception_context *the_exception_context = &ps->exception_context; |
| 1801 |
| 1802 store_log(ps, NULL, "png_create_read_struct returned NULL (unexpected)", |
| 1803 1 /*error*/); |
| 1804 |
| 1805 Throw ps; |
| 1806 } |
| 1807 |
| 1808 # ifdef PNG_SET_OPTION_SUPPORTED |
| 1809 { |
| 1810 int opt; |
| 1811 for (opt=0; opt<ps->noptions; ++opt) |
| 1812 if (png_set_option(ps->pread, ps->options[opt].option, |
| 1813 ps->options[opt].setting) == PNG_OPTION_INVALID) |
| 1814 png_error(ps->pread, "png option invalid"); |
| 1815 } |
| 1816 # endif |
| 1817 |
| 1818 store_read_set(ps, id); |
| 1819 |
| 1820 if (ppi != NULL) |
| 1821 *ppi = ps->piread = png_create_info_struct(ps->pread); |
| 1822 |
| 1823 return ps->pread; |
| 1824 } |
| 1825 #endif /* PNG_READ_SUPPORTED */ |
| 1826 |
| 1827 /* The overall cleanup of a store simply calls the above then removes all the |
| 1828 * saved files. This does not delete the store itself. |
| 1829 */ |
| 1830 static void |
| 1831 store_delete(png_store *ps) |
| 1832 { |
| 1833 store_write_reset(ps); |
| 1834 store_read_reset(ps); |
| 1835 store_freefile(&ps->saved); |
| 1836 store_image_free(ps, NULL); |
| 1837 } |
| 1838 |
| 1839 /*********************** PNG FILE MODIFICATION ON READ ************************/ |
| 1840 /* Files may be modified on read. The following structure contains a complete |
| 1841 * png_store together with extra members to handle modification and a special |
| 1842 * read callback for libpng. To use this the 'modifications' field must be set |
| 1843 * to a list of png_modification structures that actually perform the |
| 1844 * modification, otherwise a png_modifier is functionally equivalent to a |
| 1845 * png_store. There is a special read function, set_modifier_for_read, which |
| 1846 * replaces set_store_for_read. |
| 1847 */ |
| 1848 typedef enum modifier_state |
| 1849 { |
| 1850 modifier_start, /* Initial value */ |
| 1851 modifier_signature, /* Have a signature */ |
| 1852 modifier_IHDR /* Have an IHDR */ |
| 1853 } modifier_state; |
| 1854 |
| 1855 typedef struct CIE_color |
| 1856 { |
| 1857 /* A single CIE tristimulus value, representing the unique response of a |
| 1858 * standard observer to a variety of light spectra. The observer recognizes |
| 1859 * all spectra that produce this response as the same color, therefore this |
| 1860 * is effectively a description of a color. |
| 1861 */ |
| 1862 double X, Y, Z; |
| 1863 } CIE_color; |
| 1864 |
| 1865 typedef struct color_encoding |
| 1866 { |
| 1867 /* A description of an (R,G,B) encoding of color (as defined above); this |
| 1868 * includes the actual colors of the (R,G,B) triples (1,0,0), (0,1,0) and |
| 1869 * (0,0,1) plus an encoding value that is used to encode the linear |
| 1870 * components R, G and B to give the actual values R^gamma, G^gamma and |
| 1871 * B^gamma that are stored. |
| 1872 */ |
| 1873 double gamma; /* Encoding (file) gamma of space */ |
| 1874 CIE_color red, green, blue; /* End points */ |
| 1875 } color_encoding; |
| 1876 |
| 1877 #ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED |
| 1878 #if defined PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED && defined PNG_READ_cHRM_SUPPORTED |
| 1879 static double |
| 1880 chromaticity_x(CIE_color c) |
| 1881 { |
| 1882 return c.X / (c.X + c.Y + c.Z); |
| 1883 } |
| 1884 |
| 1885 static double |
| 1886 chromaticity_y(CIE_color c) |
| 1887 { |
| 1888 return c.Y / (c.X + c.Y + c.Z); |
| 1889 } |
| 1890 |
| 1891 static CIE_color |
| 1892 white_point(const color_encoding *encoding) |
| 1893 { |
| 1894 CIE_color white; |
| 1895 |
| 1896 white.X = encoding->red.X + encoding->green.X + encoding->blue.X; |
| 1897 white.Y = encoding->red.Y + encoding->green.Y + encoding->blue.Y; |
| 1898 white.Z = encoding->red.Z + encoding->green.Z + encoding->blue.Z; |
| 1899 |
| 1900 return white; |
| 1901 } |
| 1902 #endif /* READ_TRANSFORMS && READ_cHRM */ |
| 1903 |
| 1904 #ifdef PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED |
| 1905 static void |
| 1906 normalize_color_encoding(color_encoding *encoding) |
| 1907 { |
| 1908 const double whiteY = encoding->red.Y + encoding->green.Y + |
| 1909 encoding->blue.Y; |
| 1910 |
| 1911 if (whiteY != 1) |
| 1912 { |
| 1913 encoding->red.X /= whiteY; |
| 1914 encoding->red.Y /= whiteY; |
| 1915 encoding->red.Z /= whiteY; |
| 1916 encoding->green.X /= whiteY; |
| 1917 encoding->green.Y /= whiteY; |
| 1918 encoding->green.Z /= whiteY; |
| 1919 encoding->blue.X /= whiteY; |
| 1920 encoding->blue.Y /= whiteY; |
| 1921 encoding->blue.Z /= whiteY; |
| 1922 } |
| 1923 } |
| 1924 #endif |
| 1925 |
| 1926 #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED |
| 1927 static size_t |
| 1928 safecat_color_encoding(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t pos, |
| 1929 const color_encoding *e, double encoding_gamma) |
| 1930 { |
| 1931 if (e != 0) |
| 1932 { |
| 1933 if (encoding_gamma != 0) |
| 1934 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "("); |
| 1935 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "R("); |
| 1936 pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->red.X, 4); |
| 1937 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ","); |
| 1938 pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->red.Y, 4); |
| 1939 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ","); |
| 1940 pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->red.Z, 4); |
| 1941 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "),G("); |
| 1942 pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->green.X, 4); |
| 1943 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ","); |
| 1944 pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->green.Y, 4); |
| 1945 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ","); |
| 1946 pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->green.Z, 4); |
| 1947 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "),B("); |
| 1948 pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->blue.X, 4); |
| 1949 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ","); |
| 1950 pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->blue.Y, 4); |
| 1951 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ","); |
| 1952 pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->blue.Z, 4); |
| 1953 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ")"); |
| 1954 if (encoding_gamma != 0) |
| 1955 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ")"); |
| 1956 } |
| 1957 |
| 1958 if (encoding_gamma != 0) |
| 1959 { |
| 1960 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "^"); |
| 1961 pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, encoding_gamma, 5); |
| 1962 } |
| 1963 |
| 1964 return pos; |
| 1965 } |
| 1966 #endif /* READ_TRANSFORMS */ |
| 1967 #endif /* PNG_READ_SUPPORTED */ |
| 1968 |
| 1969 typedef struct png_modifier |
| 1970 { |
| 1971 png_store this; /* I am a png_store */ |
| 1972 struct png_modification *modifications; /* Changes to make */ |
| 1973 |
| 1974 modifier_state state; /* My state */ |
| 1975 |
| 1976 /* Information from IHDR: */ |
| 1977 png_byte bit_depth; /* From IHDR */ |
| 1978 png_byte colour_type; /* From IHDR */ |
| 1979 |
| 1980 /* While handling PLTE, IDAT and IEND these chunks may be pended to allow |
| 1981 * other chunks to be inserted. |
| 1982 */ |
| 1983 png_uint_32 pending_len; |
| 1984 png_uint_32 pending_chunk; |
| 1985 |
| 1986 /* Test values */ |
| 1987 double *gammas; |
| 1988 unsigned int ngammas; |
| 1989 unsigned int ngamma_tests; /* Number of gamma tests to run*/ |
| 1990 double current_gamma; /* 0 if not set */ |
| 1991 const color_encoding *encodings; |
| 1992 unsigned int nencodings; |
| 1993 const color_encoding *current_encoding; /* If an encoding has been set */ |
| 1994 unsigned int encoding_counter; /* For iteration */ |
| 1995 int encoding_ignored; /* Something overwrote it */ |
| 1996 |
| 1997 /* Control variables used to iterate through possible encodings, the |
| 1998 * following must be set to 0 and tested by the function that uses the |
| 1999 * png_modifier because the modifier only sets it to 1 (true.) |
| 2000 */ |
| 2001 unsigned int repeat :1; /* Repeat this transform test. */ |
| 2002 unsigned int test_uses_encoding :1; |
| 2003 |
| 2004 /* Lowest sbit to test (pre-1.7 libpng fails for sbit < 8) */ |
| 2005 png_byte sbitlow; |
| 2006 |
| 2007 /* Error control - these are the limits on errors accepted by the gamma tests |
| 2008 * below. |
| 2009 */ |
| 2010 double maxout8; /* Maximum output value error */ |
| 2011 double maxabs8; /* Absolute sample error 0..1 */ |
| 2012 double maxcalc8; /* Absolute sample error 0..1 */ |
| 2013 double maxpc8; /* Percentage sample error 0..100% */ |
| 2014 double maxout16; /* Maximum output value error */ |
| 2015 double maxabs16; /* Absolute sample error 0..1 */ |
| 2016 double maxcalc16;/* Absolute sample error 0..1 */ |
| 2017 double maxcalcG; /* Absolute sample error 0..1 */ |
| 2018 double maxpc16; /* Percentage sample error 0..100% */ |
| 2019 |
| 2020 /* This is set by transforms that need to allow a higher limit, it is an |
| 2021 * internal check on pngvalid to ensure that the calculated error limits are |
| 2022 * not ridiculous; without this it is too easy to make a mistake in pngvalid |
| 2023 * that allows any value through. |
| 2024 * |
| 2025 * NOTE: this is not checked in release builds. |
| 2026 */ |
| 2027 double limit; /* limit on error values, normally 4E-3 */ |
| 2028 |
| 2029 /* Log limits - values above this are logged, but not necessarily |
| 2030 * warned. |
| 2031 */ |
| 2032 double log8; /* Absolute error in 8 bits to log */ |
| 2033 double log16; /* Absolute error in 16 bits to log */ |
| 2034 |
| 2035 /* Logged 8 and 16 bit errors ('output' values): */ |
| 2036 double error_gray_2; |
| 2037 double error_gray_4; |
| 2038 double error_gray_8; |
| 2039 double error_gray_16; |
| 2040 double error_color_8; |
| 2041 double error_color_16; |
| 2042 double error_indexed; |
| 2043 |
| 2044 /* Flags: */ |
| 2045 /* Whether to call png_read_update_info, not png_read_start_image, and how |
| 2046 * many times to call it. |
| 2047 */ |
| 2048 int use_update_info; |
| 2049 |
| 2050 /* Whether or not to interlace. */ |
| 2051 int interlace_type :9; /* int, but must store '1' */ |
| 2052 |
| 2053 /* Run the standard tests? */ |
| 2054 unsigned int test_standard :1; |
| 2055 |
| 2056 /* Run the odd-sized image and interlace read/write tests? */ |
| 2057 unsigned int test_size :1; |
| 2058 |
| 2059 /* Run tests on reading with a combination of transforms, */ |
| 2060 unsigned int test_transform :1; |
| 2061 unsigned int test_tRNS :1; /* Includes tRNS images */ |
| 2062 |
| 2063 /* When to use the use_input_precision option, this controls the gamma |
| 2064 * validation code checks. If set any value that is within the transformed |
| 2065 * range input-.5 to input+.5 will be accepted, otherwise the value must be |
| 2066 * within the normal limits. It should not be necessary to set this; the |
| 2067 * result should always be exact within the permitted error limits. |
| 2068 */ |
| 2069 unsigned int use_input_precision :1; |
| 2070 unsigned int use_input_precision_sbit :1; |
| 2071 unsigned int use_input_precision_16to8 :1; |
| 2072 |
| 2073 /* If set assume that the calculation bit depth is set by the input |
| 2074 * precision, not the output precision. |
| 2075 */ |
| 2076 unsigned int calculations_use_input_precision :1; |
| 2077 |
| 2078 /* If set assume that the calculations are done in 16 bits even if the sample |
| 2079 * depth is 8 bits. |
| 2080 */ |
| 2081 unsigned int assume_16_bit_calculations :1; |
| 2082 |
| 2083 /* Which gamma tests to run: */ |
| 2084 unsigned int test_gamma_threshold :1; |
| 2085 unsigned int test_gamma_transform :1; /* main tests */ |
| 2086 unsigned int test_gamma_sbit :1; |
| 2087 unsigned int test_gamma_scale16 :1; |
| 2088 unsigned int test_gamma_background :1; |
| 2089 unsigned int test_gamma_alpha_mode :1; |
| 2090 unsigned int test_gamma_expand16 :1; |
| 2091 unsigned int test_exhaustive :1; |
| 2092 |
| 2093 /* Whether or not to run the low-bit-depth grayscale tests. This fails on |
| 2094 * gamma images in some cases because of gross inaccuracies in the grayscale |
| 2095 * gamma handling for low bit depth. |
| 2096 */ |
| 2097 unsigned int test_lbg :1; |
| 2098 unsigned int test_lbg_gamma_threshold :1; |
| 2099 unsigned int test_lbg_gamma_transform :1; |
| 2100 unsigned int test_lbg_gamma_sbit :1; |
| 2101 unsigned int test_lbg_gamma_composition :1; |
| 2102 |
| 2103 unsigned int log :1; /* Log max error */ |
| 2104 |
| 2105 /* Buffer information, the buffer size limits the size of the chunks that can |
| 2106 * be modified - they must fit (including header and CRC) into the buffer! |
| 2107 */ |
| 2108 size_t flush; /* Count of bytes to flush */ |
| 2109 size_t buffer_count; /* Bytes in buffer */ |
| 2110 size_t buffer_position; /* Position in buffer */ |
| 2111 png_byte buffer[1024]; |
| 2112 } png_modifier; |
| 2113 |
| 2114 /* This returns true if the test should be stopped now because it has already |
| 2115 * failed and it is running silently. |
| 2116 */ |
| 2117 static int fail(png_modifier *pm) |
| 2118 { |
| 2119 return !pm->log && !pm->this.verbose && (pm->this.nerrors > 0 || |
| 2120 (pm->this.treat_warnings_as_errors && pm->this.nwarnings > 0)); |
| 2121 } |
| 2122 |
| 2123 static void |
| 2124 modifier_init(png_modifier *pm) |
| 2125 { |
| 2126 memset(pm, 0, sizeof *pm); |
| 2127 store_init(&pm->this); |
| 2128 pm->modifications = NULL; |
| 2129 pm->state = modifier_start; |
| 2130 pm->sbitlow = 1U; |
| 2131 pm->ngammas = 0; |
| 2132 pm->ngamma_tests = 0; |
| 2133 pm->gammas = 0; |
| 2134 pm->current_gamma = 0; |
| 2135 pm->encodings = 0; |
| 2136 pm->nencodings = 0; |
| 2137 pm->current_encoding = 0; |
| 2138 pm->encoding_counter = 0; |
| 2139 pm->encoding_ignored = 0; |
| 2140 pm->repeat = 0; |
| 2141 pm->test_uses_encoding = 0; |
| 2142 pm->maxout8 = pm->maxpc8 = pm->maxabs8 = pm->maxcalc8 = 0; |
| 2143 pm->maxout16 = pm->maxpc16 = pm->maxabs16 = pm->maxcalc16 = 0; |
| 2144 pm->maxcalcG = 0; |
| 2145 pm->limit = 4E-3; |
| 2146 pm->log8 = pm->log16 = 0; /* Means 'off' */ |
| 2147 pm->error_gray_2 = pm->error_gray_4 = pm->error_gray_8 = 0; |
| 2148 pm->error_gray_16 = pm->error_color_8 = pm->error_color_16 = 0; |
| 2149 pm->error_indexed = 0; |
| 2150 pm->use_update_info = 0; |
| 2151 pm->interlace_type = PNG_INTERLACE_NONE; |
| 2152 pm->test_standard = 0; |
| 2153 pm->test_size = 0; |
| 2154 pm->test_transform = 0; |
| 2155 # ifdef PNG_WRITE_tRNS_SUPPORTED |
| 2156 pm->test_tRNS = 1; |
| 2157 # else |
| 2158 pm->test_tRNS = 0; |
| 2159 # endif |
| 2160 pm->use_input_precision = 0; |
| 2161 pm->use_input_precision_sbit = 0; |
| 2162 pm->use_input_precision_16to8 = 0; |
| 2163 pm->calculations_use_input_precision = 0; |
| 2164 pm->assume_16_bit_calculations = 0; |
| 2165 pm->test_gamma_threshold = 0; |
| 2166 pm->test_gamma_transform = 0; |
| 2167 pm->test_gamma_sbit = 0; |
| 2168 pm->test_gamma_scale16 = 0; |
| 2169 pm->test_gamma_background = 0; |
| 2170 pm->test_gamma_alpha_mode = 0; |
| 2171 pm->test_gamma_expand16 = 0; |
| 2172 pm->test_lbg = 1; |
| 2173 pm->test_lbg_gamma_threshold = 1; |
| 2174 pm->test_lbg_gamma_transform = 1; |
| 2175 pm->test_lbg_gamma_sbit = 1; |
| 2176 pm->test_lbg_gamma_composition = 1; |
| 2177 pm->test_exhaustive = 0; |
| 2178 pm->log = 0; |
| 2179 |
| 2180 /* Rely on the memset for all the other fields - there are no pointers */ |
| 2181 } |
| 2182 |
| 2183 #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED |
| 2184 |
| 2185 /* This controls use of checks that explicitly know how libpng digitizes the |
| 2186 * samples in calculations; setting this circumvents simple error limit checking |
| 2187 * in the rgb_to_gray check, replacing it with an exact copy of the libpng 1.5 |
| 2188 * algorithm. |
| 2189 */ |
| 2190 #define DIGITIZE PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 2191 |
| 2192 /* If pm->calculations_use_input_precision is set then operations will happen |
| 2193 * with the precision of the input, not the precision of the output depth. |
| 2194 * |
| 2195 * If pm->assume_16_bit_calculations is set then even 8 bit calculations use 16 |
| 2196 * bit precision. This only affects those of the following limits that pertain |
| 2197 * to a calculation - not a digitization operation - unless the following API is |
| 2198 * called directly. |
| 2199 */ |
| 2200 #ifdef PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED |
| 2201 #if DIGITIZE |
| 2202 static double digitize(double value, int depth, int do_round) |
| 2203 { |
| 2204 /* 'value' is in the range 0 to 1, the result is the same value rounded to a |
| 2205 * multiple of the digitization factor - 8 or 16 bits depending on both the |
| 2206 * sample depth and the 'assume' setting. Digitization is normally by |
| 2207 * rounding and 'do_round' should be 1, if it is 0 the digitized value will |
| 2208 * be truncated. |
| 2209 */ |
| 2210 const unsigned int digitization_factor = (1U << depth) -1; |
| 2211 |
| 2212 /* Limiting the range is done as a convenience to the caller - it's easier to |
| 2213 * do it once here than every time at the call site. |
| 2214 */ |
| 2215 if (value <= 0) |
| 2216 value = 0; |
| 2217 |
| 2218 else if (value >= 1) |
| 2219 value = 1; |
| 2220 |
| 2221 value *= digitization_factor; |
| 2222 if (do_round) value += .5; |
| 2223 return floor(value)/digitization_factor; |
| 2224 } |
| 2225 #endif |
| 2226 #endif /* RGB_TO_GRAY */ |
| 2227 |
| 2228 #ifdef PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED |
| 2229 static double abserr(const png_modifier *pm, int in_depth, int out_depth) |
| 2230 { |
| 2231 /* Absolute error permitted in linear values - affected by the bit depth of |
| 2232 * the calculations. |
| 2233 */ |
| 2234 if (pm->assume_16_bit_calculations || |
| 2235 (pm->calculations_use_input_precision ? in_depth : out_depth) == 16) |
| 2236 return pm->maxabs16; |
| 2237 else |
| 2238 return pm->maxabs8; |
| 2239 } |
| 2240 |
| 2241 static double calcerr(const png_modifier *pm, int in_depth, int out_depth) |
| 2242 { |
| 2243 /* Error in the linear composition arithmetic - only relevant when |
| 2244 * composition actually happens (0 < alpha < 1). |
| 2245 */ |
| 2246 if ((pm->calculations_use_input_precision ? in_depth : out_depth) == 16) |
| 2247 return pm->maxcalc16; |
| 2248 else if (pm->assume_16_bit_calculations) |
| 2249 return pm->maxcalcG; |
| 2250 else |
| 2251 return pm->maxcalc8; |
| 2252 } |
| 2253 |
| 2254 static double pcerr(const png_modifier *pm, int in_depth, int out_depth) |
| 2255 { |
| 2256 /* Percentage error permitted in the linear values. Note that the specified |
| 2257 * value is a percentage but this routine returns a simple number. |
| 2258 */ |
| 2259 if (pm->assume_16_bit_calculations || |
| 2260 (pm->calculations_use_input_precision ? in_depth : out_depth) == 16) |
| 2261 return pm->maxpc16 * .01; |
| 2262 else |
| 2263 return pm->maxpc8 * .01; |
| 2264 } |
| 2265 |
| 2266 /* Output error - the error in the encoded value. This is determined by the |
| 2267 * digitization of the output so can be +/-0.5 in the actual output value. In |
| 2268 * the expand_16 case with the current code in libpng the expand happens after |
| 2269 * all the calculations are done in 8 bit arithmetic, so even though the output |
| 2270 * depth is 16 the output error is determined by the 8 bit calculation. |
| 2271 * |
| 2272 * This limit is not determined by the bit depth of internal calculations. |
| 2273 * |
| 2274 * The specified parameter does *not* include the base .5 digitization error but |
| 2275 * it is added here. |
| 2276 */ |
| 2277 static double outerr(const png_modifier *pm, int in_depth, int out_depth) |
| 2278 { |
| 2279 /* There is a serious error in the 2 and 4 bit grayscale transform because |
| 2280 * the gamma table value (8 bits) is simply shifted, not rounded, so the |
| 2281 * error in 4 bit grayscale gamma is up to the value below. This is a hack |
| 2282 * to allow pngvalid to succeed: |
| 2283 * |
| 2284 * TODO: fix this in libpng |
| 2285 */ |
| 2286 if (out_depth == 2) |
| 2287 return .73182-.5; |
| 2288 |
| 2289 if (out_depth == 4) |
| 2290 return .90644-.5; |
| 2291 |
| 2292 if ((pm->calculations_use_input_precision ? in_depth : out_depth) == 16) |
| 2293 return pm->maxout16; |
| 2294 |
| 2295 /* This is the case where the value was calculated at 8-bit precision then |
| 2296 * scaled to 16 bits. |
| 2297 */ |
| 2298 else if (out_depth == 16) |
| 2299 return pm->maxout8 * 257; |
| 2300 |
| 2301 else |
| 2302 return pm->maxout8; |
| 2303 } |
| 2304 |
| 2305 /* This does the same thing as the above however it returns the value to log, |
| 2306 * rather than raising a warning. This is useful for debugging to track down |
| 2307 * exactly what set of parameters cause high error values. |
| 2308 */ |
| 2309 static double outlog(const png_modifier *pm, int in_depth, int out_depth) |
| 2310 { |
| 2311 /* The command line parameters are either 8 bit (0..255) or 16 bit (0..65535) |
| 2312 * and so must be adjusted for low bit depth grayscale: |
| 2313 */ |
| 2314 if (out_depth <= 8) |
| 2315 { |
| 2316 if (pm->log8 == 0) /* switched off */ |
| 2317 return 256; |
| 2318 |
| 2319 if (out_depth < 8) |
| 2320 return pm->log8 / 255 * ((1<<out_depth)-1); |
| 2321 |
| 2322 return pm->log8; |
| 2323 } |
| 2324 |
| 2325 if ((pm->calculations_use_input_precision ? in_depth : out_depth) == 16) |
| 2326 { |
| 2327 if (pm->log16 == 0) |
| 2328 return 65536; |
| 2329 |
| 2330 return pm->log16; |
| 2331 } |
| 2332 |
| 2333 /* This is the case where the value was calculated at 8-bit precision then |
| 2334 * scaled to 16 bits. |
| 2335 */ |
| 2336 if (pm->log8 == 0) |
| 2337 return 65536; |
| 2338 |
| 2339 return pm->log8 * 257; |
| 2340 } |
| 2341 |
| 2342 /* This complements the above by providing the appropriate quantization for the |
| 2343 * final value. Normally this would just be quantization to an integral value, |
| 2344 * but in the 8 bit calculation case it's actually quantization to a multiple of |
| 2345 * 257! |
| 2346 */ |
| 2347 static int output_quantization_factor(const png_modifier *pm, int in_depth, |
| 2348 int out_depth) |
| 2349 { |
| 2350 if (out_depth == 16 && in_depth != 16 && |
| 2351 pm->calculations_use_input_precision) |
| 2352 return 257; |
| 2353 else |
| 2354 return 1; |
| 2355 } |
| 2356 #endif /* PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED */ |
| 2357 |
| 2358 /* One modification structure must be provided for each chunk to be modified (in |
| 2359 * fact more than one can be provided if multiple separate changes are desired |
| 2360 * for a single chunk.) Modifications include adding a new chunk when a |
| 2361 * suitable chunk does not exist. |
| 2362 * |
| 2363 * The caller of modify_fn will reset the CRC of the chunk and record 'modified' |
| 2364 * or 'added' as appropriate if the modify_fn returns 1 (true). If the |
| 2365 * modify_fn is NULL the chunk is simply removed. |
| 2366 */ |
| 2367 typedef struct png_modification |
| 2368 { |
| 2369 struct png_modification *next; |
| 2370 png_uint_32 chunk; |
| 2371 |
| 2372 /* If the following is NULL all matching chunks will be removed: */ |
| 2373 int (*modify_fn)(struct png_modifier *pm, |
| 2374 struct png_modification *me, int add); |
| 2375 |
| 2376 /* If the following is set to PLTE, IDAT or IEND and the chunk has not been |
| 2377 * found and modified (and there is a modify_fn) the modify_fn will be called |
| 2378 * to add the chunk before the relevant chunk. |
| 2379 */ |
| 2380 png_uint_32 add; |
| 2381 unsigned int modified :1; /* Chunk was modified */ |
| 2382 unsigned int added :1; /* Chunk was added */ |
| 2383 unsigned int removed :1; /* Chunk was removed */ |
| 2384 } png_modification; |
| 2385 |
| 2386 static void |
| 2387 modification_reset(png_modification *pmm) |
| 2388 { |
| 2389 if (pmm != NULL) |
| 2390 { |
| 2391 pmm->modified = 0; |
| 2392 pmm->added = 0; |
| 2393 pmm->removed = 0; |
| 2394 modification_reset(pmm->next); |
| 2395 } |
| 2396 } |
| 2397 |
| 2398 static void |
| 2399 modification_init(png_modification *pmm) |
| 2400 { |
| 2401 memset(pmm, 0, sizeof *pmm); |
| 2402 pmm->next = NULL; |
| 2403 pmm->chunk = 0; |
| 2404 pmm->modify_fn = NULL; |
| 2405 pmm->add = 0; |
| 2406 modification_reset(pmm); |
| 2407 } |
| 2408 |
| 2409 #ifdef PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED |
| 2410 static void |
| 2411 modifier_current_encoding(const png_modifier *pm, color_encoding *ce) |
| 2412 { |
| 2413 if (pm->current_encoding != 0) |
| 2414 *ce = *pm->current_encoding; |
| 2415 |
| 2416 else |
| 2417 memset(ce, 0, sizeof *ce); |
| 2418 |
| 2419 ce->gamma = pm->current_gamma; |
| 2420 } |
| 2421 #endif |
| 2422 |
| 2423 #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED |
| 2424 static size_t |
| 2425 safecat_current_encoding(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t pos, |
| 2426 const png_modifier *pm) |
| 2427 { |
| 2428 pos = safecat_color_encoding(buffer, bufsize, pos, pm->current_encoding, |
| 2429 pm->current_gamma); |
| 2430 |
| 2431 if (pm->encoding_ignored) |
| 2432 pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "[overridden]"); |
| 2433 |
| 2434 return pos; |
| 2435 } |
| 2436 #endif |
| 2437 |
| 2438 /* Iterate through the usefully testable color encodings. An encoding is one |
| 2439 * of: |
| 2440 * |
| 2441 * 1) Nothing (no color space, no gamma). |
| 2442 * 2) Just a gamma value from the gamma array (including 1.0) |
| 2443 * 3) A color space from the encodings array with the corresponding gamma. |
| 2444 * 4) The same, but with gamma 1.0 (only really useful with 16 bit calculations) |
| 2445 * |
| 2446 * The iterator selects these in turn, the randomizer selects one at random, |
| 2447 * which is used depends on the setting of the 'test_exhaustive' flag. Notice |
| 2448 * that this function changes the colour space encoding so it must only be |
| 2449 * called on completion of the previous test. This is what 'modifier_reset' |
| 2450 * does, below. |
| 2451 * |
| 2452 * After the function has been called the 'repeat' flag will still be set; the |
| 2453 * caller of modifier_reset must reset it at the start of each run of the test! |
| 2454 */ |
| 2455 static unsigned int |
| 2456 modifier_total_encodings(const png_modifier *pm) |
| 2457 { |
| 2458 return 1 + /* (1) nothing */ |
| 2459 pm->ngammas + /* (2) gamma values to test */ |
| 2460 pm->nencodings + /* (3) total number of encodings */ |
| 2461 /* The following test only works after the first time through the |
| 2462 * png_modifier code because 'bit_depth' is set when the IHDR is read. |
| 2463 * modifier_reset, below, preserves the setting until after it has called |
| 2464 * the iterate function (also below.) |
| 2465 * |
| 2466 * For this reason do not rely on this function outside a call to |
| 2467 * modifier_reset. |
| 2468 */ |
| 2469 ((pm->bit_depth == 16 || pm->assume_16_bit_calculations) ? |
| 2470 pm->nencodings : 0); /* (4) encodings with gamma == 1.0 */ |
| 2471 } |
| 2472 |
| 2473 static void |
| 2474 modifier_encoding_iterate(png_modifier *pm) |
| 2475 { |
| 2476 if (!pm->repeat && /* Else something needs the current encoding again. */ |
| 2477 pm->test_uses_encoding) /* Some transform is encoding dependent */ |
| 2478 { |
| 2479 if (pm->test_exhaustive) |
| 2480 { |
| 2481 if (++pm->encoding_counter >= modifier_total_encodings(pm)) |
| 2482 pm->encoding_counter = 0; /* This will stop the repeat */ |
| 2483 } |
| 2484 |
| 2485 else |
| 2486 { |
| 2487 /* Not exhaustive - choose an encoding at random; generate a number in |
| 2488 * the range 1..(max-1), so the result is always non-zero: |
| 2489 */ |
| 2490 if (pm->encoding_counter == 0) |
| 2491 pm->encoding_counter = random_mod(modifier_total_encodings(pm)-1)+1; |
| 2492 else |
| 2493 pm->encoding_counter = 0; |
| 2494 } |
| 2495 |
| 2496 if (pm->encoding_counter > 0) |
| 2497 pm->repeat = 1; |
| 2498 } |
| 2499 |
| 2500 else if (!pm->repeat) |
| 2501 pm->encoding_counter = 0; |
| 2502 } |
| 2503 |
| 2504 static void |
| 2505 modifier_reset(png_modifier *pm) |
| 2506 { |
| 2507 store_read_reset(&pm->this); |
| 2508 pm->limit = 4E-3; |
| 2509 pm->pending_len = pm->pending_chunk = 0; |
| 2510 pm->flush = pm->buffer_count = pm->buffer_position = 0; |
| 2511 pm->modifications = NULL; |
| 2512 pm->state = modifier_start; |
| 2513 modifier_encoding_iterate(pm); |
| 2514 /* The following must be set in the next run. In particular |
| 2515 * test_uses_encodings must be set in the _ini function of each transform |
| 2516 * that looks at the encodings. (Not the 'add' function!) |
| 2517 */ |
| 2518 pm->test_uses_encoding = 0; |
| 2519 pm->current_gamma = 0; |
| 2520 pm->current_encoding = 0; |
| 2521 pm->encoding_ignored = 0; |
| 2522 /* These only become value after IHDR is read: */ |
| 2523 pm->bit_depth = pm->colour_type = 0; |
| 2524 } |
| 2525 |
| 2526 /* The following must be called before anything else to get the encoding set up |
| 2527 * on the modifier. In particular it must be called before the transform init |
| 2528 * functions are called. |
| 2529 */ |
| 2530 static void |
| 2531 modifier_set_encoding(png_modifier *pm) |
| 2532 { |
| 2533 /* Set the encoding to the one specified by the current encoding counter, |
| 2534 * first clear out all the settings - this corresponds to an encoding_counter |
| 2535 * of 0. |
| 2536 */ |
| 2537 pm->current_gamma = 0; |
| 2538 pm->current_encoding = 0; |
| 2539 pm->encoding_ignored = 0; /* not ignored yet - happens in _ini functions. */ |
| 2540 |
| 2541 /* Now, if required, set the gamma and encoding fields. */ |
| 2542 if (pm->encoding_counter > 0) |
| 2543 { |
| 2544 /* The gammas[] array is an array of screen gammas, not encoding gammas, |
| 2545 * so we need the inverse: |
| 2546 */ |
| 2547 if (pm->encoding_counter <= pm->ngammas) |
| 2548 pm->current_gamma = 1/pm->gammas[pm->encoding_counter-1]; |
| 2549 |
| 2550 else |
| 2551 { |
| 2552 unsigned int i = pm->encoding_counter - pm->ngammas; |
| 2553 |
| 2554 if (i >= pm->nencodings) |
| 2555 { |
| 2556 i %= pm->nencodings; |
| 2557 pm->current_gamma = 1; /* Linear, only in the 16 bit case */ |
| 2558 } |
| 2559 |
| 2560 else |
| 2561 pm->current_gamma = pm->encodings[i].gamma; |
| 2562 |
| 2563 pm->current_encoding = pm->encodings + i; |
| 2564 } |
| 2565 } |
| 2566 } |
| 2567 |
| 2568 /* Enquiry functions to find out what is set. Notice that there is an implicit |
| 2569 * assumption below that the first encoding in the list is the one for sRGB. |
| 2570 */ |
| 2571 static int |
| 2572 modifier_color_encoding_is_sRGB(const png_modifier *pm) |
| 2573 { |
| 2574 return pm->current_encoding != 0 && pm->current_encoding == pm->encodings && |
| 2575 pm->current_encoding->gamma == pm->current_gamma; |
| 2576 } |
| 2577 |
| 2578 static int |
| 2579 modifier_color_encoding_is_set(const png_modifier *pm) |
| 2580 { |
| 2581 return pm->current_gamma != 0; |
| 2582 } |
| 2583 |
| 2584 /* Convenience macros. */ |
| 2585 #define CHUNK(a,b,c,d) (((a)<<24)+((b)<<16)+((c)<<8)+(d)) |
| 2586 #define CHUNK_IHDR CHUNK(73,72,68,82) |
| 2587 #define CHUNK_PLTE CHUNK(80,76,84,69) |
| 2588 #define CHUNK_IDAT CHUNK(73,68,65,84) |
| 2589 #define CHUNK_IEND CHUNK(73,69,78,68) |
| 2590 #define CHUNK_cHRM CHUNK(99,72,82,77) |
| 2591 #define CHUNK_gAMA CHUNK(103,65,77,65) |
| 2592 #define CHUNK_sBIT CHUNK(115,66,73,84) |
| 2593 #define CHUNK_sRGB CHUNK(115,82,71,66) |
| 2594 |
| 2595 /* The guts of modification are performed during a read. */ |
| 2596 static void |
| 2597 modifier_crc(png_bytep buffer) |
| 2598 { |
| 2599 /* Recalculate the chunk CRC - a complete chunk must be in |
| 2600 * the buffer, at the start. |
| 2601 */ |
| 2602 uInt datalen = png_get_uint_32(buffer); |
| 2603 uLong crc = crc32(0, buffer+4, datalen+4); |
| 2604 /* The cast to png_uint_32 is safe because a crc32 is always a 32 bit value. |
| 2605 */ |
| 2606 png_save_uint_32(buffer+datalen+8, (png_uint_32)crc); |
| 2607 } |
| 2608 |
| 2609 static void |
| 2610 modifier_setbuffer(png_modifier *pm) |
| 2611 { |
| 2612 modifier_crc(pm->buffer); |
| 2613 pm->buffer_count = png_get_uint_32(pm->buffer)+12; |
| 2614 pm->buffer_position = 0; |
| 2615 } |
| 2616 |
| 2617 /* Separate the callback into the actual implementation (which is passed the |
| 2618 * png_modifier explicitly) and the callback, which gets the modifier from the |
| 2619 * png_struct. |
| 2620 */ |
| 2621 static void |
| 2622 modifier_read_imp(png_modifier *pm, png_bytep pb, png_size_t st) |
| 2623 { |
| 2624 while (st > 0) |
| 2625 { |
| 2626 size_t cb; |
| 2627 png_uint_32 len, chunk; |
| 2628 png_modification *mod; |
| 2629 |
| 2630 if (pm->buffer_position >= pm->buffer_count) switch (pm->state) |
| 2631 { |
| 2632 static png_byte sign[8] = { 137, 80, 78, 71, 13, 10, 26, 10 }; |
| 2633 case modifier_start: |
| 2634 store_read_imp(&pm->this, pm->buffer, 8); /* size of signature. */ |
| 2635 pm->buffer_count = 8; |
| 2636 pm->buffer_position = 0; |
| 2637 |
| 2638 if (memcmp(pm->buffer, sign, 8) != 0) |
| 2639 png_error(pm->this.pread, "invalid PNG file signature"); |
| 2640 pm->state = modifier_signature; |
| 2641 break; |
| 2642 |
| 2643 case modifier_signature: |
| 2644 store_read_imp(&pm->this, pm->buffer, 13+12); /* size of IHDR */ |
| 2645 pm->buffer_count = 13+12; |
| 2646 pm->buffer_position = 0; |
| 2647 |
| 2648 if (png_get_uint_32(pm->buffer) != 13 || |
| 2649 png_get_uint_32(pm->buffer+4) != CHUNK_IHDR) |
| 2650 png_error(pm->this.pread, "invalid IHDR"); |
| 2651 |
| 2652 /* Check the list of modifiers for modifications to the IHDR. */ |
| 2653 mod = pm->modifications; |
| 2654 while (mod != NULL) |
| 2655 { |
| 2656 if (mod->chunk == CHUNK_IHDR && mod->modify_fn && |
| 2657 (*mod->modify_fn)(pm, mod, 0)) |
| 2658 { |
| 2659 mod->modified = 1; |
| 2660 modifier_setbuffer(pm); |
| 2661 } |
| 2662 |
| 2663 /* Ignore removal or add if IHDR! */ |
| 2664 mod = mod->next; |
| 2665 } |
| 2666 |
| 2667 /* Cache information from the IHDR (the modified one.) */ |
| 2668 pm->bit_depth = pm->buffer[8+8]; |
| 2669 pm->colour_type = pm->buffer[8+8+1]; |
| 2670 |
| 2671 pm->state = modifier_IHDR; |
| 2672 pm->flush = 0; |
| 2673 break; |
| 2674 |
| 2675 case modifier_IHDR: |
| 2676 default: |
| 2677 /* Read a new chunk and process it until we see PLTE, IDAT or |
| 2678 * IEND. 'flush' indicates that there is still some data to |
| 2679 * output from the preceding chunk. |
| 2680 */ |
| 2681 if ((cb = pm->flush) > 0) |
| 2682 { |
| 2683 if (cb > st) cb = st; |
| 2684 pm->flush -= cb; |
| 2685 store_read_imp(&pm->this, pb, cb); |
| 2686 pb += cb; |
| 2687 st -= cb; |
| 2688 if (st == 0) return; |
| 2689 } |
| 2690 |
| 2691 /* No more bytes to flush, read a header, or handle a pending |
| 2692 * chunk. |
| 2693 */ |
| 2694 if (pm->pending_chunk != 0) |
| 2695 { |
| 2696 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer, pm->pending_len); |
| 2697 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+4, pm->pending_chunk); |
| 2698 pm->pending_len = 0; |
| 2699 pm->pending_chunk = 0; |
| 2700 } |
| 2701 else |
| 2702 store_read_imp(&pm->this, pm->buffer, 8); |
| 2703 |
| 2704 pm->buffer_count = 8; |
| 2705 pm->buffer_position = 0; |
| 2706 |
| 2707 /* Check for something to modify or a terminator chunk. */ |
| 2708 len = png_get_uint_32(pm->buffer); |
| 2709 chunk = png_get_uint_32(pm->buffer+4); |
| 2710 |
| 2711 /* Terminators first, they may have to be delayed for added |
| 2712 * chunks |
| 2713 */ |
| 2714 if (chunk == CHUNK_PLTE || chunk == CHUNK_IDAT || |
| 2715 chunk == CHUNK_IEND) |
| 2716 { |
| 2717 mod = pm->modifications; |
| 2718 |
| 2719 while (mod != NULL) |
| 2720 { |
| 2721 if ((mod->add == chunk || |
| 2722 (mod->add == CHUNK_PLTE && chunk == CHUNK_IDAT)) && |
| 2723 mod->modify_fn != NULL && !mod->modified && !mod->added) |
| 2724 { |
| 2725 /* Regardless of what the modify function does do not run |
| 2726 * this again. |
| 2727 */ |
| 2728 mod->added = 1; |
| 2729 |
| 2730 if ((*mod->modify_fn)(pm, mod, 1 /*add*/)) |
| 2731 { |
| 2732 /* Reset the CRC on a new chunk */ |
| 2733 if (pm->buffer_count > 0) |
| 2734 modifier_setbuffer(pm); |
| 2735 |
| 2736 else |
| 2737 { |
| 2738 pm->buffer_position = 0; |
| 2739 mod->removed = 1; |
| 2740 } |
| 2741 |
| 2742 /* The buffer has been filled with something (we assume) |
| 2743 * so output this. Pend the current chunk. |
| 2744 */ |
| 2745 pm->pending_len = len; |
| 2746 pm->pending_chunk = chunk; |
| 2747 break; /* out of while */ |
| 2748 } |
| 2749 } |
| 2750 |
| 2751 mod = mod->next; |
| 2752 } |
| 2753 |
| 2754 /* Don't do any further processing if the buffer was modified - |
| 2755 * otherwise the code will end up modifying a chunk that was |
| 2756 * just added. |
| 2757 */ |
| 2758 if (mod != NULL) |
| 2759 break; /* out of switch */ |
| 2760 } |
| 2761 |
| 2762 /* If we get to here then this chunk may need to be modified. To |
| 2763 * do this it must be less than 1024 bytes in total size, otherwise |
| 2764 * it just gets flushed. |
| 2765 */ |
| 2766 if (len+12 <= sizeof pm->buffer) |
| 2767 { |
| 2768 store_read_imp(&pm->this, pm->buffer+pm->buffer_count, |
| 2769 len+12-pm->buffer_count); |
| 2770 pm->buffer_count = len+12; |
| 2771 |
| 2772 /* Check for a modification, else leave it be. */ |
| 2773 mod = pm->modifications; |
| 2774 while (mod != NULL) |
| 2775 { |
| 2776 if (mod->chunk == chunk) |
| 2777 { |
| 2778 if (mod->modify_fn == NULL) |
| 2779 { |
| 2780 /* Remove this chunk */ |
| 2781 pm->buffer_count = pm->buffer_position = 0; |
| 2782 mod->removed = 1; |
| 2783 break; /* Terminate the while loop */ |
| 2784 } |
| 2785 |
| 2786 else if ((*mod->modify_fn)(pm, mod, 0)) |
| 2787 { |
| 2788 mod->modified = 1; |
| 2789 /* The chunk may have been removed: */ |
| 2790 if (pm->buffer_count == 0) |
| 2791 { |
| 2792 pm->buffer_position = 0; |
| 2793 break; |
| 2794 } |
| 2795 modifier_setbuffer(pm); |
| 2796 } |
| 2797 } |
| 2798 |
| 2799 mod = mod->next; |
| 2800 } |
| 2801 } |
| 2802 |
| 2803 else |
| 2804 pm->flush = len+12 - pm->buffer_count; /* data + crc */ |
| 2805 |
| 2806 /* Take the data from the buffer (if there is any). */ |
| 2807 break; |
| 2808 } |
| 2809 |
| 2810 /* Here to read from the modifier buffer (not directly from |
| 2811 * the store, as in the flush case above.) |
| 2812 */ |
| 2813 cb = pm->buffer_count - pm->buffer_position; |
| 2814 |
| 2815 if (cb > st) |
| 2816 cb = st; |
| 2817 |
| 2818 memcpy(pb, pm->buffer + pm->buffer_position, cb); |
| 2819 st -= cb; |
| 2820 pb += cb; |
| 2821 pm->buffer_position += cb; |
| 2822 } |
| 2823 } |
| 2824 |
| 2825 /* The callback: */ |
| 2826 static void PNGCBAPI |
| 2827 modifier_read(png_structp ppIn, png_bytep pb, png_size_t st) |
| 2828 { |
| 2829 png_const_structp pp = ppIn; |
| 2830 png_modifier *pm = voidcast(png_modifier*, png_get_io_ptr(pp)); |
| 2831 |
| 2832 if (pm == NULL || pm->this.pread != pp) |
| 2833 png_error(pp, "bad modifier_read call"); |
| 2834 |
| 2835 modifier_read_imp(pm, pb, st); |
| 2836 } |
| 2837 |
| 2838 /* Like store_progressive_read but the data is getting changed as we go so we |
| 2839 * need a local buffer. |
| 2840 */ |
| 2841 static void |
| 2842 modifier_progressive_read(png_modifier *pm, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 2843 { |
| 2844 if (pm->this.pread != pp || pm->this.current == NULL || |
| 2845 pm->this.next == NULL) |
| 2846 png_error(pp, "store state damaged (progressive)"); |
| 2847 |
| 2848 /* This is another Horowitz and Hill random noise generator. In this case |
| 2849 * the aim is to stress the progressive reader with truly horrible variable |
| 2850 * buffer sizes in the range 1..500, so a sequence of 9 bit random numbers |
| 2851 * is generated. We could probably just count from 1 to 32767 and get as |
| 2852 * good a result. |
| 2853 */ |
| 2854 for (;;) |
| 2855 { |
| 2856 static png_uint_32 noise = 1; |
| 2857 png_size_t cb, cbAvail; |
| 2858 png_byte buffer[512]; |
| 2859 |
| 2860 /* Generate 15 more bits of stuff: */ |
| 2861 noise = (noise << 9) | ((noise ^ (noise >> (9-5))) & 0x1ff); |
| 2862 cb = noise & 0x1ff; |
| 2863 |
| 2864 /* Check that this number of bytes are available (in the current buffer.) |
| 2865 * (This doesn't quite work - the modifier might delete a chunk; unlikely |
| 2866 * but possible, it doesn't happen at present because the modifier only |
| 2867 * adds chunks to standard images.) |
| 2868 */ |
| 2869 cbAvail = store_read_buffer_avail(&pm->this); |
| 2870 if (pm->buffer_count > pm->buffer_position) |
| 2871 cbAvail += pm->buffer_count - pm->buffer_position; |
| 2872 |
| 2873 if (cb > cbAvail) |
| 2874 { |
| 2875 /* Check for EOF: */ |
| 2876 if (cbAvail == 0) |
| 2877 break; |
| 2878 |
| 2879 cb = cbAvail; |
| 2880 } |
| 2881 |
| 2882 modifier_read_imp(pm, buffer, cb); |
| 2883 png_process_data(pp, pi, buffer, cb); |
| 2884 } |
| 2885 |
| 2886 /* Check the invariants at the end (if this fails it's a problem in this |
| 2887 * file!) |
| 2888 */ |
| 2889 if (pm->buffer_count > pm->buffer_position || |
| 2890 pm->this.next != &pm->this.current->data || |
| 2891 pm->this.readpos < pm->this.current->datacount) |
| 2892 png_error(pp, "progressive read implementation error"); |
| 2893 } |
| 2894 |
| 2895 /* Set up a modifier. */ |
| 2896 static png_structp |
| 2897 set_modifier_for_read(png_modifier *pm, png_infopp ppi, png_uint_32 id, |
| 2898 const char *name) |
| 2899 { |
| 2900 /* Do this first so that the modifier fields are cleared even if an error |
| 2901 * happens allocating the png_struct. No allocation is done here so no |
| 2902 * cleanup is required. |
| 2903 */ |
| 2904 pm->state = modifier_start; |
| 2905 pm->bit_depth = 0; |
| 2906 pm->colour_type = 255; |
| 2907 |
| 2908 pm->pending_len = 0; |
| 2909 pm->pending_chunk = 0; |
| 2910 pm->flush = 0; |
| 2911 pm->buffer_count = 0; |
| 2912 pm->buffer_position = 0; |
| 2913 |
| 2914 return set_store_for_read(&pm->this, ppi, id, name); |
| 2915 } |
| 2916 |
| 2917 |
| 2918 /******************************** MODIFICATIONS *******************************/ |
| 2919 /* Standard modifications to add chunks. These do not require the _SUPPORTED |
| 2920 * macros because the chunks can be there regardless of whether this specific |
| 2921 * libpng supports them. |
| 2922 */ |
| 2923 typedef struct gama_modification |
| 2924 { |
| 2925 png_modification this; |
| 2926 png_fixed_point gamma; |
| 2927 } gama_modification; |
| 2928 |
| 2929 static int |
| 2930 gama_modify(png_modifier *pm, png_modification *me, int add) |
| 2931 { |
| 2932 UNUSED(add) |
| 2933 /* This simply dumps the given gamma value into the buffer. */ |
| 2934 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer, 4); |
| 2935 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+4, CHUNK_gAMA); |
| 2936 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+8, ((gama_modification*)me)->gamma); |
| 2937 return 1; |
| 2938 } |
| 2939 |
| 2940 static void |
| 2941 gama_modification_init(gama_modification *me, png_modifier *pm, double gammad) |
| 2942 { |
| 2943 double g; |
| 2944 |
| 2945 modification_init(&me->this); |
| 2946 me->this.chunk = CHUNK_gAMA; |
| 2947 me->this.modify_fn = gama_modify; |
| 2948 me->this.add = CHUNK_PLTE; |
| 2949 g = fix(gammad); |
| 2950 me->gamma = (png_fixed_point)g; |
| 2951 me->this.next = pm->modifications; |
| 2952 pm->modifications = &me->this; |
| 2953 } |
| 2954 |
| 2955 typedef struct chrm_modification |
| 2956 { |
| 2957 png_modification this; |
| 2958 const color_encoding *encoding; |
| 2959 png_fixed_point wx, wy, rx, ry, gx, gy, bx, by; |
| 2960 } chrm_modification; |
| 2961 |
| 2962 static int |
| 2963 chrm_modify(png_modifier *pm, png_modification *me, int add) |
| 2964 { |
| 2965 UNUSED(add) |
| 2966 /* As with gAMA this just adds the required cHRM chunk to the buffer. */ |
| 2967 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer , 32); |
| 2968 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+ 4, CHUNK_cHRM); |
| 2969 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+ 8, ((chrm_modification*)me)->wx); |
| 2970 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+12, ((chrm_modification*)me)->wy); |
| 2971 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+16, ((chrm_modification*)me)->rx); |
| 2972 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+20, ((chrm_modification*)me)->ry); |
| 2973 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+24, ((chrm_modification*)me)->gx); |
| 2974 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+28, ((chrm_modification*)me)->gy); |
| 2975 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+32, ((chrm_modification*)me)->bx); |
| 2976 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+36, ((chrm_modification*)me)->by); |
| 2977 return 1; |
| 2978 } |
| 2979 |
| 2980 static void |
| 2981 chrm_modification_init(chrm_modification *me, png_modifier *pm, |
| 2982 const color_encoding *encoding) |
| 2983 { |
| 2984 CIE_color white = white_point(encoding); |
| 2985 |
| 2986 /* Original end points: */ |
| 2987 me->encoding = encoding; |
| 2988 |
| 2989 /* Chromaticities (in fixed point): */ |
| 2990 me->wx = fix(chromaticity_x(white)); |
| 2991 me->wy = fix(chromaticity_y(white)); |
| 2992 |
| 2993 me->rx = fix(chromaticity_x(encoding->red)); |
| 2994 me->ry = fix(chromaticity_y(encoding->red)); |
| 2995 me->gx = fix(chromaticity_x(encoding->green)); |
| 2996 me->gy = fix(chromaticity_y(encoding->green)); |
| 2997 me->bx = fix(chromaticity_x(encoding->blue)); |
| 2998 me->by = fix(chromaticity_y(encoding->blue)); |
| 2999 |
| 3000 modification_init(&me->this); |
| 3001 me->this.chunk = CHUNK_cHRM; |
| 3002 me->this.modify_fn = chrm_modify; |
| 3003 me->this.add = CHUNK_PLTE; |
| 3004 me->this.next = pm->modifications; |
| 3005 pm->modifications = &me->this; |
| 3006 } |
| 3007 |
| 3008 typedef struct srgb_modification |
| 3009 { |
| 3010 png_modification this; |
| 3011 png_byte intent; |
| 3012 } srgb_modification; |
| 3013 |
| 3014 static int |
| 3015 srgb_modify(png_modifier *pm, png_modification *me, int add) |
| 3016 { |
| 3017 UNUSED(add) |
| 3018 /* As above, ignore add and just make a new chunk */ |
| 3019 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer, 1); |
| 3020 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+4, CHUNK_sRGB); |
| 3021 pm->buffer[8] = ((srgb_modification*)me)->intent; |
| 3022 return 1; |
| 3023 } |
| 3024 |
| 3025 static void |
| 3026 srgb_modification_init(srgb_modification *me, png_modifier *pm, png_byte intent) |
| 3027 { |
| 3028 modification_init(&me->this); |
| 3029 me->this.chunk = CHUNK_sBIT; |
| 3030 |
| 3031 if (intent <= 3) /* if valid, else *delete* sRGB chunks */ |
| 3032 { |
| 3033 me->this.modify_fn = srgb_modify; |
| 3034 me->this.add = CHUNK_PLTE; |
| 3035 me->intent = intent; |
| 3036 } |
| 3037 |
| 3038 else |
| 3039 { |
| 3040 me->this.modify_fn = 0; |
| 3041 me->this.add = 0; |
| 3042 me->intent = 0; |
| 3043 } |
| 3044 |
| 3045 me->this.next = pm->modifications; |
| 3046 pm->modifications = &me->this; |
| 3047 } |
| 3048 |
| 3049 #ifdef PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED |
| 3050 typedef struct sbit_modification |
| 3051 { |
| 3052 png_modification this; |
| 3053 png_byte sbit; |
| 3054 } sbit_modification; |
| 3055 |
| 3056 static int |
| 3057 sbit_modify(png_modifier *pm, png_modification *me, int add) |
| 3058 { |
| 3059 png_byte sbit = ((sbit_modification*)me)->sbit; |
| 3060 if (pm->bit_depth > sbit) |
| 3061 { |
| 3062 int cb = 0; |
| 3063 switch (pm->colour_type) |
| 3064 { |
| 3065 case 0: |
| 3066 cb = 1; |
| 3067 break; |
| 3068 |
| 3069 case 2: |
| 3070 case 3: |
| 3071 cb = 3; |
| 3072 break; |
| 3073 |
| 3074 case 4: |
| 3075 cb = 2; |
| 3076 break; |
| 3077 |
| 3078 case 6: |
| 3079 cb = 4; |
| 3080 break; |
| 3081 |
| 3082 default: |
| 3083 png_error(pm->this.pread, |
| 3084 "unexpected colour type in sBIT modification"); |
| 3085 } |
| 3086 |
| 3087 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer, cb); |
| 3088 png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+4, CHUNK_sBIT); |
| 3089 |
| 3090 while (cb > 0) |
| 3091 (pm->buffer+8)[--cb] = sbit; |
| 3092 |
| 3093 return 1; |
| 3094 } |
| 3095 else if (!add) |
| 3096 { |
| 3097 /* Remove the sBIT chunk */ |
| 3098 pm->buffer_count = pm->buffer_position = 0; |
| 3099 return 1; |
| 3100 } |
| 3101 else |
| 3102 return 0; /* do nothing */ |
| 3103 } |
| 3104 |
| 3105 static void |
| 3106 sbit_modification_init(sbit_modification *me, png_modifier *pm, png_byte sbit) |
| 3107 { |
| 3108 modification_init(&me->this); |
| 3109 me->this.chunk = CHUNK_sBIT; |
| 3110 me->this.modify_fn = sbit_modify; |
| 3111 me->this.add = CHUNK_PLTE; |
| 3112 me->sbit = sbit; |
| 3113 me->this.next = pm->modifications; |
| 3114 pm->modifications = &me->this; |
| 3115 } |
| 3116 #endif /* PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED */ |
| 3117 #endif /* PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED */ |
| 3118 |
| 3119 /***************************** STANDARD PNG FILES *****************************/ |
| 3120 /* Standard files - write and save standard files. */ |
| 3121 /* There are two basic forms of standard images. Those which attempt to have |
| 3122 * all the possible pixel values (not possible for 16bpp images, but a range of |
| 3123 * values are produced) and those which have a range of image sizes. The former |
| 3124 * are used for testing transforms, in particular gamma correction and bit |
| 3125 * reduction and increase. The latter are reserved for testing the behavior of |
| 3126 * libpng with respect to 'odd' image sizes - particularly small images where |
| 3127 * rows become 1 byte and interlace passes disappear. |
| 3128 * |
| 3129 * The first, most useful, set are the 'transform' images, the second set of |
| 3130 * small images are the 'size' images. |
| 3131 * |
| 3132 * The transform files are constructed with rows which fit into a 1024 byte row |
| 3133 * buffer. This makes allocation easier below. Further regardless of the file |
| 3134 * format every row has 128 pixels (giving 1024 bytes for 64bpp formats). |
| 3135 * |
| 3136 * Files are stored with no gAMA or sBIT chunks, with a PLTE only when needed |
| 3137 * and with an ID derived from the colour type, bit depth and interlace type |
| 3138 * as above (FILEID). The width (128) and height (variable) are not stored in |
| 3139 * the FILEID - instead the fields are set to 0, indicating a transform file. |
| 3140 * |
| 3141 * The size files ar constructed with rows a maximum of 128 bytes wide, allowing |
| 3142 * a maximum width of 16 pixels (for the 64bpp case.) They also have a maximum |
| 3143 * height of 16 rows. The width and height are stored in the FILEID and, being |
| 3144 * non-zero, indicate a size file. |
| 3145 * |
| 3146 * Because the PNG filter code is typically the largest CPU consumer within |
| 3147 * libpng itself there is a tendency to attempt to optimize it. This results in |
| 3148 * special case code which needs to be validated. To cause this to happen the |
| 3149 * 'size' images are made to use each possible filter, in so far as this is |
| 3150 * possible for smaller images. |
| 3151 * |
| 3152 * For palette image (colour type 3) multiple transform images are stored with |
| 3153 * the same bit depth to allow testing of more colour combinations - |
| 3154 * particularly important for testing the gamma code because libpng uses a |
| 3155 * different code path for palette images. For size images a single palette is |
| 3156 * used. |
| 3157 */ |
| 3158 |
| 3159 /* Make a 'standard' palette. Because there are only 256 entries in a palette |
| 3160 * (maximum) this actually makes a random palette in the hope that enough tests |
| 3161 * will catch enough errors. (Note that the same palette isn't produced every |
| 3162 * time for the same test - it depends on what previous tests have been run - |
| 3163 * but a given set of arguments to pngvalid will always produce the same palette |
| 3164 * at the same test! This is why pseudo-random number generators are useful for |
| 3165 * testing.) |
| 3166 * |
| 3167 * The store must be open for write when this is called, otherwise an internal |
| 3168 * error will occur. This routine contains its own magic number seed, so the |
| 3169 * palettes generated don't change if there are intervening errors (changing the |
| 3170 * calls to the store_mark seed.) |
| 3171 */ |
| 3172 static store_palette_entry * |
| 3173 make_standard_palette(png_store* ps, int npalette, int do_tRNS) |
| 3174 { |
| 3175 static png_uint_32 palette_seed[2] = { 0x87654321, 9 }; |
| 3176 |
| 3177 int i = 0; |
| 3178 png_byte values[256][4]; |
| 3179 |
| 3180 /* Always put in black and white plus the six primary and secondary colors. |
| 3181 */ |
| 3182 for (; i<8; ++i) |
| 3183 { |
| 3184 values[i][1] = (png_byte)((i&1) ? 255U : 0U); |
| 3185 values[i][2] = (png_byte)((i&2) ? 255U : 0U); |
| 3186 values[i][3] = (png_byte)((i&4) ? 255U : 0U); |
| 3187 } |
| 3188 |
| 3189 /* Then add 62 grays (one quarter of the remaining 256 slots). */ |
| 3190 { |
| 3191 int j = 0; |
| 3192 png_byte random_bytes[4]; |
| 3193 png_byte need[256]; |
| 3194 |
| 3195 need[0] = 0; /*got black*/ |
| 3196 memset(need+1, 1, (sizeof need)-2); /*need these*/ |
| 3197 need[255] = 0; /*but not white*/ |
| 3198 |
| 3199 while (i<70) |
| 3200 { |
| 3201 png_byte b; |
| 3202 |
| 3203 if (j==0) |
| 3204 { |
| 3205 make_four_random_bytes(palette_seed, random_bytes); |
| 3206 j = 4; |
| 3207 } |
| 3208 |
| 3209 b = random_bytes[--j]; |
| 3210 if (need[b]) |
| 3211 { |
| 3212 values[i][1] = b; |
| 3213 values[i][2] = b; |
| 3214 values[i++][3] = b; |
| 3215 } |
| 3216 } |
| 3217 } |
| 3218 |
| 3219 /* Finally add 192 colors at random - don't worry about matches to things we |
| 3220 * already have, chance is less than 1/65536. Don't worry about grays, |
| 3221 * chance is the same, so we get a duplicate or extra gray less than 1 time |
| 3222 * in 170. |
| 3223 */ |
| 3224 for (; i<256; ++i) |
| 3225 make_four_random_bytes(palette_seed, values[i]); |
| 3226 |
| 3227 /* Fill in the alpha values in the first byte. Just use all possible values |
| 3228 * (0..255) in an apparently random order: |
| 3229 */ |
| 3230 { |
| 3231 store_palette_entry *palette; |
| 3232 png_byte selector[4]; |
| 3233 |
| 3234 make_four_random_bytes(palette_seed, selector); |
| 3235 |
| 3236 if (do_tRNS) |
| 3237 for (i=0; i<256; ++i) |
| 3238 values[i][0] = (png_byte)(i ^ selector[0]); |
| 3239 |
| 3240 else |
| 3241 for (i=0; i<256; ++i) |
| 3242 values[i][0] = 255; /* no transparency/tRNS chunk */ |
| 3243 |
| 3244 /* 'values' contains 256 ARGB values, but we only need 'npalette'. |
| 3245 * 'npalette' will always be a power of 2: 2, 4, 16 or 256. In the low |
| 3246 * bit depth cases select colors at random, else it is difficult to have |
| 3247 * a set of low bit depth palette test with any chance of a reasonable |
| 3248 * range of colors. Do this by randomly permuting values into the low |
| 3249 * 'npalette' entries using an XOR mask generated here. This also |
| 3250 * permutes the npalette == 256 case in a potentially useful way (there is |
| 3251 * no relationship between palette index and the color value therein!) |
| 3252 */ |
| 3253 palette = store_write_palette(ps, npalette); |
| 3254 |
| 3255 for (i=0; i<npalette; ++i) |
| 3256 { |
| 3257 palette[i].alpha = values[i ^ selector[1]][0]; |
| 3258 palette[i].red = values[i ^ selector[1]][1]; |
| 3259 palette[i].green = values[i ^ selector[1]][2]; |
| 3260 palette[i].blue = values[i ^ selector[1]][3]; |
| 3261 } |
| 3262 |
| 3263 return palette; |
| 3264 } |
| 3265 } |
| 3266 |
| 3267 /* Initialize a standard palette on a write stream. The 'do_tRNS' argument |
| 3268 * indicates whether or not to also set the tRNS chunk. |
| 3269 */ |
| 3270 /* TODO: the png_structp here can probably be 'const' in the future */ |
| 3271 static void |
| 3272 init_standard_palette(png_store *ps, png_structp pp, png_infop pi, int npalette, |
| 3273 int do_tRNS) |
| 3274 { |
| 3275 store_palette_entry *ppal = make_standard_palette(ps, npalette, do_tRNS); |
| 3276 |
| 3277 { |
| 3278 int i; |
| 3279 png_color palette[256]; |
| 3280 |
| 3281 /* Set all entries to detect overread errors. */ |
| 3282 for (i=0; i<npalette; ++i) |
| 3283 { |
| 3284 palette[i].red = ppal[i].red; |
| 3285 palette[i].green = ppal[i].green; |
| 3286 palette[i].blue = ppal[i].blue; |
| 3287 } |
| 3288 |
| 3289 /* Just in case fill in the rest with detectable values: */ |
| 3290 for (; i<256; ++i) |
| 3291 palette[i].red = palette[i].green = palette[i].blue = 42; |
| 3292 |
| 3293 png_set_PLTE(pp, pi, palette, npalette); |
| 3294 } |
| 3295 |
| 3296 if (do_tRNS) |
| 3297 { |
| 3298 int i, j; |
| 3299 png_byte tRNS[256]; |
| 3300 |
| 3301 /* Set all the entries, but skip trailing opaque entries */ |
| 3302 for (i=j=0; i<npalette; ++i) |
| 3303 if ((tRNS[i] = ppal[i].alpha) < 255) |
| 3304 j = i+1; |
| 3305 |
| 3306 /* Fill in the remainder with a detectable value: */ |
| 3307 for (; i<256; ++i) |
| 3308 tRNS[i] = 24; |
| 3309 |
| 3310 #ifdef PNG_WRITE_tRNS_SUPPORTED |
| 3311 if (j > 0) |
| 3312 png_set_tRNS(pp, pi, tRNS, j, 0/*color*/); |
| 3313 #endif |
| 3314 } |
| 3315 } |
| 3316 |
| 3317 #ifdef PNG_WRITE_tRNS_SUPPORTED |
| 3318 static void |
| 3319 set_random_tRNS(png_structp pp, png_infop pi, const png_byte colour_type, |
| 3320 const int bit_depth) |
| 3321 { |
| 3322 /* To make this useful the tRNS color needs to match at least one pixel. |
| 3323 * Random values are fine for gray, including the 16-bit case where we know |
| 3324 * that the test image contains all the gray values. For RGB we need more |
| 3325 * method as only 65536 different RGB values are generated. |
| 3326 */ |
| 3327 png_color_16 tRNS; |
| 3328 const png_uint_16 mask = (png_uint_16)((1U << bit_depth)-1); |
| 3329 |
| 3330 R8(tRNS); /* makes unset fields random */ |
| 3331 |
| 3332 if (colour_type & 2/*RGB*/) |
| 3333 { |
| 3334 if (bit_depth == 8) |
| 3335 { |
| 3336 R16(tRNS.red); |
| 3337 R16(tRNS.green); |
| 3338 tRNS.blue = tRNS.red ^ tRNS.green; |
| 3339 tRNS.red &= mask; |
| 3340 tRNS.green &= mask; |
| 3341 tRNS.blue &= mask; |
| 3342 } |
| 3343 |
| 3344 else /* bit_depth == 16 */ |
| 3345 { |
| 3346 R16(tRNS.red); |
| 3347 tRNS.green = (png_uint_16)(tRNS.red * 257); |
| 3348 tRNS.blue = (png_uint_16)(tRNS.green * 17); |
| 3349 } |
| 3350 } |
| 3351 |
| 3352 else |
| 3353 { |
| 3354 R16(tRNS.gray); |
| 3355 tRNS.gray &= mask; |
| 3356 } |
| 3357 |
| 3358 png_set_tRNS(pp, pi, NULL, 0, &tRNS); |
| 3359 } |
| 3360 #endif |
| 3361 |
| 3362 /* The number of passes is related to the interlace type. There was no libpng |
| 3363 * API to determine this prior to 1.5, so we need an inquiry function: |
| 3364 */ |
| 3365 static int |
| 3366 npasses_from_interlace_type(png_const_structp pp, int interlace_type) |
| 3367 { |
| 3368 switch (interlace_type) |
| 3369 { |
| 3370 default: |
| 3371 png_error(pp, "invalid interlace type"); |
| 3372 |
| 3373 case PNG_INTERLACE_NONE: |
| 3374 return 1; |
| 3375 |
| 3376 case PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7: |
| 3377 return PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES; |
| 3378 } |
| 3379 } |
| 3380 |
| 3381 static unsigned int |
| 3382 bit_size(png_const_structp pp, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 3383 { |
| 3384 switch (colour_type) |
| 3385 { |
| 3386 default: png_error(pp, "invalid color type"); |
| 3387 |
| 3388 case 0: return bit_depth; |
| 3389 |
| 3390 case 2: return 3*bit_depth; |
| 3391 |
| 3392 case 3: return bit_depth; |
| 3393 |
| 3394 case 4: return 2*bit_depth; |
| 3395 |
| 3396 case 6: return 4*bit_depth; |
| 3397 } |
| 3398 } |
| 3399 |
| 3400 #define TRANSFORM_WIDTH 128U |
| 3401 #define TRANSFORM_ROWMAX (TRANSFORM_WIDTH*8U) |
| 3402 #define SIZE_ROWMAX (16*8U) /* 16 pixels, max 8 bytes each - 128 bytes */ |
| 3403 #define STANDARD_ROWMAX TRANSFORM_ROWMAX /* The larger of the two */ |
| 3404 #define SIZE_HEIGHTMAX 16 /* Maximum range of size images */ |
| 3405 |
| 3406 static size_t |
| 3407 transform_rowsize(png_const_structp pp, png_byte colour_type, |
| 3408 png_byte bit_depth) |
| 3409 { |
| 3410 return (TRANSFORM_WIDTH * bit_size(pp, colour_type, bit_depth)) / 8; |
| 3411 } |
| 3412 |
| 3413 /* transform_width(pp, colour_type, bit_depth) current returns the same number |
| 3414 * every time, so just use a macro: |
| 3415 */ |
| 3416 #define transform_width(pp, colour_type, bit_depth) TRANSFORM_WIDTH |
| 3417 |
| 3418 static png_uint_32 |
| 3419 transform_height(png_const_structp pp, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 3420 { |
| 3421 switch (bit_size(pp, colour_type, bit_depth)) |
| 3422 { |
| 3423 case 1: |
| 3424 case 2: |
| 3425 case 4: |
| 3426 return 1; /* Total of 128 pixels */ |
| 3427 |
| 3428 case 8: |
| 3429 return 2; /* Total of 256 pixels/bytes */ |
| 3430 |
| 3431 case 16: |
| 3432 return 512; /* Total of 65536 pixels */ |
| 3433 |
| 3434 case 24: |
| 3435 case 32: |
| 3436 return 512; /* 65536 pixels */ |
| 3437 |
| 3438 case 48: |
| 3439 case 64: |
| 3440 return 2048;/* 4 x 65536 pixels. */ |
| 3441 # define TRANSFORM_HEIGHTMAX 2048 |
| 3442 |
| 3443 default: |
| 3444 return 0; /* Error, will be caught later */ |
| 3445 } |
| 3446 } |
| 3447 |
| 3448 #ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED |
| 3449 /* The following can only be defined here, now we have the definitions |
| 3450 * of the transform image sizes. |
| 3451 */ |
| 3452 static png_uint_32 |
| 3453 standard_width(png_const_structp pp, png_uint_32 id) |
| 3454 { |
| 3455 png_uint_32 width = WIDTH_FROM_ID(id); |
| 3456 UNUSED(pp) |
| 3457 |
| 3458 if (width == 0) |
| 3459 width = transform_width(pp, COL_FROM_ID(id), DEPTH_FROM_ID(id)); |
| 3460 |
| 3461 return width; |
| 3462 } |
| 3463 |
| 3464 static png_uint_32 |
| 3465 standard_height(png_const_structp pp, png_uint_32 id) |
| 3466 { |
| 3467 png_uint_32 height = HEIGHT_FROM_ID(id); |
| 3468 |
| 3469 if (height == 0) |
| 3470 height = transform_height(pp, COL_FROM_ID(id), DEPTH_FROM_ID(id)); |
| 3471 |
| 3472 return height; |
| 3473 } |
| 3474 |
| 3475 static png_uint_32 |
| 3476 standard_rowsize(png_const_structp pp, png_uint_32 id) |
| 3477 { |
| 3478 png_uint_32 width = standard_width(pp, id); |
| 3479 |
| 3480 /* This won't overflow: */ |
| 3481 width *= bit_size(pp, COL_FROM_ID(id), DEPTH_FROM_ID(id)); |
| 3482 return (width + 7) / 8; |
| 3483 } |
| 3484 #endif /* PNG_READ_SUPPORTED */ |
| 3485 |
| 3486 static void |
| 3487 transform_row(png_const_structp pp, png_byte buffer[TRANSFORM_ROWMAX], |
| 3488 png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth, png_uint_32 y) |
| 3489 { |
| 3490 png_uint_32 v = y << 7; |
| 3491 png_uint_32 i = 0; |
| 3492 |
| 3493 switch (bit_size(pp, colour_type, bit_depth)) |
| 3494 { |
| 3495 case 1: |
| 3496 while (i<128/8) buffer[i] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff), v += 17, ++i; |
| 3497 return; |
| 3498 |
| 3499 case 2: |
| 3500 while (i<128/4) buffer[i] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff), v += 33, ++i; |
| 3501 return; |
| 3502 |
| 3503 case 4: |
| 3504 while (i<128/2) buffer[i] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff), v += 65, ++i; |
| 3505 return; |
| 3506 |
| 3507 case 8: |
| 3508 /* 256 bytes total, 128 bytes in each row set as follows: */ |
| 3509 while (i<128) buffer[i] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff), ++v, ++i; |
| 3510 return; |
| 3511 |
| 3512 case 16: |
| 3513 /* Generate all 65536 pixel values in order, which includes the 8 bit |
| 3514 * GA case as well as the 16 bit G case. |
| 3515 */ |
| 3516 while (i<128) |
| 3517 { |
| 3518 buffer[2*i] = (png_byte)((v>>8) & 0xff); |
| 3519 buffer[2*i+1] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff); |
| 3520 ++v; |
| 3521 ++i; |
| 3522 } |
| 3523 |
| 3524 return; |
| 3525 |
| 3526 case 24: |
| 3527 /* 65535 pixels, but rotate the values. */ |
| 3528 while (i<128) |
| 3529 { |
| 3530 /* Three bytes per pixel, r, g, b, make b by r^g */ |
| 3531 buffer[3*i+0] = (png_byte)((v >> 8) & 0xff); |
| 3532 buffer[3*i+1] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff); |
| 3533 buffer[3*i+2] = (png_byte)(((v >> 8) ^ v) & 0xff); |
| 3534 ++v; |
| 3535 ++i; |
| 3536 } |
| 3537 |
| 3538 return; |
| 3539 |
| 3540 case 32: |
| 3541 /* 65535 pixels, r, g, b, a; just replicate */ |
| 3542 while (i<128) |
| 3543 { |
| 3544 buffer[4*i+0] = (png_byte)((v >> 8) & 0xff); |
| 3545 buffer[4*i+1] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff); |
| 3546 buffer[4*i+2] = (png_byte)((v >> 8) & 0xff); |
| 3547 buffer[4*i+3] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff); |
| 3548 ++v; |
| 3549 ++i; |
| 3550 } |
| 3551 |
| 3552 return; |
| 3553 |
| 3554 case 48: |
| 3555 /* y is maximum 2047, giving 4x65536 pixels, make 'r' increase by 1 at |
| 3556 * each pixel, g increase by 257 (0x101) and 'b' by 0x1111: |
| 3557 */ |
| 3558 while (i<128) |
| 3559 { |
| 3560 png_uint_32 t = v++; |
| 3561 buffer[6*i+0] = (png_byte)((t >> 8) & 0xff); |
| 3562 buffer[6*i+1] = (png_byte)(t & 0xff); |
| 3563 t *= 257; |
| 3564 buffer[6*i+2] = (png_byte)((t >> 8) & 0xff); |
| 3565 buffer[6*i+3] = (png_byte)(t & 0xff); |
| 3566 t *= 17; |
| 3567 buffer[6*i+4] = (png_byte)((t >> 8) & 0xff); |
| 3568 buffer[6*i+5] = (png_byte)(t & 0xff); |
| 3569 ++i; |
| 3570 } |
| 3571 |
| 3572 return; |
| 3573 |
| 3574 case 64: |
| 3575 /* As above in the 32 bit case. */ |
| 3576 while (i<128) |
| 3577 { |
| 3578 png_uint_32 t = v++; |
| 3579 buffer[8*i+0] = (png_byte)((t >> 8) & 0xff); |
| 3580 buffer[8*i+1] = (png_byte)(t & 0xff); |
| 3581 buffer[8*i+4] = (png_byte)((t >> 8) & 0xff); |
| 3582 buffer[8*i+5] = (png_byte)(t & 0xff); |
| 3583 t *= 257; |
| 3584 buffer[8*i+2] = (png_byte)((t >> 8) & 0xff); |
| 3585 buffer[8*i+3] = (png_byte)(t & 0xff); |
| 3586 buffer[8*i+6] = (png_byte)((t >> 8) & 0xff); |
| 3587 buffer[8*i+7] = (png_byte)(t & 0xff); |
| 3588 ++i; |
| 3589 } |
| 3590 return; |
| 3591 |
| 3592 default: |
| 3593 break; |
| 3594 } |
| 3595 |
| 3596 png_error(pp, "internal error"); |
| 3597 } |
| 3598 |
| 3599 /* This is just to do the right cast - could be changed to a function to check |
| 3600 * 'bd' but there isn't much point. |
| 3601 */ |
| 3602 #define DEPTH(bd) ((png_byte)(1U << (bd))) |
| 3603 |
| 3604 /* This is just a helper for compiling on minimal systems with no write |
| 3605 * interlacing support. If there is no write interlacing we can't generate test |
| 3606 * cases with interlace: |
| 3607 */ |
| 3608 #ifdef PNG_WRITE_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED |
| 3609 # define INTERLACE_LAST PNG_INTERLACE_LAST |
| 3610 # define check_interlace_type(type) ((void)(type)) |
| 3611 # define set_write_interlace_handling(pp,type) png_set_interlace_handling(pp) |
| 3612 # define do_own_interlace 0 |
| 3613 #elif PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 3614 # define set_write_interlace_handling(pp,type) (1) |
| 3615 static void |
| 3616 check_interlace_type(int const interlace_type) |
| 3617 { |
| 3618 /* Prior to 1.7.0 libpng does not support the write of an interlaced image |
| 3619 * unless PNG_WRITE_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED, even with do_interlace so the |
| 3620 * code here does the pixel interlace itself, so: |
| 3621 */ |
| 3622 if (interlace_type != PNG_INTERLACE_NONE) |
| 3623 { |
| 3624 /* This is an internal error - --interlace tests should be skipped, not |
| 3625 * attempted. |
| 3626 */ |
| 3627 fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: no interlace support\n"); |
| 3628 exit(99); |
| 3629 } |
| 3630 } |
| 3631 # define INTERLACE_LAST (PNG_INTERLACE_NONE+1) |
| 3632 # define do_own_interlace 0 |
| 3633 #else /* libpng 1.7+ */ |
| 3634 # define set_write_interlace_handling(pp,type)\ |
| 3635 npasses_from_interlace_type(pp,type) |
| 3636 # define check_interlace_type(type) ((void)(type)) |
| 3637 # define INTERLACE_LAST PNG_INTERLACE_LAST |
| 3638 # define do_own_interlace 1 |
| 3639 #endif /* WRITE_INTERLACING tests */ |
| 3640 |
| 3641 #define CAN_WRITE_INTERLACE\ |
| 3642 PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10700 || defined PNG_WRITE_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED |
| 3643 |
| 3644 /* Do the same thing for read interlacing; this controls whether read tests do |
| 3645 * their own de-interlace or use libpng. |
| 3646 */ |
| 3647 #ifdef PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED |
| 3648 # define do_read_interlace 0 |
| 3649 #else /* no libpng read interlace support */ |
| 3650 # define do_read_interlace 1 |
| 3651 #endif |
| 3652 /* The following two routines use the PNG interlace support macros from |
| 3653 * png.h to interlace or deinterlace rows. |
| 3654 */ |
| 3655 static void |
| 3656 interlace_row(png_bytep buffer, png_const_bytep imageRow, |
| 3657 unsigned int pixel_size, png_uint_32 w, int pass, int littleendian) |
| 3658 { |
| 3659 png_uint_32 xin, xout, xstep; |
| 3660 |
| 3661 /* Note that this can, trivially, be optimized to a memcpy on pass 7, the |
| 3662 * code is presented this way to make it easier to understand. In practice |
| 3663 * consult the code in the libpng source to see other ways of doing this. |
| 3664 * |
| 3665 * It is OK for buffer and imageRow to be identical, because 'xin' moves |
| 3666 * faster than 'xout' and we copy up. |
| 3667 */ |
| 3668 xin = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass); |
| 3669 xstep = 1U<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass); |
| 3670 |
| 3671 for (xout=0; xin<w; xin+=xstep) |
| 3672 { |
| 3673 pixel_copy(buffer, xout, imageRow, xin, pixel_size, littleendian); |
| 3674 ++xout; |
| 3675 } |
| 3676 } |
| 3677 |
| 3678 #ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED |
| 3679 static void |
| 3680 deinterlace_row(png_bytep buffer, png_const_bytep row, |
| 3681 unsigned int pixel_size, png_uint_32 w, int pass, int littleendian) |
| 3682 { |
| 3683 /* The inverse of the above, 'row' is part of row 'y' of the output image, |
| 3684 * in 'buffer'. The image is 'w' wide and this is pass 'pass', distribute |
| 3685 * the pixels of row into buffer and return the number written (to allow |
| 3686 * this to be checked). |
| 3687 */ |
| 3688 png_uint_32 xin, xout, xstep; |
| 3689 |
| 3690 xout = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass); |
| 3691 xstep = 1U<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass); |
| 3692 |
| 3693 for (xin=0; xout<w; xout+=xstep) |
| 3694 { |
| 3695 pixel_copy(buffer, xout, row, xin, pixel_size, littleendian); |
| 3696 ++xin; |
| 3697 } |
| 3698 } |
| 3699 #endif /* PNG_READ_SUPPORTED */ |
| 3700 |
| 3701 /* Make a standardized image given an image colour type, bit depth and |
| 3702 * interlace type. The standard images have a very restricted range of |
| 3703 * rows and heights and are used for testing transforms rather than image |
| 3704 * layout details. See make_size_images below for a way to make images |
| 3705 * that test odd sizes along with the libpng interlace handling. |
| 3706 */ |
| 3707 #ifdef PNG_WRITE_FILTER_SUPPORTED |
| 3708 static void |
| 3709 choose_random_filter(png_structp pp, int start) |
| 3710 { |
| 3711 /* Choose filters randomly except that on the very first row ensure that |
| 3712 * there is at least one previous row filter. |
| 3713 */ |
| 3714 int filters = PNG_ALL_FILTERS & random_mod(256U); |
| 3715 |
| 3716 /* There may be no filters; skip the setting. */ |
| 3717 if (filters != 0) |
| 3718 { |
| 3719 if (start && filters < PNG_FILTER_UP) |
| 3720 filters |= PNG_FILTER_UP; |
| 3721 |
| 3722 png_set_filter(pp, 0/*method*/, filters); |
| 3723 } |
| 3724 } |
| 3725 #else /* !WRITE_FILTER */ |
| 3726 # define choose_random_filter(pp, start) ((void)0) |
| 3727 #endif /* !WRITE_FILTER */ |
| 3728 |
| 3729 static void |
| 3730 make_transform_image(png_store* const ps, png_byte const colour_type, |
| 3731 png_byte const bit_depth, unsigned int palette_number, |
| 3732 int interlace_type, png_const_charp name) |
| 3733 { |
| 3734 context(ps, fault); |
| 3735 |
| 3736 check_interlace_type(interlace_type); |
| 3737 |
| 3738 Try |
| 3739 { |
| 3740 png_infop pi; |
| 3741 png_structp pp = set_store_for_write(ps, &pi, name); |
| 3742 png_uint_32 h, w; |
| 3743 |
| 3744 /* In the event of a problem return control to the Catch statement below |
| 3745 * to do the clean up - it is not possible to 'return' directly from a Try |
| 3746 * block. |
| 3747 */ |
| 3748 if (pp == NULL) |
| 3749 Throw ps; |
| 3750 |
| 3751 w = transform_width(pp, colour_type, bit_depth); |
| 3752 h = transform_height(pp, colour_type, bit_depth); |
| 3753 |
| 3754 png_set_IHDR(pp, pi, w, h, bit_depth, colour_type, interlace_type, |
| 3755 PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE); |
| 3756 |
| 3757 #ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED |
| 3758 # if defined(PNG_READ_zTXt_SUPPORTED) && defined(PNG_WRITE_zTXt_SUPPORTED) |
| 3759 # define TEXT_COMPRESSION PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt |
| 3760 # else |
| 3761 # define TEXT_COMPRESSION PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE |
| 3762 # endif |
| 3763 { |
| 3764 static char key[] = "image name"; /* must be writeable */ |
| 3765 size_t pos; |
| 3766 png_text text; |
| 3767 char copy[FILE_NAME_SIZE]; |
| 3768 |
| 3769 /* Use a compressed text string to test the correct interaction of text |
| 3770 * compression and IDAT compression. |
| 3771 */ |
| 3772 text.compression = TEXT_COMPRESSION; |
| 3773 text.key = key; |
| 3774 /* Yuck: the text must be writable! */ |
| 3775 pos = safecat(copy, sizeof copy, 0, ps->wname); |
| 3776 text.text = copy; |
| 3777 text.text_length = pos; |
| 3778 text.itxt_length = 0; |
| 3779 text.lang = 0; |
| 3780 text.lang_key = 0; |
| 3781 |
| 3782 png_set_text(pp, pi, &text, 1); |
| 3783 } |
| 3784 #endif |
| 3785 |
| 3786 if (colour_type == 3) /* palette */ |
| 3787 init_standard_palette(ps, pp, pi, 1U << bit_depth, 1/*do tRNS*/); |
| 3788 |
| 3789 # ifdef PNG_WRITE_tRNS_SUPPORTED |
| 3790 else if (palette_number) |
| 3791 set_random_tRNS(pp, pi, colour_type, bit_depth); |
| 3792 # endif |
| 3793 |
| 3794 png_write_info(pp, pi); |
| 3795 |
| 3796 if (png_get_rowbytes(pp, pi) != |
| 3797 transform_rowsize(pp, colour_type, bit_depth)) |
| 3798 png_error(pp, "transform row size incorrect"); |
| 3799 |
| 3800 else |
| 3801 { |
| 3802 /* Somewhat confusingly this must be called *after* png_write_info |
| 3803 * because if it is called before, the information in *pp has not been |
| 3804 * updated to reflect the interlaced image. |
| 3805 */ |
| 3806 int npasses = set_write_interlace_handling(pp, interlace_type); |
| 3807 int pass; |
| 3808 |
| 3809 if (npasses != npasses_from_interlace_type(pp, interlace_type)) |
| 3810 png_error(pp, "write: png_set_interlace_handling failed"); |
| 3811 |
| 3812 for (pass=0; pass<npasses; ++pass) |
| 3813 { |
| 3814 png_uint_32 y; |
| 3815 |
| 3816 /* do_own_interlace is a pre-defined boolean (a #define) which is |
| 3817 * set if we have to work out the interlaced rows here. |
| 3818 */ |
| 3819 for (y=0; y<h; ++y) |
| 3820 { |
| 3821 png_byte buffer[TRANSFORM_ROWMAX]; |
| 3822 |
| 3823 transform_row(pp, buffer, colour_type, bit_depth, y); |
| 3824 |
| 3825 # if do_own_interlace |
| 3826 /* If do_own_interlace *and* the image is interlaced we need a |
| 3827 * reduced interlace row; this may be reduced to empty. |
| 3828 */ |
| 3829 if (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) |
| 3830 { |
| 3831 /* The row must not be written if it doesn't exist, notice |
| 3832 * that there are two conditions here, either the row isn't |
| 3833 * ever in the pass or the row would be but isn't wide |
| 3834 * enough to contribute any pixels. In fact the wPass test |
| 3835 * can be used to skip the whole y loop in this case. |
| 3836 */ |
| 3837 if (PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass) && |
| 3838 PNG_PASS_COLS(w, pass) > 0) |
| 3839 interlace_row(buffer, buffer, |
| 3840 bit_size(pp, colour_type, bit_depth), w, pass, |
| 3841 0/*data always bigendian*/); |
| 3842 else |
| 3843 continue; |
| 3844 } |
| 3845 # endif /* do_own_interlace */ |
| 3846 |
| 3847 choose_random_filter(pp, pass == 0 && y == 0); |
| 3848 png_write_row(pp, buffer); |
| 3849 } |
| 3850 } |
| 3851 } |
| 3852 |
| 3853 #ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED |
| 3854 { |
| 3855 static char key[] = "end marker"; |
| 3856 static char comment[] = "end"; |
| 3857 png_text text; |
| 3858 |
| 3859 /* Use a compressed text string to test the correct interaction of text |
| 3860 * compression and IDAT compression. |
| 3861 */ |
| 3862 text.compression = TEXT_COMPRESSION; |
| 3863 text.key = key; |
| 3864 text.text = comment; |
| 3865 text.text_length = (sizeof comment)-1; |
| 3866 text.itxt_length = 0; |
| 3867 text.lang = 0; |
| 3868 text.lang_key = 0; |
| 3869 |
| 3870 png_set_text(pp, pi, &text, 1); |
| 3871 } |
| 3872 #endif |
| 3873 |
| 3874 png_write_end(pp, pi); |
| 3875 |
| 3876 /* And store this under the appropriate id, then clean up. */ |
| 3877 store_storefile(ps, FILEID(colour_type, bit_depth, palette_number, |
| 3878 interlace_type, 0, 0, 0)); |
| 3879 |
| 3880 store_write_reset(ps); |
| 3881 } |
| 3882 |
| 3883 Catch(fault) |
| 3884 { |
| 3885 /* Use the png_store returned by the exception. This may help the compiler |
| 3886 * because 'ps' is not used in this branch of the setjmp. Note that fault |
| 3887 * and ps will always be the same value. |
| 3888 */ |
| 3889 store_write_reset(fault); |
| 3890 } |
| 3891 } |
| 3892 |
| 3893 static void |
| 3894 make_transform_images(png_modifier *pm) |
| 3895 { |
| 3896 png_byte colour_type = 0; |
| 3897 png_byte bit_depth = 0; |
| 3898 unsigned int palette_number = 0; |
| 3899 |
| 3900 /* This is in case of errors. */ |
| 3901 safecat(pm->this.test, sizeof pm->this.test, 0, "make standard images"); |
| 3902 |
| 3903 /* Use next_format to enumerate all the combinations we test, including |
| 3904 * generating multiple low bit depth palette images. Non-A images (palette |
| 3905 * and direct) are created with and without tRNS chunks. |
| 3906 */ |
| 3907 while (next_format(&colour_type, &bit_depth, &palette_number, 1, 1)) |
| 3908 { |
| 3909 int interlace_type; |
| 3910 |
| 3911 for (interlace_type = PNG_INTERLACE_NONE; |
| 3912 interlace_type < INTERLACE_LAST; ++interlace_type) |
| 3913 { |
| 3914 char name[FILE_NAME_SIZE]; |
| 3915 |
| 3916 standard_name(name, sizeof name, 0, colour_type, bit_depth, |
| 3917 palette_number, interlace_type, 0, 0, do_own_interlace); |
| 3918 make_transform_image(&pm->this, colour_type, bit_depth, palette_number, |
| 3919 interlace_type, name); |
| 3920 } |
| 3921 } |
| 3922 } |
| 3923 |
| 3924 /* Build a single row for the 'size' test images; this fills in only the |
| 3925 * first bit_width bits of the sample row. |
| 3926 */ |
| 3927 static void |
| 3928 size_row(png_byte buffer[SIZE_ROWMAX], png_uint_32 bit_width, png_uint_32 y) |
| 3929 { |
| 3930 /* height is in the range 1 to 16, so: */ |
| 3931 y = ((y & 1) << 7) + ((y & 2) << 6) + ((y & 4) << 5) + ((y & 8) << 4); |
| 3932 /* the following ensures bits are set in small images: */ |
| 3933 y ^= 0xA5; |
| 3934 |
| 3935 while (bit_width >= 8) |
| 3936 *buffer++ = (png_byte)y++, bit_width -= 8; |
| 3937 |
| 3938 /* There may be up to 7 remaining bits, these go in the most significant |
| 3939 * bits of the byte. |
| 3940 */ |
| 3941 if (bit_width > 0) |
| 3942 { |
| 3943 png_uint_32 mask = (1U<<(8-bit_width))-1; |
| 3944 *buffer = (png_byte)((*buffer & mask) | (y & ~mask)); |
| 3945 } |
| 3946 } |
| 3947 |
| 3948 static void |
| 3949 make_size_image(png_store* const ps, png_byte const colour_type, |
| 3950 png_byte const bit_depth, int const interlace_type, |
| 3951 png_uint_32 const w, png_uint_32 const h, |
| 3952 int const do_interlace) |
| 3953 { |
| 3954 context(ps, fault); |
| 3955 |
| 3956 check_interlace_type(interlace_type); |
| 3957 |
| 3958 Try |
| 3959 { |
| 3960 png_infop pi; |
| 3961 png_structp pp; |
| 3962 unsigned int pixel_size; |
| 3963 |
| 3964 /* Make a name and get an appropriate id for the store: */ |
| 3965 char name[FILE_NAME_SIZE]; |
| 3966 const png_uint_32 id = FILEID(colour_type, bit_depth, 0/*palette*/, |
| 3967 interlace_type, w, h, do_interlace); |
| 3968 |
| 3969 standard_name_from_id(name, sizeof name, 0, id); |
| 3970 pp = set_store_for_write(ps, &pi, name); |
| 3971 |
| 3972 /* In the event of a problem return control to the Catch statement below |
| 3973 * to do the clean up - it is not possible to 'return' directly from a Try |
| 3974 * block. |
| 3975 */ |
| 3976 if (pp == NULL) |
| 3977 Throw ps; |
| 3978 |
| 3979 png_set_IHDR(pp, pi, w, h, bit_depth, colour_type, interlace_type, |
| 3980 PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE); |
| 3981 |
| 3982 #ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED |
| 3983 { |
| 3984 static char key[] = "image name"; /* must be writeable */ |
| 3985 size_t pos; |
| 3986 png_text text; |
| 3987 char copy[FILE_NAME_SIZE]; |
| 3988 |
| 3989 /* Use a compressed text string to test the correct interaction of text |
| 3990 * compression and IDAT compression. |
| 3991 */ |
| 3992 text.compression = TEXT_COMPRESSION; |
| 3993 text.key = key; |
| 3994 /* Yuck: the text must be writable! */ |
| 3995 pos = safecat(copy, sizeof copy, 0, ps->wname); |
| 3996 text.text = copy; |
| 3997 text.text_length = pos; |
| 3998 text.itxt_length = 0; |
| 3999 text.lang = 0; |
| 4000 text.lang_key = 0; |
| 4001 |
| 4002 png_set_text(pp, pi, &text, 1); |
| 4003 } |
| 4004 #endif |
| 4005 |
| 4006 if (colour_type == 3) /* palette */ |
| 4007 init_standard_palette(ps, pp, pi, 1U << bit_depth, 0/*do tRNS*/); |
| 4008 |
| 4009 png_write_info(pp, pi); |
| 4010 |
| 4011 /* Calculate the bit size, divide by 8 to get the byte size - this won't |
| 4012 * overflow because we know the w values are all small enough even for |
| 4013 * a system where 'unsigned int' is only 16 bits. |
| 4014 */ |
| 4015 pixel_size = bit_size(pp, colour_type, bit_depth); |
| 4016 if (png_get_rowbytes(pp, pi) != ((w * pixel_size) + 7) / 8) |
| 4017 png_error(pp, "size row size incorrect"); |
| 4018 |
| 4019 else |
| 4020 { |
| 4021 int npasses = npasses_from_interlace_type(pp, interlace_type); |
| 4022 png_uint_32 y; |
| 4023 int pass; |
| 4024 png_byte image[16][SIZE_ROWMAX]; |
| 4025 |
| 4026 /* To help consistent error detection make the parts of this buffer |
| 4027 * that aren't set below all '1': |
| 4028 */ |
| 4029 memset(image, 0xff, sizeof image); |
| 4030 |
| 4031 if (!do_interlace && |
| 4032 npasses != set_write_interlace_handling(pp, interlace_type)) |
| 4033 png_error(pp, "write: png_set_interlace_handling failed"); |
| 4034 |
| 4035 /* Prepare the whole image first to avoid making it 7 times: */ |
| 4036 for (y=0; y<h; ++y) |
| 4037 size_row(image[y], w * pixel_size, y); |
| 4038 |
| 4039 for (pass=0; pass<npasses; ++pass) |
| 4040 { |
| 4041 /* The following two are for checking the macros: */ |
| 4042 const png_uint_32 wPass = PNG_PASS_COLS(w, pass); |
| 4043 |
| 4044 /* If do_interlace is set we don't call png_write_row for every |
| 4045 * row because some of them are empty. In fact, for a 1x1 image, |
| 4046 * most of them are empty! |
| 4047 */ |
| 4048 for (y=0; y<h; ++y) |
| 4049 { |
| 4050 png_const_bytep row = image[y]; |
| 4051 png_byte tempRow[SIZE_ROWMAX]; |
| 4052 |
| 4053 /* If do_interlace *and* the image is interlaced we |
| 4054 * need a reduced interlace row; this may be reduced |
| 4055 * to empty. |
| 4056 */ |
| 4057 if (do_interlace && interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) |
| 4058 { |
| 4059 /* The row must not be written if it doesn't exist, notice |
| 4060 * that there are two conditions here, either the row isn't |
| 4061 * ever in the pass or the row would be but isn't wide |
| 4062 * enough to contribute any pixels. In fact the wPass test |
| 4063 * can be used to skip the whole y loop in this case. |
| 4064 */ |
| 4065 if (PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass) && wPass > 0) |
| 4066 { |
| 4067 /* Set to all 1's for error detection (libpng tends to |
| 4068 * set unset things to 0). |
| 4069 */ |
| 4070 memset(tempRow, 0xff, sizeof tempRow); |
| 4071 interlace_row(tempRow, row, pixel_size, w, pass, |
| 4072 0/*data always bigendian*/); |
| 4073 row = tempRow; |
| 4074 } |
| 4075 else |
| 4076 continue; |
| 4077 } |
| 4078 |
| 4079 # ifdef PNG_WRITE_FILTER_SUPPORTED |
| 4080 /* Only get to here if the row has some pixels in it, set the |
| 4081 * filters to 'all' for the very first row and thereafter to a |
| 4082 * single filter. It isn't well documented, but png_set_filter |
| 4083 * does accept a filter number (per the spec) as well as a bit |
| 4084 * mask. |
| 4085 * |
| 4086 * The code now uses filters at random, except that on the first |
| 4087 * row of an image it ensures that a previous row filter is in |
| 4088 * the set so that libpng allocates the row buffer. |
| 4089 */ |
| 4090 { |
| 4091 int filters = 8 << random_mod(PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST); |
| 4092 |
| 4093 if (pass == 0 && y == 0 && |
| 4094 (filters < PNG_FILTER_UP || w == 1U)) |
| 4095 filters |= PNG_FILTER_UP; |
| 4096 |
| 4097 png_set_filter(pp, 0/*method*/, filters); |
| 4098 } |
| 4099 # endif |
| 4100 |
| 4101 png_write_row(pp, row); |
| 4102 } |
| 4103 } |
| 4104 } |
| 4105 |
| 4106 #ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED |
| 4107 { |
| 4108 static char key[] = "end marker"; |
| 4109 static char comment[] = "end"; |
| 4110 png_text text; |
| 4111 |
| 4112 /* Use a compressed text string to test the correct interaction of text |
| 4113 * compression and IDAT compression. |
| 4114 */ |
| 4115 text.compression = TEXT_COMPRESSION; |
| 4116 text.key = key; |
| 4117 text.text = comment; |
| 4118 text.text_length = (sizeof comment)-1; |
| 4119 text.itxt_length = 0; |
| 4120 text.lang = 0; |
| 4121 text.lang_key = 0; |
| 4122 |
| 4123 png_set_text(pp, pi, &text, 1); |
| 4124 } |
| 4125 #endif |
| 4126 |
| 4127 png_write_end(pp, pi); |
| 4128 |
| 4129 /* And store this under the appropriate id, then clean up. */ |
| 4130 store_storefile(ps, id); |
| 4131 |
| 4132 store_write_reset(ps); |
| 4133 } |
| 4134 |
| 4135 Catch(fault) |
| 4136 { |
| 4137 /* Use the png_store returned by the exception. This may help the compiler |
| 4138 * because 'ps' is not used in this branch of the setjmp. Note that fault |
| 4139 * and ps will always be the same value. |
| 4140 */ |
| 4141 store_write_reset(fault); |
| 4142 } |
| 4143 } |
| 4144 |
| 4145 static void |
| 4146 make_size(png_store* const ps, png_byte const colour_type, int bdlo, |
| 4147 int const bdhi) |
| 4148 { |
| 4149 for (; bdlo <= bdhi; ++bdlo) |
| 4150 { |
| 4151 png_uint_32 width; |
| 4152 |
| 4153 for (width = 1; width <= 16; ++width) |
| 4154 { |
| 4155 png_uint_32 height; |
| 4156 |
| 4157 for (height = 1; height <= 16; ++height) |
| 4158 { |
| 4159 /* The four combinations of DIY interlace and interlace or not - |
| 4160 * no interlace + DIY should be identical to no interlace with |
| 4161 * libpng doing it. |
| 4162 */ |
| 4163 make_size_image(ps, colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), PNG_INTERLACE_NONE, |
| 4164 width, height, 0); |
| 4165 make_size_image(ps, colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), PNG_INTERLACE_NONE, |
| 4166 width, height, 1); |
| 4167 # ifdef PNG_WRITE_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED |
| 4168 make_size_image(ps, colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7, |
| 4169 width, height, 0); |
| 4170 # endif |
| 4171 # if CAN_WRITE_INTERLACE |
| 4172 /* 1.7.0 removes the hack that prevented app write of an interlaced |
| 4173 * image if WRITE_INTERLACE was not supported |
| 4174 */ |
| 4175 make_size_image(ps, colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7, |
| 4176 width, height, 1); |
| 4177 # endif |
| 4178 } |
| 4179 } |
| 4180 } |
| 4181 } |
| 4182 |
| 4183 static void |
| 4184 make_size_images(png_store *ps) |
| 4185 { |
| 4186 /* This is in case of errors. */ |
| 4187 safecat(ps->test, sizeof ps->test, 0, "make size images"); |
| 4188 |
| 4189 /* Arguments are colour_type, low bit depth, high bit depth |
| 4190 */ |
| 4191 make_size(ps, 0, 0, WRITE_BDHI); |
| 4192 make_size(ps, 2, 3, WRITE_BDHI); |
| 4193 make_size(ps, 3, 0, 3 /*palette: max 8 bits*/); |
| 4194 make_size(ps, 4, 3, WRITE_BDHI); |
| 4195 make_size(ps, 6, 3, WRITE_BDHI); |
| 4196 } |
| 4197 |
| 4198 #ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED |
| 4199 /* Return a row based on image id and 'y' for checking: */ |
| 4200 static void |
| 4201 standard_row(png_const_structp pp, png_byte std[STANDARD_ROWMAX], |
| 4202 png_uint_32 id, png_uint_32 y) |
| 4203 { |
| 4204 if (WIDTH_FROM_ID(id) == 0) |
| 4205 transform_row(pp, std, COL_FROM_ID(id), DEPTH_FROM_ID(id), y); |
| 4206 else |
| 4207 size_row(std, WIDTH_FROM_ID(id) * bit_size(pp, COL_FROM_ID(id), |
| 4208 DEPTH_FROM_ID(id)), y); |
| 4209 } |
| 4210 #endif /* PNG_READ_SUPPORTED */ |
| 4211 |
| 4212 /* Tests - individual test cases */ |
| 4213 /* Like 'make_standard' but errors are deliberately introduced into the calls |
| 4214 * to ensure that they get detected - it should not be possible to write an |
| 4215 * invalid image with libpng! |
| 4216 */ |
| 4217 /* TODO: the 'set' functions can probably all be made to take a |
| 4218 * png_const_structp rather than a modifiable one. |
| 4219 */ |
| 4220 #ifdef PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED |
| 4221 static void |
| 4222 sBIT0_error_fn(png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 4223 { |
| 4224 /* 0 is invalid... */ |
| 4225 png_color_8 bad; |
| 4226 bad.red = bad.green = bad.blue = bad.gray = bad.alpha = 0; |
| 4227 png_set_sBIT(pp, pi, &bad); |
| 4228 } |
| 4229 |
| 4230 static void |
| 4231 sBIT_error_fn(png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 4232 { |
| 4233 png_byte bit_depth; |
| 4234 png_color_8 bad; |
| 4235 |
| 4236 if (png_get_color_type(pp, pi) == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 4237 bit_depth = 8; |
| 4238 |
| 4239 else |
| 4240 bit_depth = png_get_bit_depth(pp, pi); |
| 4241 |
| 4242 /* Now we know the bit depth we can easily generate an invalid sBIT entry */ |
| 4243 bad.red = bad.green = bad.blue = bad.gray = bad.alpha = |
| 4244 (png_byte)(bit_depth+1); |
| 4245 png_set_sBIT(pp, pi, &bad); |
| 4246 } |
| 4247 |
| 4248 static const struct |
| 4249 { |
| 4250 void (*fn)(png_structp, png_infop); |
| 4251 const char *msg; |
| 4252 unsigned int warning :1; /* the error is a warning... */ |
| 4253 } error_test[] = |
| 4254 { |
| 4255 /* no warnings makes these errors undetectable prior to 1.7.0 */ |
| 4256 { sBIT0_error_fn, "sBIT(0): failed to detect error", |
| 4257 PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 }, |
| 4258 |
| 4259 { sBIT_error_fn, "sBIT(too big): failed to detect error", |
| 4260 PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 }, |
| 4261 }; |
| 4262 |
| 4263 static void |
| 4264 make_error(png_store* const ps, png_byte const colour_type, |
| 4265 png_byte bit_depth, int interlace_type, int test, png_const_charp name) |
| 4266 { |
| 4267 context(ps, fault); |
| 4268 |
| 4269 check_interlace_type(interlace_type); |
| 4270 |
| 4271 Try |
| 4272 { |
| 4273 png_infop pi; |
| 4274 const png_structp pp = set_store_for_write(ps, &pi, name); |
| 4275 png_uint_32 w, h; |
| 4276 gnu_volatile(pp) |
| 4277 |
| 4278 if (pp == NULL) |
| 4279 Throw ps; |
| 4280 |
| 4281 w = transform_width(pp, colour_type, bit_depth); |
| 4282 gnu_volatile(w) |
| 4283 h = transform_height(pp, colour_type, bit_depth); |
| 4284 gnu_volatile(h) |
| 4285 png_set_IHDR(pp, pi, w, h, bit_depth, colour_type, interlace_type, |
| 4286 PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE); |
| 4287 |
| 4288 if (colour_type == 3) /* palette */ |
| 4289 init_standard_palette(ps, pp, pi, 1U << bit_depth, 0/*do tRNS*/); |
| 4290 |
| 4291 /* Time for a few errors; these are in various optional chunks, the |
| 4292 * standard tests test the standard chunks pretty well. |
| 4293 */ |
| 4294 # define exception__prev exception_prev_1 |
| 4295 # define exception__env exception_env_1 |
| 4296 Try |
| 4297 { |
| 4298 gnu_volatile(exception__prev) |
| 4299 |
| 4300 /* Expect this to throw: */ |
| 4301 ps->expect_error = !error_test[test].warning; |
| 4302 ps->expect_warning = error_test[test].warning; |
| 4303 ps->saw_warning = 0; |
| 4304 error_test[test].fn(pp, pi); |
| 4305 |
| 4306 /* Normally the error is only detected here: */ |
| 4307 png_write_info(pp, pi); |
| 4308 |
| 4309 /* And handle the case where it was only a warning: */ |
| 4310 if (ps->expect_warning && ps->saw_warning) |
| 4311 Throw ps; |
| 4312 |
| 4313 /* If we get here there is a problem, we have success - no error or |
| 4314 * no warning - when we shouldn't have success. Log an error. |
| 4315 */ |
| 4316 store_log(ps, pp, error_test[test].msg, 1 /*error*/); |
| 4317 } |
| 4318 |
| 4319 Catch (fault) |
| 4320 { /* expected exit */ |
| 4321 } |
| 4322 #undef exception__prev |
| 4323 #undef exception__env |
| 4324 |
| 4325 /* And clear these flags */ |
| 4326 ps->expect_warning = 0; |
| 4327 |
| 4328 if (ps->expect_error) |
| 4329 ps->expect_error = 0; |
| 4330 |
| 4331 else |
| 4332 { |
| 4333 /* Now write the whole image, just to make sure that the detected, or |
| 4334 * undetected, errro has not created problems inside libpng. This |
| 4335 * doesn't work if there was a png_error in png_write_info because that |
| 4336 * can abort before PLTE was written. |
| 4337 */ |
| 4338 if (png_get_rowbytes(pp, pi) != |
| 4339 transform_rowsize(pp, colour_type, bit_depth)) |
| 4340 png_error(pp, "row size incorrect"); |
| 4341 |
| 4342 else |
| 4343 { |
| 4344 int npasses = set_write_interlace_handling(pp, interlace_type); |
| 4345 int pass; |
| 4346 |
| 4347 if (npasses != npasses_from_interlace_type(pp, interlace_type)) |
| 4348 png_error(pp, "write: png_set_interlace_handling failed"); |
| 4349 |
| 4350 for (pass=0; pass<npasses; ++pass) |
| 4351 { |
| 4352 png_uint_32 y; |
| 4353 |
| 4354 for (y=0; y<h; ++y) |
| 4355 { |
| 4356 png_byte buffer[TRANSFORM_ROWMAX]; |
| 4357 |
| 4358 transform_row(pp, buffer, colour_type, bit_depth, y); |
| 4359 |
| 4360 # if do_own_interlace |
| 4361 /* If do_own_interlace *and* the image is interlaced we |
| 4362 * need a reduced interlace row; this may be reduced to |
| 4363 * empty. |
| 4364 */ |
| 4365 if (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) |
| 4366 { |
| 4367 /* The row must not be written if it doesn't exist, |
| 4368 * notice that there are two conditions here, either the |
| 4369 * row isn't ever in the pass or the row would be but |
| 4370 * isn't wide enough to contribute any pixels. In fact |
| 4371 * the wPass test can be used to skip the whole y loop |
| 4372 * in this case. |
| 4373 */ |
| 4374 if (PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass) && |
| 4375 PNG_PASS_COLS(w, pass) > 0) |
| 4376 interlace_row(buffer, buffer, |
| 4377 bit_size(pp, colour_type, bit_depth), w, pass, |
| 4378 0/*data always bigendian*/); |
| 4379 else |
| 4380 continue; |
| 4381 } |
| 4382 # endif /* do_own_interlace */ |
| 4383 |
| 4384 png_write_row(pp, buffer); |
| 4385 } |
| 4386 } |
| 4387 } /* image writing */ |
| 4388 |
| 4389 png_write_end(pp, pi); |
| 4390 } |
| 4391 |
| 4392 /* The following deletes the file that was just written. */ |
| 4393 store_write_reset(ps); |
| 4394 } |
| 4395 |
| 4396 Catch(fault) |
| 4397 { |
| 4398 store_write_reset(fault); |
| 4399 } |
| 4400 } |
| 4401 |
| 4402 static int |
| 4403 make_errors(png_modifier* const pm, png_byte const colour_type, |
| 4404 int bdlo, int const bdhi) |
| 4405 { |
| 4406 for (; bdlo <= bdhi; ++bdlo) |
| 4407 { |
| 4408 int interlace_type; |
| 4409 |
| 4410 for (interlace_type = PNG_INTERLACE_NONE; |
| 4411 interlace_type < INTERLACE_LAST; ++interlace_type) |
| 4412 { |
| 4413 unsigned int test; |
| 4414 char name[FILE_NAME_SIZE]; |
| 4415 |
| 4416 standard_name(name, sizeof name, 0, colour_type, 1<<bdlo, 0, |
| 4417 interlace_type, 0, 0, do_own_interlace); |
| 4418 |
| 4419 for (test=0; test<ARRAY_SIZE(error_test); ++test) |
| 4420 { |
| 4421 make_error(&pm->this, colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), interlace_type, |
| 4422 test, name); |
| 4423 |
| 4424 if (fail(pm)) |
| 4425 return 0; |
| 4426 } |
| 4427 } |
| 4428 } |
| 4429 |
| 4430 return 1; /* keep going */ |
| 4431 } |
| 4432 #endif /* PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED */ |
| 4433 |
| 4434 static void |
| 4435 perform_error_test(png_modifier *pm) |
| 4436 { |
| 4437 #ifdef PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED /* else there are no cases that work! */ |
| 4438 /* Need to do this here because we just write in this test. */ |
| 4439 safecat(pm->this.test, sizeof pm->this.test, 0, "error test"); |
| 4440 |
| 4441 if (!make_errors(pm, 0, 0, WRITE_BDHI)) |
| 4442 return; |
| 4443 |
| 4444 if (!make_errors(pm, 2, 3, WRITE_BDHI)) |
| 4445 return; |
| 4446 |
| 4447 if (!make_errors(pm, 3, 0, 3)) |
| 4448 return; |
| 4449 |
| 4450 if (!make_errors(pm, 4, 3, WRITE_BDHI)) |
| 4451 return; |
| 4452 |
| 4453 if (!make_errors(pm, 6, 3, WRITE_BDHI)) |
| 4454 return; |
| 4455 #else |
| 4456 UNUSED(pm) |
| 4457 #endif |
| 4458 } |
| 4459 |
| 4460 /* This is just to validate the internal PNG formatting code - if this fails |
| 4461 * then the warning messages the library outputs will probably be garbage. |
| 4462 */ |
| 4463 static void |
| 4464 perform_formatting_test(png_store *ps) |
| 4465 { |
| 4466 #ifdef PNG_TIME_RFC1123_SUPPORTED |
| 4467 /* The handle into the formatting code is the RFC1123 support; this test does |
| 4468 * nothing if that is compiled out. |
| 4469 */ |
| 4470 context(ps, fault); |
| 4471 |
| 4472 Try |
| 4473 { |
| 4474 png_const_charp correct = "29 Aug 2079 13:53:60 +0000"; |
| 4475 png_const_charp result; |
| 4476 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10600 |
| 4477 char timestring[29]; |
| 4478 # endif |
| 4479 png_structp pp; |
| 4480 png_time pt; |
| 4481 |
| 4482 pp = set_store_for_write(ps, NULL, "libpng formatting test"); |
| 4483 |
| 4484 if (pp == NULL) |
| 4485 Throw ps; |
| 4486 |
| 4487 |
| 4488 /* Arbitrary settings: */ |
| 4489 pt.year = 2079; |
| 4490 pt.month = 8; |
| 4491 pt.day = 29; |
| 4492 pt.hour = 13; |
| 4493 pt.minute = 53; |
| 4494 pt.second = 60; /* a leap second */ |
| 4495 |
| 4496 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10600 |
| 4497 result = png_convert_to_rfc1123(pp, &pt); |
| 4498 # else |
| 4499 if (png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer(timestring, &pt)) |
| 4500 result = timestring; |
| 4501 |
| 4502 else |
| 4503 result = NULL; |
| 4504 # endif |
| 4505 |
| 4506 if (result == NULL) |
| 4507 png_error(pp, "png_convert_to_rfc1123 failed"); |
| 4508 |
| 4509 if (strcmp(result, correct) != 0) |
| 4510 { |
| 4511 size_t pos = 0; |
| 4512 char msg[128]; |
| 4513 |
| 4514 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "png_convert_to_rfc1123("); |
| 4515 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, correct); |
| 4516 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, ") returned: '"); |
| 4517 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, result); |
| 4518 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "'"); |
| 4519 |
| 4520 png_error(pp, msg); |
| 4521 } |
| 4522 |
| 4523 store_write_reset(ps); |
| 4524 } |
| 4525 |
| 4526 Catch(fault) |
| 4527 { |
| 4528 store_write_reset(fault); |
| 4529 } |
| 4530 #else |
| 4531 UNUSED(ps) |
| 4532 #endif |
| 4533 } |
| 4534 |
| 4535 #ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED |
| 4536 /* Because we want to use the same code in both the progressive reader and the |
| 4537 * sequential reader it is necessary to deal with the fact that the progressive |
| 4538 * reader callbacks only have one parameter (png_get_progressive_ptr()), so this |
| 4539 * must contain all the test parameters and all the local variables directly |
| 4540 * accessible to the sequential reader implementation. |
| 4541 * |
| 4542 * The technique adopted is to reinvent part of what Dijkstra termed a |
| 4543 * 'display'; an array of pointers to the stack frames of enclosing functions so |
| 4544 * that a nested function definition can access the local (C auto) variables of |
| 4545 * the functions that contain its definition. In fact C provides the first |
| 4546 * pointer (the local variables - the stack frame pointer) and the last (the |
| 4547 * global variables - the BCPL global vector typically implemented as global |
| 4548 * addresses), this code requires one more pointer to make the display - the |
| 4549 * local variables (and function call parameters) of the function that actually |
| 4550 * invokes either the progressive or sequential reader. |
| 4551 * |
| 4552 * Perhaps confusingly this technique is confounded with classes - the |
| 4553 * 'standard_display' defined here is sub-classed as the 'gamma_display' below. |
| 4554 * A gamma_display is a standard_display, taking advantage of the ANSI-C |
| 4555 * requirement that the pointer to the first member of a structure must be the |
| 4556 * same as the pointer to the structure. This allows us to reuse standard_ |
| 4557 * functions in the gamma test code; something that could not be done with |
| 4558 * nested functions! |
| 4559 */ |
| 4560 typedef struct standard_display |
| 4561 { |
| 4562 png_store* ps; /* Test parameters (passed to the function) */ |
| 4563 png_byte colour_type; |
| 4564 png_byte bit_depth; |
| 4565 png_byte red_sBIT; /* Input data sBIT values. */ |
| 4566 png_byte green_sBIT; |
| 4567 png_byte blue_sBIT; |
| 4568 png_byte alpha_sBIT; |
| 4569 png_byte interlace_type; |
| 4570 png_byte filler; /* Output has a filler */ |
| 4571 png_uint_32 id; /* Calculated file ID */ |
| 4572 png_uint_32 w; /* Width of image */ |
| 4573 png_uint_32 h; /* Height of image */ |
| 4574 int npasses; /* Number of interlaced passes */ |
| 4575 png_uint_32 pixel_size; /* Width of one pixel in bits */ |
| 4576 png_uint_32 bit_width; /* Width of output row in bits */ |
| 4577 size_t cbRow; /* Bytes in a row of the output image */ |
| 4578 int do_interlace; /* Do interlacing internally */ |
| 4579 int littleendian; /* App (row) data is little endian */ |
| 4580 int is_transparent; /* Transparency information was present. */ |
| 4581 int has_tRNS; /* color type GRAY or RGB with a tRNS chunk. */ |
| 4582 int speed; /* Doing a speed test */ |
| 4583 int use_update_info;/* Call update_info, not start_image */ |
| 4584 struct |
| 4585 { |
| 4586 png_uint_16 red; |
| 4587 png_uint_16 green; |
| 4588 png_uint_16 blue; |
| 4589 } transparent; /* The transparent color, if set. */ |
| 4590 int npalette; /* Number of entries in the palette. */ |
| 4591 store_palette |
| 4592 palette; |
| 4593 } standard_display; |
| 4594 |
| 4595 static void |
| 4596 standard_display_init(standard_display *dp, png_store* ps, png_uint_32 id, |
| 4597 int do_interlace, int use_update_info) |
| 4598 { |
| 4599 memset(dp, 0, sizeof *dp); |
| 4600 |
| 4601 dp->ps = ps; |
| 4602 dp->colour_type = COL_FROM_ID(id); |
| 4603 dp->bit_depth = DEPTH_FROM_ID(id); |
| 4604 if (dp->bit_depth < 1 || dp->bit_depth > 16) |
| 4605 internal_error(ps, "internal: bad bit depth"); |
| 4606 if (dp->colour_type == 3) |
| 4607 dp->red_sBIT = dp->blue_sBIT = dp->green_sBIT = dp->alpha_sBIT = 8; |
| 4608 else |
| 4609 dp->red_sBIT = dp->blue_sBIT = dp->green_sBIT = dp->alpha_sBIT = |
| 4610 dp->bit_depth; |
| 4611 dp->interlace_type = INTERLACE_FROM_ID(id); |
| 4612 check_interlace_type(dp->interlace_type); |
| 4613 dp->id = id; |
| 4614 /* All the rest are filled in after the read_info: */ |
| 4615 dp->w = 0; |
| 4616 dp->h = 0; |
| 4617 dp->npasses = 0; |
| 4618 dp->pixel_size = 0; |
| 4619 dp->bit_width = 0; |
| 4620 dp->cbRow = 0; |
| 4621 dp->do_interlace = do_interlace; |
| 4622 dp->littleendian = 0; |
| 4623 dp->is_transparent = 0; |
| 4624 dp->speed = ps->speed; |
| 4625 dp->use_update_info = use_update_info; |
| 4626 dp->npalette = 0; |
| 4627 /* Preset the transparent color to black: */ |
| 4628 memset(&dp->transparent, 0, sizeof dp->transparent); |
| 4629 /* Preset the palette to full intensity/opaque througout: */ |
| 4630 memset(dp->palette, 0xff, sizeof dp->palette); |
| 4631 } |
| 4632 |
| 4633 /* Initialize the palette fields - this must be done later because the palette |
| 4634 * comes from the particular png_store_file that is selected. |
| 4635 */ |
| 4636 static void |
| 4637 standard_palette_init(standard_display *dp) |
| 4638 { |
| 4639 store_palette_entry *palette = store_current_palette(dp->ps, &dp->npalette); |
| 4640 |
| 4641 /* The remaining entries remain white/opaque. */ |
| 4642 if (dp->npalette > 0) |
| 4643 { |
| 4644 int i = dp->npalette; |
| 4645 memcpy(dp->palette, palette, i * sizeof *palette); |
| 4646 |
| 4647 /* Check for a non-opaque palette entry: */ |
| 4648 while (--i >= 0) |
| 4649 if (palette[i].alpha < 255) |
| 4650 break; |
| 4651 |
| 4652 # ifdef __GNUC__ |
| 4653 /* GCC can't handle the more obviously optimizable version. */ |
| 4654 if (i >= 0) |
| 4655 dp->is_transparent = 1; |
| 4656 else |
| 4657 dp->is_transparent = 0; |
| 4658 # else |
| 4659 dp->is_transparent = (i >= 0); |
| 4660 # endif |
| 4661 } |
| 4662 } |
| 4663 |
| 4664 /* Utility to read the palette from the PNG file and convert it into |
| 4665 * store_palette format. This returns 1 if there is any transparency in the |
| 4666 * palette (it does not check for a transparent colour in the non-palette case.) |
| 4667 */ |
| 4668 static int |
| 4669 read_palette(store_palette palette, int *npalette, png_const_structp pp, |
| 4670 png_infop pi) |
| 4671 { |
| 4672 png_colorp pal; |
| 4673 png_bytep trans_alpha; |
| 4674 int num; |
| 4675 |
| 4676 pal = 0; |
| 4677 *npalette = -1; |
| 4678 |
| 4679 if (png_get_PLTE(pp, pi, &pal, npalette) & PNG_INFO_PLTE) |
| 4680 { |
| 4681 int i = *npalette; |
| 4682 |
| 4683 if (i <= 0 || i > 256) |
| 4684 png_error(pp, "validate: invalid PLTE count"); |
| 4685 |
| 4686 while (--i >= 0) |
| 4687 { |
| 4688 palette[i].red = pal[i].red; |
| 4689 palette[i].green = pal[i].green; |
| 4690 palette[i].blue = pal[i].blue; |
| 4691 } |
| 4692 |
| 4693 /* Mark the remainder of the entries with a flag value (other than |
| 4694 * white/opaque which is the flag value stored above.) |
| 4695 */ |
| 4696 memset(palette + *npalette, 126, (256-*npalette) * sizeof *palette); |
| 4697 } |
| 4698 |
| 4699 else /* !png_get_PLTE */ |
| 4700 { |
| 4701 if (*npalette != (-1)) |
| 4702 png_error(pp, "validate: invalid PLTE result"); |
| 4703 /* But there is no palette, so record this: */ |
| 4704 *npalette = 0; |
| 4705 memset(palette, 113, sizeof (store_palette)); |
| 4706 } |
| 4707 |
| 4708 trans_alpha = 0; |
| 4709 num = 2; /* force error below */ |
| 4710 if ((png_get_tRNS(pp, pi, &trans_alpha, &num, 0) & PNG_INFO_tRNS) != 0 && |
| 4711 (trans_alpha != NULL || num != 1/*returns 1 for a transparent color*/) && |
| 4712 /* Oops, if a palette tRNS gets expanded png_read_update_info (at least so |
| 4713 * far as 1.5.4) does not remove the trans_alpha pointer, only num_trans, |
| 4714 * so in the above call we get a success, we get a pointer (who knows what |
| 4715 * to) and we get num_trans == 0: |
| 4716 */ |
| 4717 !(trans_alpha != NULL && num == 0)) /* TODO: fix this in libpng. */ |
| 4718 { |
| 4719 int i; |
| 4720 |
| 4721 /* Any of these are crash-worthy - given the implementation of |
| 4722 * png_get_tRNS up to 1.5 an app won't crash if it just checks the |
| 4723 * result above and fails to check that the variables it passed have |
| 4724 * actually been filled in! Note that if the app were to pass the |
| 4725 * last, png_color_16p, variable too it couldn't rely on this. |
| 4726 */ |
| 4727 if (trans_alpha == NULL || num <= 0 || num > 256 || num > *npalette) |
| 4728 png_error(pp, "validate: unexpected png_get_tRNS (palette) result"); |
| 4729 |
| 4730 for (i=0; i<num; ++i) |
| 4731 palette[i].alpha = trans_alpha[i]; |
| 4732 |
| 4733 for (num=*npalette; i<num; ++i) |
| 4734 palette[i].alpha = 255; |
| 4735 |
| 4736 for (; i<256; ++i) |
| 4737 palette[i].alpha = 33; /* flag value */ |
| 4738 |
| 4739 return 1; /* transparency */ |
| 4740 } |
| 4741 |
| 4742 else |
| 4743 { |
| 4744 /* No palette transparency - just set the alpha channel to opaque. */ |
| 4745 int i; |
| 4746 |
| 4747 for (i=0, num=*npalette; i<num; ++i) |
| 4748 palette[i].alpha = 255; |
| 4749 |
| 4750 for (; i<256; ++i) |
| 4751 palette[i].alpha = 55; /* flag value */ |
| 4752 |
| 4753 return 0; /* no transparency */ |
| 4754 } |
| 4755 } |
| 4756 |
| 4757 /* Utility to validate the palette if it should not have changed (the |
| 4758 * non-transform case). |
| 4759 */ |
| 4760 static void |
| 4761 standard_palette_validate(standard_display *dp, png_const_structp pp, |
| 4762 png_infop pi) |
| 4763 { |
| 4764 int npalette; |
| 4765 store_palette palette; |
| 4766 |
| 4767 if (read_palette(palette, &npalette, pp, pi) != dp->is_transparent) |
| 4768 png_error(pp, "validate: palette transparency changed"); |
| 4769 |
| 4770 if (npalette != dp->npalette) |
| 4771 { |
| 4772 size_t pos = 0; |
| 4773 char msg[64]; |
| 4774 |
| 4775 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "validate: palette size changed: "); |
| 4776 pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, dp->npalette); |
| 4777 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " -> "); |
| 4778 pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, npalette); |
| 4779 png_error(pp, msg); |
| 4780 } |
| 4781 |
| 4782 { |
| 4783 int i = npalette; /* npalette is aliased */ |
| 4784 |
| 4785 while (--i >= 0) |
| 4786 if (palette[i].red != dp->palette[i].red || |
| 4787 palette[i].green != dp->palette[i].green || |
| 4788 palette[i].blue != dp->palette[i].blue || |
| 4789 palette[i].alpha != dp->palette[i].alpha) |
| 4790 png_error(pp, "validate: PLTE or tRNS chunk changed"); |
| 4791 } |
| 4792 } |
| 4793 |
| 4794 /* By passing a 'standard_display' the progressive callbacks can be used |
| 4795 * directly by the sequential code, the functions suffixed "_imp" are the |
| 4796 * implementations, the functions without the suffix are the callbacks. |
| 4797 * |
| 4798 * The code for the info callback is split into two because this callback calls |
| 4799 * png_read_update_info or png_start_read_image and what gets called depends on |
| 4800 * whether the info needs updating (we want to test both calls in pngvalid.) |
| 4801 */ |
| 4802 static void |
| 4803 standard_info_part1(standard_display *dp, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 4804 { |
| 4805 if (png_get_bit_depth(pp, pi) != dp->bit_depth) |
| 4806 png_error(pp, "validate: bit depth changed"); |
| 4807 |
| 4808 if (png_get_color_type(pp, pi) != dp->colour_type) |
| 4809 png_error(pp, "validate: color type changed"); |
| 4810 |
| 4811 if (png_get_filter_type(pp, pi) != PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE) |
| 4812 png_error(pp, "validate: filter type changed"); |
| 4813 |
| 4814 if (png_get_interlace_type(pp, pi) != dp->interlace_type) |
| 4815 png_error(pp, "validate: interlacing changed"); |
| 4816 |
| 4817 if (png_get_compression_type(pp, pi) != PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE) |
| 4818 png_error(pp, "validate: compression type changed"); |
| 4819 |
| 4820 dp->w = png_get_image_width(pp, pi); |
| 4821 |
| 4822 if (dp->w != standard_width(pp, dp->id)) |
| 4823 png_error(pp, "validate: image width changed"); |
| 4824 |
| 4825 dp->h = png_get_image_height(pp, pi); |
| 4826 |
| 4827 if (dp->h != standard_height(pp, dp->id)) |
| 4828 png_error(pp, "validate: image height changed"); |
| 4829 |
| 4830 /* Record (but don't check at present) the input sBIT according to the colour |
| 4831 * type information. |
| 4832 */ |
| 4833 { |
| 4834 png_color_8p sBIT = 0; |
| 4835 |
| 4836 if (png_get_sBIT(pp, pi, &sBIT) & PNG_INFO_sBIT) |
| 4837 { |
| 4838 int sBIT_invalid = 0; |
| 4839 |
| 4840 if (sBIT == 0) |
| 4841 png_error(pp, "validate: unexpected png_get_sBIT result"); |
| 4842 |
| 4843 if (dp->colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) |
| 4844 { |
| 4845 if (sBIT->red == 0 || sBIT->red > dp->bit_depth) |
| 4846 sBIT_invalid = 1; |
| 4847 else |
| 4848 dp->red_sBIT = sBIT->red; |
| 4849 |
| 4850 if (sBIT->green == 0 || sBIT->green > dp->bit_depth) |
| 4851 sBIT_invalid = 1; |
| 4852 else |
| 4853 dp->green_sBIT = sBIT->green; |
| 4854 |
| 4855 if (sBIT->blue == 0 || sBIT->blue > dp->bit_depth) |
| 4856 sBIT_invalid = 1; |
| 4857 else |
| 4858 dp->blue_sBIT = sBIT->blue; |
| 4859 } |
| 4860 |
| 4861 else /* !COLOR */ |
| 4862 { |
| 4863 if (sBIT->gray == 0 || sBIT->gray > dp->bit_depth) |
| 4864 sBIT_invalid = 1; |
| 4865 else |
| 4866 dp->blue_sBIT = dp->green_sBIT = dp->red_sBIT = sBIT->gray; |
| 4867 } |
| 4868 |
| 4869 /* All 8 bits in tRNS for a palette image are significant - see the |
| 4870 * spec. |
| 4871 */ |
| 4872 if (dp->colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) |
| 4873 { |
| 4874 if (sBIT->alpha == 0 || sBIT->alpha > dp->bit_depth) |
| 4875 sBIT_invalid = 1; |
| 4876 else |
| 4877 dp->alpha_sBIT = sBIT->alpha; |
| 4878 } |
| 4879 |
| 4880 if (sBIT_invalid) |
| 4881 png_error(pp, "validate: sBIT value out of range"); |
| 4882 } |
| 4883 } |
| 4884 |
| 4885 /* Important: this is validating the value *before* any transforms have been |
| 4886 * put in place. It doesn't matter for the standard tests, where there are |
| 4887 * no transforms, but it does for other tests where rowbytes may change after |
| 4888 * png_read_update_info. |
| 4889 */ |
| 4890 if (png_get_rowbytes(pp, pi) != standard_rowsize(pp, dp->id)) |
| 4891 png_error(pp, "validate: row size changed"); |
| 4892 |
| 4893 /* Validate the colour type 3 palette (this can be present on other color |
| 4894 * types.) |
| 4895 */ |
| 4896 standard_palette_validate(dp, pp, pi); |
| 4897 |
| 4898 /* In any case always check for a tranparent color (notice that the |
| 4899 * colour type 3 case must not give a successful return on the get_tRNS call |
| 4900 * with these arguments!) |
| 4901 */ |
| 4902 { |
| 4903 png_color_16p trans_color = 0; |
| 4904 |
| 4905 if (png_get_tRNS(pp, pi, 0, 0, &trans_color) & PNG_INFO_tRNS) |
| 4906 { |
| 4907 if (trans_color == 0) |
| 4908 png_error(pp, "validate: unexpected png_get_tRNS (color) result"); |
| 4909 |
| 4910 switch (dp->colour_type) |
| 4911 { |
| 4912 case 0: |
| 4913 dp->transparent.red = dp->transparent.green = dp->transparent.blue = |
| 4914 trans_color->gray; |
| 4915 dp->has_tRNS = 1; |
| 4916 break; |
| 4917 |
| 4918 case 2: |
| 4919 dp->transparent.red = trans_color->red; |
| 4920 dp->transparent.green = trans_color->green; |
| 4921 dp->transparent.blue = trans_color->blue; |
| 4922 dp->has_tRNS = 1; |
| 4923 break; |
| 4924 |
| 4925 case 3: |
| 4926 /* Not expected because it should result in the array case |
| 4927 * above. |
| 4928 */ |
| 4929 png_error(pp, "validate: unexpected png_get_tRNS result"); |
| 4930 break; |
| 4931 |
| 4932 default: |
| 4933 png_error(pp, "validate: invalid tRNS chunk with alpha image"); |
| 4934 } |
| 4935 } |
| 4936 } |
| 4937 |
| 4938 /* Read the number of passes - expected to match the value used when |
| 4939 * creating the image (interlaced or not). This has the side effect of |
| 4940 * turning on interlace handling (if do_interlace is not set.) |
| 4941 */ |
| 4942 dp->npasses = npasses_from_interlace_type(pp, dp->interlace_type); |
| 4943 if (!dp->do_interlace) |
| 4944 { |
| 4945 # ifdef PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED |
| 4946 if (dp->npasses != png_set_interlace_handling(pp)) |
| 4947 png_error(pp, "validate: file changed interlace type"); |
| 4948 # else /* !READ_INTERLACING */ |
| 4949 /* This should never happen: the relevant tests (!do_interlace) should |
| 4950 * not be run. |
| 4951 */ |
| 4952 if (dp->npasses > 1) |
| 4953 png_error(pp, "validate: no libpng interlace support"); |
| 4954 # endif /* !READ_INTERLACING */ |
| 4955 } |
| 4956 |
| 4957 /* Caller calls png_read_update_info or png_start_read_image now, then calls |
| 4958 * part2. |
| 4959 */ |
| 4960 } |
| 4961 |
| 4962 /* This must be called *after* the png_read_update_info call to get the correct |
| 4963 * 'rowbytes' value, otherwise png_get_rowbytes will refer to the untransformed |
| 4964 * image. |
| 4965 */ |
| 4966 static void |
| 4967 standard_info_part2(standard_display *dp, png_const_structp pp, |
| 4968 png_const_infop pi, int nImages) |
| 4969 { |
| 4970 /* Record cbRow now that it can be found. */ |
| 4971 { |
| 4972 png_byte ct = png_get_color_type(pp, pi); |
| 4973 png_byte bd = png_get_bit_depth(pp, pi); |
| 4974 |
| 4975 if (bd >= 8 && (ct == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || ct == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) && |
| 4976 dp->filler) |
| 4977 ct |= 4; /* handle filler as faked alpha channel */ |
| 4978 |
| 4979 dp->pixel_size = bit_size(pp, ct, bd); |
| 4980 } |
| 4981 dp->bit_width = png_get_image_width(pp, pi) * dp->pixel_size; |
| 4982 dp->cbRow = png_get_rowbytes(pp, pi); |
| 4983 |
| 4984 /* Validate the rowbytes here again. */ |
| 4985 if (dp->cbRow != (dp->bit_width+7)/8) |
| 4986 png_error(pp, "bad png_get_rowbytes calculation"); |
| 4987 |
| 4988 /* Then ensure there is enough space for the output image(s). */ |
| 4989 store_ensure_image(dp->ps, pp, nImages, dp->cbRow, dp->h); |
| 4990 } |
| 4991 |
| 4992 static void |
| 4993 standard_info_imp(standard_display *dp, png_structp pp, png_infop pi, |
| 4994 int nImages) |
| 4995 { |
| 4996 /* Note that the validation routine has the side effect of turning on |
| 4997 * interlace handling in the subsequent code. |
| 4998 */ |
| 4999 standard_info_part1(dp, pp, pi); |
| 5000 |
| 5001 /* And the info callback has to call this (or png_read_update_info - see |
| 5002 * below in the png_modifier code for that variant. |
| 5003 */ |
| 5004 if (dp->use_update_info) |
| 5005 { |
| 5006 /* For debugging the effect of multiple calls: */ |
| 5007 int i = dp->use_update_info; |
| 5008 while (i-- > 0) |
| 5009 png_read_update_info(pp, pi); |
| 5010 } |
| 5011 |
| 5012 else |
| 5013 png_start_read_image(pp); |
| 5014 |
| 5015 /* Validate the height, width and rowbytes plus ensure that sufficient buffer |
| 5016 * exists for decoding the image. |
| 5017 */ |
| 5018 standard_info_part2(dp, pp, pi, nImages); |
| 5019 } |
| 5020 |
| 5021 static void PNGCBAPI |
| 5022 standard_info(png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 5023 { |
| 5024 standard_display *dp = voidcast(standard_display*, |
| 5025 png_get_progressive_ptr(pp)); |
| 5026 |
| 5027 /* Call with nImages==1 because the progressive reader can only produce one |
| 5028 * image. |
| 5029 */ |
| 5030 standard_info_imp(dp, pp, pi, 1 /*only one image*/); |
| 5031 } |
| 5032 |
| 5033 static void PNGCBAPI |
| 5034 progressive_row(png_structp ppIn, png_bytep new_row, png_uint_32 y, int pass) |
| 5035 { |
| 5036 png_const_structp pp = ppIn; |
| 5037 const standard_display *dp = voidcast(standard_display*, |
| 5038 png_get_progressive_ptr(pp)); |
| 5039 |
| 5040 /* When handling interlacing some rows will be absent in each pass, the |
| 5041 * callback still gets called, but with a NULL pointer. This is checked |
| 5042 * in the 'else' clause below. We need our own 'cbRow', but we can't call |
| 5043 * png_get_rowbytes because we got no info structure. |
| 5044 */ |
| 5045 if (new_row != NULL) |
| 5046 { |
| 5047 png_bytep row; |
| 5048 |
| 5049 /* In the case where the reader doesn't do the interlace it gives |
| 5050 * us the y in the sub-image: |
| 5051 */ |
| 5052 if (dp->do_interlace && dp->interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) |
| 5053 { |
| 5054 #ifdef PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_INFO_SUPPORTED |
| 5055 /* Use this opportunity to validate the png 'current' APIs: */ |
| 5056 if (y != png_get_current_row_number(pp)) |
| 5057 png_error(pp, "png_get_current_row_number is broken"); |
| 5058 |
| 5059 if (pass != png_get_current_pass_number(pp)) |
| 5060 png_error(pp, "png_get_current_pass_number is broken"); |
| 5061 #endif /* USER_TRANSFORM_INFO */ |
| 5062 |
| 5063 y = PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(y, pass); |
| 5064 } |
| 5065 |
| 5066 /* Validate this just in case. */ |
| 5067 if (y >= dp->h) |
| 5068 png_error(pp, "invalid y to progressive row callback"); |
| 5069 |
| 5070 row = store_image_row(dp->ps, pp, 0, y); |
| 5071 |
| 5072 /* Combine the new row into the old: */ |
| 5073 #ifdef PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED |
| 5074 if (dp->do_interlace) |
| 5075 #endif /* READ_INTERLACING */ |
| 5076 { |
| 5077 if (dp->interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) |
| 5078 deinterlace_row(row, new_row, dp->pixel_size, dp->w, pass, |
| 5079 dp->littleendian); |
| 5080 else |
| 5081 row_copy(row, new_row, dp->pixel_size * dp->w, dp->littleendian); |
| 5082 } |
| 5083 #ifdef PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED |
| 5084 else |
| 5085 png_progressive_combine_row(pp, row, new_row); |
| 5086 #endif /* PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED */ |
| 5087 } |
| 5088 |
| 5089 else if (dp->interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 && |
| 5090 PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass) && |
| 5091 PNG_PASS_COLS(dp->w, pass) > 0) |
| 5092 png_error(pp, "missing row in progressive de-interlacing"); |
| 5093 } |
| 5094 |
| 5095 static void |
| 5096 sequential_row(standard_display *dp, png_structp pp, png_infop pi, |
| 5097 const int iImage, const int iDisplay) |
| 5098 { |
| 5099 const int npasses = dp->npasses; |
| 5100 const int do_interlace = dp->do_interlace && |
| 5101 dp->interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7; |
| 5102 const png_uint_32 height = standard_height(pp, dp->id); |
| 5103 const png_uint_32 width = standard_width(pp, dp->id); |
| 5104 const png_store* ps = dp->ps; |
| 5105 int pass; |
| 5106 |
| 5107 for (pass=0; pass<npasses; ++pass) |
| 5108 { |
| 5109 png_uint_32 y; |
| 5110 png_uint_32 wPass = PNG_PASS_COLS(width, pass); |
| 5111 |
| 5112 for (y=0; y<height; ++y) |
| 5113 { |
| 5114 if (do_interlace) |
| 5115 { |
| 5116 /* wPass may be zero or this row may not be in this pass. |
| 5117 * png_read_row must not be called in either case. |
| 5118 */ |
| 5119 if (wPass > 0 && PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass)) |
| 5120 { |
| 5121 /* Read the row into a pair of temporary buffers, then do the |
| 5122 * merge here into the output rows. |
| 5123 */ |
| 5124 png_byte row[STANDARD_ROWMAX], display[STANDARD_ROWMAX]; |
| 5125 |
| 5126 /* The following aids (to some extent) error detection - we can |
| 5127 * see where png_read_row wrote. Use opposite values in row and |
| 5128 * display to make this easier. Don't use 0xff (which is used in |
| 5129 * the image write code to fill unused bits) or 0 (which is a |
| 5130 * likely value to overwrite unused bits with). |
| 5131 */ |
| 5132 memset(row, 0xc5, sizeof row); |
| 5133 memset(display, 0x5c, sizeof display); |
| 5134 |
| 5135 png_read_row(pp, row, display); |
| 5136 |
| 5137 if (iImage >= 0) |
| 5138 deinterlace_row(store_image_row(ps, pp, iImage, y), row, |
| 5139 dp->pixel_size, dp->w, pass, dp->littleendian); |
| 5140 |
| 5141 if (iDisplay >= 0) |
| 5142 deinterlace_row(store_image_row(ps, pp, iDisplay, y), display, |
| 5143 dp->pixel_size, dp->w, pass, dp->littleendian); |
| 5144 } |
| 5145 } |
| 5146 else |
| 5147 png_read_row(pp, |
| 5148 iImage >= 0 ? store_image_row(ps, pp, iImage, y) : NULL, |
| 5149 iDisplay >= 0 ? store_image_row(ps, pp, iDisplay, y) : NULL); |
| 5150 } |
| 5151 } |
| 5152 |
| 5153 /* And finish the read operation (only really necessary if the caller wants |
| 5154 * to find additional data in png_info from chunks after the last IDAT.) |
| 5155 */ |
| 5156 png_read_end(pp, pi); |
| 5157 } |
| 5158 |
| 5159 #ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED |
| 5160 static void |
| 5161 standard_check_text(png_const_structp pp, png_const_textp tp, |
| 5162 png_const_charp keyword, png_const_charp text) |
| 5163 { |
| 5164 char msg[1024]; |
| 5165 size_t pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, 0, "text: "); |
| 5166 size_t ok; |
| 5167 |
| 5168 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, keyword); |
| 5169 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, ": "); |
| 5170 ok = pos; |
| 5171 |
| 5172 if (tp->compression != TEXT_COMPRESSION) |
| 5173 { |
| 5174 char buf[64]; |
| 5175 |
| 5176 sprintf(buf, "compression [%d->%d], ", TEXT_COMPRESSION, |
| 5177 tp->compression); |
| 5178 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, buf); |
| 5179 } |
| 5180 |
| 5181 if (tp->key == NULL || strcmp(tp->key, keyword) != 0) |
| 5182 { |
| 5183 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "keyword \""); |
| 5184 if (tp->key != NULL) |
| 5185 { |
| 5186 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, tp->key); |
| 5187 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "\", "); |
| 5188 } |
| 5189 |
| 5190 else |
| 5191 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "null, "); |
| 5192 } |
| 5193 |
| 5194 if (tp->text == NULL) |
| 5195 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "text lost, "); |
| 5196 |
| 5197 else |
| 5198 { |
| 5199 if (tp->text_length != strlen(text)) |
| 5200 { |
| 5201 char buf[64]; |
| 5202 sprintf(buf, "text length changed[%lu->%lu], ", |
| 5203 (unsigned long)strlen(text), (unsigned long)tp->text_length); |
| 5204 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, buf); |
| 5205 } |
| 5206 |
| 5207 if (strcmp(tp->text, text) != 0) |
| 5208 { |
| 5209 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "text becomes \""); |
| 5210 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, tp->text); |
| 5211 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "\" (was \""); |
| 5212 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, text); |
| 5213 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "\"), "); |
| 5214 } |
| 5215 } |
| 5216 |
| 5217 if (tp->itxt_length != 0) |
| 5218 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "iTXt length set, "); |
| 5219 |
| 5220 if (tp->lang != NULL) |
| 5221 { |
| 5222 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "iTXt language \""); |
| 5223 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, tp->lang); |
| 5224 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "\", "); |
| 5225 } |
| 5226 |
| 5227 if (tp->lang_key != NULL) |
| 5228 { |
| 5229 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "iTXt keyword \""); |
| 5230 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, tp->lang_key); |
| 5231 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "\", "); |
| 5232 } |
| 5233 |
| 5234 if (pos > ok) |
| 5235 { |
| 5236 msg[pos-2] = '\0'; /* Remove the ", " at the end */ |
| 5237 png_error(pp, msg); |
| 5238 } |
| 5239 } |
| 5240 |
| 5241 static void |
| 5242 standard_text_validate(standard_display *dp, png_const_structp pp, |
| 5243 png_infop pi, int check_end) |
| 5244 { |
| 5245 png_textp tp = NULL; |
| 5246 png_uint_32 num_text = png_get_text(pp, pi, &tp, NULL); |
| 5247 |
| 5248 if (num_text == 2 && tp != NULL) |
| 5249 { |
| 5250 standard_check_text(pp, tp, "image name", dp->ps->current->name); |
| 5251 |
| 5252 /* This exists because prior to 1.5.18 the progressive reader left the |
| 5253 * png_struct z_stream unreset at the end of the image, so subsequent |
| 5254 * attempts to use it simply returns Z_STREAM_END. |
| 5255 */ |
| 5256 if (check_end) |
| 5257 standard_check_text(pp, tp+1, "end marker", "end"); |
| 5258 } |
| 5259 |
| 5260 else |
| 5261 { |
| 5262 char msg[64]; |
| 5263 |
| 5264 sprintf(msg, "expected two text items, got %lu", |
| 5265 (unsigned long)num_text); |
| 5266 png_error(pp, msg); |
| 5267 } |
| 5268 } |
| 5269 #else |
| 5270 # define standard_text_validate(dp,pp,pi,check_end) ((void)0) |
| 5271 #endif |
| 5272 |
| 5273 static void |
| 5274 standard_row_validate(standard_display *dp, png_const_structp pp, |
| 5275 int iImage, int iDisplay, png_uint_32 y) |
| 5276 { |
| 5277 int where; |
| 5278 png_byte std[STANDARD_ROWMAX]; |
| 5279 |
| 5280 /* The row must be pre-initialized to the magic number here for the size |
| 5281 * tests to pass: |
| 5282 */ |
| 5283 memset(std, 178, sizeof std); |
| 5284 standard_row(pp, std, dp->id, y); |
| 5285 |
| 5286 /* At the end both the 'row' and 'display' arrays should end up identical. |
| 5287 * In earlier passes 'row' will be partially filled in, with only the pixels |
| 5288 * that have been read so far, but 'display' will have those pixels |
| 5289 * replicated to fill the unread pixels while reading an interlaced image. |
| 5290 */ |
| 5291 if (iImage >= 0 && |
| 5292 (where = pixel_cmp(std, store_image_row(dp->ps, pp, iImage, y), |
| 5293 dp->bit_width)) != 0) |
| 5294 { |
| 5295 char msg[64]; |
| 5296 sprintf(msg, "PNG image row[%lu][%d] changed from %.2x to %.2x", |
| 5297 (unsigned long)y, where-1, std[where-1], |
| 5298 store_image_row(dp->ps, pp, iImage, y)[where-1]); |
| 5299 png_error(pp, msg); |
| 5300 } |
| 5301 |
| 5302 if (iDisplay >= 0 && |
| 5303 (where = pixel_cmp(std, store_image_row(dp->ps, pp, iDisplay, y), |
| 5304 dp->bit_width)) != 0) |
| 5305 { |
| 5306 char msg[64]; |
| 5307 sprintf(msg, "display row[%lu][%d] changed from %.2x to %.2x", |
| 5308 (unsigned long)y, where-1, std[where-1], |
| 5309 store_image_row(dp->ps, pp, iDisplay, y)[where-1]); |
| 5310 png_error(pp, msg); |
| 5311 } |
| 5312 } |
| 5313 |
| 5314 static void |
| 5315 standard_image_validate(standard_display *dp, png_const_structp pp, int iImage, |
| 5316 int iDisplay) |
| 5317 { |
| 5318 png_uint_32 y; |
| 5319 |
| 5320 if (iImage >= 0) |
| 5321 store_image_check(dp->ps, pp, iImage); |
| 5322 |
| 5323 if (iDisplay >= 0) |
| 5324 store_image_check(dp->ps, pp, iDisplay); |
| 5325 |
| 5326 for (y=0; y<dp->h; ++y) |
| 5327 standard_row_validate(dp, pp, iImage, iDisplay, y); |
| 5328 |
| 5329 /* This avoids false positives if the validation code is never called! */ |
| 5330 dp->ps->validated = 1; |
| 5331 } |
| 5332 |
| 5333 static void PNGCBAPI |
| 5334 standard_end(png_structp ppIn, png_infop pi) |
| 5335 { |
| 5336 png_const_structp pp = ppIn; |
| 5337 standard_display *dp = voidcast(standard_display*, |
| 5338 png_get_progressive_ptr(pp)); |
| 5339 |
| 5340 UNUSED(pi) |
| 5341 |
| 5342 /* Validate the image - progressive reading only produces one variant for |
| 5343 * interlaced images. |
| 5344 */ |
| 5345 standard_text_validate(dp, pp, pi, |
| 5346 PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10518/*check_end: see comments above*/); |
| 5347 standard_image_validate(dp, pp, 0, -1); |
| 5348 } |
| 5349 |
| 5350 /* A single test run checking the standard image to ensure it is not damaged. */ |
| 5351 static void |
| 5352 standard_test(png_store* const psIn, png_uint_32 const id, |
| 5353 int do_interlace, int use_update_info) |
| 5354 { |
| 5355 standard_display d; |
| 5356 context(psIn, fault); |
| 5357 |
| 5358 /* Set up the display (stack frame) variables from the arguments to the |
| 5359 * function and initialize the locals that are filled in later. |
| 5360 */ |
| 5361 standard_display_init(&d, psIn, id, do_interlace, use_update_info); |
| 5362 |
| 5363 /* Everything is protected by a Try/Catch. The functions called also |
| 5364 * typically have local Try/Catch blocks. |
| 5365 */ |
| 5366 Try |
| 5367 { |
| 5368 png_structp pp; |
| 5369 png_infop pi; |
| 5370 |
| 5371 /* Get a png_struct for reading the image. This will throw an error if it |
| 5372 * fails, so we don't need to check the result. |
| 5373 */ |
| 5374 pp = set_store_for_read(d.ps, &pi, d.id, |
| 5375 d.do_interlace ? (d.ps->progressive ? |
| 5376 "pngvalid progressive deinterlacer" : |
| 5377 "pngvalid sequential deinterlacer") : (d.ps->progressive ? |
| 5378 "progressive reader" : "sequential reader")); |
| 5379 |
| 5380 /* Initialize the palette correctly from the png_store_file. */ |
| 5381 standard_palette_init(&d); |
| 5382 |
| 5383 /* Introduce the correct read function. */ |
| 5384 if (d.ps->progressive) |
| 5385 { |
| 5386 png_set_progressive_read_fn(pp, &d, standard_info, progressive_row, |
| 5387 standard_end); |
| 5388 |
| 5389 /* Now feed data into the reader until we reach the end: */ |
| 5390 store_progressive_read(d.ps, pp, pi); |
| 5391 } |
| 5392 else |
| 5393 { |
| 5394 /* Note that this takes the store, not the display. */ |
| 5395 png_set_read_fn(pp, d.ps, store_read); |
| 5396 |
| 5397 /* Check the header values: */ |
| 5398 png_read_info(pp, pi); |
| 5399 |
| 5400 /* The code tests both versions of the images that the sequential |
| 5401 * reader can produce. |
| 5402 */ |
| 5403 standard_info_imp(&d, pp, pi, 2 /*images*/); |
| 5404 |
| 5405 /* Need the total bytes in the image below; we can't get to this point |
| 5406 * unless the PNG file values have been checked against the expected |
| 5407 * values. |
| 5408 */ |
| 5409 { |
| 5410 sequential_row(&d, pp, pi, 0, 1); |
| 5411 |
| 5412 /* After the last pass loop over the rows again to check that the |
| 5413 * image is correct. |
| 5414 */ |
| 5415 if (!d.speed) |
| 5416 { |
| 5417 standard_text_validate(&d, pp, pi, 1/*check_end*/); |
| 5418 standard_image_validate(&d, pp, 0, 1); |
| 5419 } |
| 5420 else |
| 5421 d.ps->validated = 1; |
| 5422 } |
| 5423 } |
| 5424 |
| 5425 /* Check for validation. */ |
| 5426 if (!d.ps->validated) |
| 5427 png_error(pp, "image read failed silently"); |
| 5428 |
| 5429 /* Successful completion. */ |
| 5430 } |
| 5431 |
| 5432 Catch(fault) |
| 5433 d.ps = fault; /* make sure this hasn't been clobbered. */ |
| 5434 |
| 5435 /* In either case clean up the store. */ |
| 5436 store_read_reset(d.ps); |
| 5437 } |
| 5438 |
| 5439 static int |
| 5440 test_standard(png_modifier* const pm, png_byte const colour_type, |
| 5441 int bdlo, int const bdhi) |
| 5442 { |
| 5443 for (; bdlo <= bdhi; ++bdlo) |
| 5444 { |
| 5445 int interlace_type; |
| 5446 |
| 5447 for (interlace_type = PNG_INTERLACE_NONE; |
| 5448 interlace_type < INTERLACE_LAST; ++interlace_type) |
| 5449 { |
| 5450 standard_test(&pm->this, FILEID(colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), 0/*palette*/, |
| 5451 interlace_type, 0, 0, 0), do_read_interlace, pm->use_update_info); |
| 5452 |
| 5453 if (fail(pm)) |
| 5454 return 0; |
| 5455 } |
| 5456 } |
| 5457 |
| 5458 return 1; /* keep going */ |
| 5459 } |
| 5460 |
| 5461 static void |
| 5462 perform_standard_test(png_modifier *pm) |
| 5463 { |
| 5464 /* Test each colour type over the valid range of bit depths (expressed as |
| 5465 * log2(bit_depth) in turn, stop as soon as any error is detected. |
| 5466 */ |
| 5467 if (!test_standard(pm, 0, 0, READ_BDHI)) |
| 5468 return; |
| 5469 |
| 5470 if (!test_standard(pm, 2, 3, READ_BDHI)) |
| 5471 return; |
| 5472 |
| 5473 if (!test_standard(pm, 3, 0, 3)) |
| 5474 return; |
| 5475 |
| 5476 if (!test_standard(pm, 4, 3, READ_BDHI)) |
| 5477 return; |
| 5478 |
| 5479 if (!test_standard(pm, 6, 3, READ_BDHI)) |
| 5480 return; |
| 5481 } |
| 5482 |
| 5483 |
| 5484 /********************************** SIZE TESTS ********************************/ |
| 5485 static int |
| 5486 test_size(png_modifier* const pm, png_byte const colour_type, |
| 5487 int bdlo, int const bdhi) |
| 5488 { |
| 5489 /* Run the tests on each combination. |
| 5490 * |
| 5491 * NOTE: on my 32 bit x86 each of the following blocks takes |
| 5492 * a total of 3.5 seconds if done across every combo of bit depth |
| 5493 * width and height. This is a waste of time in practice, hence the |
| 5494 * hinc and winc stuff: |
| 5495 */ |
| 5496 static const png_byte hinc[] = {1, 3, 11, 1, 5}; |
| 5497 static const png_byte winc[] = {1, 9, 5, 7, 1}; |
| 5498 const int save_bdlo = bdlo; |
| 5499 |
| 5500 for (; bdlo <= bdhi; ++bdlo) |
| 5501 { |
| 5502 png_uint_32 h, w; |
| 5503 |
| 5504 for (h=1; h<=16; h+=hinc[bdlo]) for (w=1; w<=16; w+=winc[bdlo]) |
| 5505 { |
| 5506 /* First test all the 'size' images against the sequential |
| 5507 * reader using libpng to deinterlace (where required.) This |
| 5508 * validates the write side of libpng. There are four possibilities |
| 5509 * to validate. |
| 5510 */ |
| 5511 standard_test(&pm->this, FILEID(colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), 0/*palette*/, |
| 5512 PNG_INTERLACE_NONE, w, h, 0), 0/*do_interlace*/, |
| 5513 pm->use_update_info); |
| 5514 |
| 5515 if (fail(pm)) |
| 5516 return 0; |
| 5517 |
| 5518 standard_test(&pm->this, FILEID(colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), 0/*palette*/, |
| 5519 PNG_INTERLACE_NONE, w, h, 1), 0/*do_interlace*/, |
| 5520 pm->use_update_info); |
| 5521 |
| 5522 if (fail(pm)) |
| 5523 return 0; |
| 5524 |
| 5525 /* Now validate the interlaced read side - do_interlace true, |
| 5526 * in the progressive case this does actually make a difference |
| 5527 * to the code used in the non-interlaced case too. |
| 5528 */ |
| 5529 standard_test(&pm->this, FILEID(colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), 0/*palette*/, |
| 5530 PNG_INTERLACE_NONE, w, h, 0), 1/*do_interlace*/, |
| 5531 pm->use_update_info); |
| 5532 |
| 5533 if (fail(pm)) |
| 5534 return 0; |
| 5535 |
| 5536 # if CAN_WRITE_INTERLACE |
| 5537 /* Validate the pngvalid code itself: */ |
| 5538 standard_test(&pm->this, FILEID(colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), 0/*palette*/, |
| 5539 PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7, w, h, 1), 1/*do_interlace*/, |
| 5540 pm->use_update_info); |
| 5541 |
| 5542 if (fail(pm)) |
| 5543 return 0; |
| 5544 # endif |
| 5545 } |
| 5546 } |
| 5547 |
| 5548 /* Now do the tests of libpng interlace handling, after we have made sure |
| 5549 * that the pngvalid version works: |
| 5550 */ |
| 5551 for (bdlo = save_bdlo; bdlo <= bdhi; ++bdlo) |
| 5552 { |
| 5553 png_uint_32 h, w; |
| 5554 |
| 5555 for (h=1; h<=16; h+=hinc[bdlo]) for (w=1; w<=16; w+=winc[bdlo]) |
| 5556 { |
| 5557 # ifdef PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED |
| 5558 /* Test with pngvalid generated interlaced images first; we have |
| 5559 * already verify these are ok (unless pngvalid has self-consistent |
| 5560 * read/write errors, which is unlikely), so this detects errors in the |
| 5561 * read side first: |
| 5562 */ |
| 5563 # if CAN_WRITE_INTERLACE |
| 5564 standard_test(&pm->this, FILEID(colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), 0/*palette*/, |
| 5565 PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7, w, h, 1), 0/*do_interlace*/, |
| 5566 pm->use_update_info); |
| 5567 |
| 5568 if (fail(pm)) |
| 5569 return 0; |
| 5570 # endif |
| 5571 # endif /* READ_INTERLACING */ |
| 5572 |
| 5573 # ifdef PNG_WRITE_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED |
| 5574 /* Test the libpng write side against the pngvalid read side: */ |
| 5575 standard_test(&pm->this, FILEID(colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), 0/*palette*/, |
| 5576 PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7, w, h, 0), 1/*do_interlace*/, |
| 5577 pm->use_update_info); |
| 5578 |
| 5579 if (fail(pm)) |
| 5580 return 0; |
| 5581 # endif |
| 5582 |
| 5583 # ifdef PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED |
| 5584 # ifdef PNG_WRITE_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED |
| 5585 /* Test both together: */ |
| 5586 standard_test(&pm->this, FILEID(colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), 0/*palette*/, |
| 5587 PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7, w, h, 0), 0/*do_interlace*/, |
| 5588 pm->use_update_info); |
| 5589 |
| 5590 if (fail(pm)) |
| 5591 return 0; |
| 5592 # endif |
| 5593 # endif /* READ_INTERLACING */ |
| 5594 } |
| 5595 } |
| 5596 |
| 5597 return 1; /* keep going */ |
| 5598 } |
| 5599 |
| 5600 static void |
| 5601 perform_size_test(png_modifier *pm) |
| 5602 { |
| 5603 /* Test each colour type over the valid range of bit depths (expressed as |
| 5604 * log2(bit_depth) in turn, stop as soon as any error is detected. |
| 5605 */ |
| 5606 if (!test_size(pm, 0, 0, READ_BDHI)) |
| 5607 return; |
| 5608 |
| 5609 if (!test_size(pm, 2, 3, READ_BDHI)) |
| 5610 return; |
| 5611 |
| 5612 /* For the moment don't do the palette test - it's a waste of time when |
| 5613 * compared to the grayscale test. |
| 5614 */ |
| 5615 #if 0 |
| 5616 if (!test_size(pm, 3, 0, 3)) |
| 5617 return; |
| 5618 #endif |
| 5619 |
| 5620 if (!test_size(pm, 4, 3, READ_BDHI)) |
| 5621 return; |
| 5622 |
| 5623 if (!test_size(pm, 6, 3, READ_BDHI)) |
| 5624 return; |
| 5625 } |
| 5626 |
| 5627 |
| 5628 /******************************* TRANSFORM TESTS ******************************/ |
| 5629 #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED |
| 5630 /* A set of tests to validate libpng image transforms. The possibilities here |
| 5631 * are legion because the transforms can be combined in a combinatorial |
| 5632 * fashion. To deal with this some measure of restraint is required, otherwise |
| 5633 * the tests would take forever. |
| 5634 */ |
| 5635 typedef struct image_pixel |
| 5636 { |
| 5637 /* A local (pngvalid) representation of a PNG pixel, in all its |
| 5638 * various forms. |
| 5639 */ |
| 5640 unsigned int red, green, blue, alpha; /* For non-palette images. */ |
| 5641 unsigned int palette_index; /* For a palette image. */ |
| 5642 png_byte colour_type; /* As in the spec. */ |
| 5643 png_byte bit_depth; /* Defines bit size in row */ |
| 5644 png_byte sample_depth; /* Scale of samples */ |
| 5645 unsigned int have_tRNS :1; /* tRNS chunk may need processing */ |
| 5646 unsigned int swap_rgb :1; /* RGB swapped to BGR */ |
| 5647 unsigned int alpha_first :1; /* Alpha at start, not end */ |
| 5648 unsigned int alpha_inverted :1; /* Alpha channel inverted */ |
| 5649 unsigned int mono_inverted :1; /* Gray channel inverted */ |
| 5650 unsigned int swap16 :1; /* Byte swap 16-bit components */ |
| 5651 unsigned int littleendian :1; /* High bits on right */ |
| 5652 unsigned int sig_bits :1; /* Pixel shifted (sig bits only) */ |
| 5653 |
| 5654 /* For checking the code calculates double precision floating point values |
| 5655 * along with an error value, accumulated from the transforms. Because an |
| 5656 * sBIT setting allows larger error bounds (indeed, by the spec, apparently |
| 5657 * up to just less than +/-1 in the scaled value) the *lowest* sBIT for each |
| 5658 * channel is stored. This sBIT value is folded in to the stored error value |
| 5659 * at the end of the application of the transforms to the pixel. |
| 5660 * |
| 5661 * If sig_bits is set above the red, green, blue and alpha values have been |
| 5662 * scaled so they only contain the significant bits of the component values. |
| 5663 */ |
| 5664 double redf, greenf, bluef, alphaf; |
| 5665 double rede, greene, bluee, alphae; |
| 5666 png_byte red_sBIT, green_sBIT, blue_sBIT, alpha_sBIT; |
| 5667 } image_pixel; |
| 5668 |
| 5669 /* Shared utility function, see below. */ |
| 5670 static void |
| 5671 image_pixel_setf(image_pixel *this, unsigned int rMax, unsigned int gMax, |
| 5672 unsigned int bMax, unsigned int aMax) |
| 5673 { |
| 5674 this->redf = this->red / (double)rMax; |
| 5675 this->greenf = this->green / (double)gMax; |
| 5676 this->bluef = this->blue / (double)bMax; |
| 5677 this->alphaf = this->alpha / (double)aMax; |
| 5678 |
| 5679 if (this->red < rMax) |
| 5680 this->rede = this->redf * DBL_EPSILON; |
| 5681 else |
| 5682 this->rede = 0; |
| 5683 if (this->green < gMax) |
| 5684 this->greene = this->greenf * DBL_EPSILON; |
| 5685 else |
| 5686 this->greene = 0; |
| 5687 if (this->blue < bMax) |
| 5688 this->bluee = this->bluef * DBL_EPSILON; |
| 5689 else |
| 5690 this->bluee = 0; |
| 5691 if (this->alpha < aMax) |
| 5692 this->alphae = this->alphaf * DBL_EPSILON; |
| 5693 else |
| 5694 this->alphae = 0; |
| 5695 } |
| 5696 |
| 5697 /* Initialize the structure for the next pixel - call this before doing any |
| 5698 * transforms and call it for each pixel since all the fields may need to be |
| 5699 * reset. |
| 5700 */ |
| 5701 static void |
| 5702 image_pixel_init(image_pixel *this, png_const_bytep row, png_byte colour_type, |
| 5703 png_byte bit_depth, png_uint_32 x, store_palette palette, |
| 5704 const image_pixel *format /*from pngvalid transform of input*/) |
| 5705 { |
| 5706 const png_byte sample_depth = (png_byte)(colour_type == |
| 5707 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE ? 8 : bit_depth); |
| 5708 const unsigned int max = (1U<<sample_depth)-1; |
| 5709 const int swap16 = (format != 0 && format->swap16); |
| 5710 const int littleendian = (format != 0 && format->littleendian); |
| 5711 const int sig_bits = (format != 0 && format->sig_bits); |
| 5712 |
| 5713 /* Initially just set everything to the same number and the alpha to opaque. |
| 5714 * Note that this currently assumes a simple palette where entry x has colour |
| 5715 * rgb(x,x,x)! |
| 5716 */ |
| 5717 this->palette_index = this->red = this->green = this->blue = |
| 5718 sample(row, colour_type, bit_depth, x, 0, swap16, littleendian); |
| 5719 this->alpha = max; |
| 5720 this->red_sBIT = this->green_sBIT = this->blue_sBIT = this->alpha_sBIT = |
| 5721 sample_depth; |
| 5722 |
| 5723 /* Then override as appropriate: */ |
| 5724 if (colour_type == 3) /* palette */ |
| 5725 { |
| 5726 /* This permits the caller to default to the sample value. */ |
| 5727 if (palette != 0) |
| 5728 { |
| 5729 const unsigned int i = this->palette_index; |
| 5730 |
| 5731 this->red = palette[i].red; |
| 5732 this->green = palette[i].green; |
| 5733 this->blue = palette[i].blue; |
| 5734 this->alpha = palette[i].alpha; |
| 5735 } |
| 5736 } |
| 5737 |
| 5738 else /* not palette */ |
| 5739 { |
| 5740 unsigned int i = 0; |
| 5741 |
| 5742 if ((colour_type & 4) != 0 && format != 0 && format->alpha_first) |
| 5743 { |
| 5744 this->alpha = this->red; |
| 5745 /* This handles the gray case for 'AG' pixels */ |
| 5746 this->palette_index = this->red = this->green = this->blue = |
| 5747 sample(row, colour_type, bit_depth, x, 1, swap16, littleendian); |
| 5748 i = 1; |
| 5749 } |
| 5750 |
| 5751 if (colour_type & 2) |
| 5752 { |
| 5753 /* Green is second for both BGR and RGB: */ |
| 5754 this->green = sample(row, colour_type, bit_depth, x, ++i, swap16, |
| 5755 littleendian); |
| 5756 |
| 5757 if (format != 0 && format->swap_rgb) /* BGR */ |
| 5758 this->red = sample(row, colour_type, bit_depth, x, ++i, swap16, |
| 5759 littleendian); |
| 5760 else |
| 5761 this->blue = sample(row, colour_type, bit_depth, x, ++i, swap16, |
| 5762 littleendian); |
| 5763 } |
| 5764 |
| 5765 else /* grayscale */ if (format != 0 && format->mono_inverted) |
| 5766 this->red = this->green = this->blue = this->red ^ max; |
| 5767 |
| 5768 if ((colour_type & 4) != 0) /* alpha */ |
| 5769 { |
| 5770 if (format == 0 || !format->alpha_first) |
| 5771 this->alpha = sample(row, colour_type, bit_depth, x, ++i, swap16, |
| 5772 littleendian); |
| 5773 |
| 5774 if (format != 0 && format->alpha_inverted) |
| 5775 this->alpha ^= max; |
| 5776 } |
| 5777 } |
| 5778 |
| 5779 /* Calculate the scaled values, these are simply the values divided by |
| 5780 * 'max' and the error is initialized to the double precision epsilon value |
| 5781 * from the header file. |
| 5782 */ |
| 5783 image_pixel_setf(this, |
| 5784 sig_bits ? (1U << format->red_sBIT)-1 : max, |
| 5785 sig_bits ? (1U << format->green_sBIT)-1 : max, |
| 5786 sig_bits ? (1U << format->blue_sBIT)-1 : max, |
| 5787 sig_bits ? (1U << format->alpha_sBIT)-1 : max); |
| 5788 |
| 5789 /* Store the input information for use in the transforms - these will |
| 5790 * modify the information. |
| 5791 */ |
| 5792 this->colour_type = colour_type; |
| 5793 this->bit_depth = bit_depth; |
| 5794 this->sample_depth = sample_depth; |
| 5795 this->have_tRNS = 0; |
| 5796 this->swap_rgb = 0; |
| 5797 this->alpha_first = 0; |
| 5798 this->alpha_inverted = 0; |
| 5799 this->mono_inverted = 0; |
| 5800 this->swap16 = 0; |
| 5801 this->littleendian = 0; |
| 5802 this->sig_bits = 0; |
| 5803 } |
| 5804 |
| 5805 #if defined PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED || defined PNG_READ_GRAY_TO_RGB_SUPPORTED\ |
| 5806 || defined PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED || defined PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED\ |
| 5807 || defined PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED |
| 5808 /* Convert a palette image to an rgb image. This necessarily converts the tRNS |
| 5809 * chunk at the same time, because the tRNS will be in palette form. The way |
| 5810 * palette validation works means that the original palette is never updated, |
| 5811 * instead the image_pixel value from the row contains the RGB of the |
| 5812 * corresponding palette entry and *this* is updated. Consequently this routine |
| 5813 * only needs to change the colour type information. |
| 5814 */ |
| 5815 static void |
| 5816 image_pixel_convert_PLTE(image_pixel *this) |
| 5817 { |
| 5818 if (this->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 5819 { |
| 5820 if (this->have_tRNS) |
| 5821 { |
| 5822 this->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA; |
| 5823 this->have_tRNS = 0; |
| 5824 } |
| 5825 else |
| 5826 this->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB; |
| 5827 |
| 5828 /* The bit depth of the row changes at this point too (notice that this is |
| 5829 * the row format, not the sample depth, which is separate.) |
| 5830 */ |
| 5831 this->bit_depth = 8; |
| 5832 } |
| 5833 } |
| 5834 |
| 5835 /* Add an alpha channel; this will import the tRNS information because tRNS is |
| 5836 * not valid in an alpha image. The bit depth will invariably be set to at |
| 5837 * least 8 prior to 1.7.0. Palette images will be converted to alpha (using |
| 5838 * the above API). With png_set_background the alpha channel is never expanded |
| 5839 * but this routine is used by pngvalid to simplify code; 'for_background' |
| 5840 * records this. |
| 5841 */ |
| 5842 static void |
| 5843 image_pixel_add_alpha(image_pixel *this, const standard_display *display, |
| 5844 int for_background) |
| 5845 { |
| 5846 if (this->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 5847 image_pixel_convert_PLTE(this); |
| 5848 |
| 5849 if ((this->colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) == 0) |
| 5850 { |
| 5851 if (this->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) |
| 5852 { |
| 5853 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 5854 if (!for_background && this->bit_depth < 8) |
| 5855 this->bit_depth = this->sample_depth = 8; |
| 5856 # endif |
| 5857 |
| 5858 if (this->have_tRNS) |
| 5859 { |
| 5860 /* After 1.7 the expansion of bit depth only happens if there is a |
| 5861 * tRNS chunk to expand at this point. |
| 5862 */ |
| 5863 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10700 |
| 5864 if (!for_background && this->bit_depth < 8) |
| 5865 this->bit_depth = this->sample_depth = 8; |
| 5866 # endif |
| 5867 |
| 5868 this->have_tRNS = 0; |
| 5869 |
| 5870 /* Check the input, original, channel value here against the |
| 5871 * original tRNS gray chunk valie. |
| 5872 */ |
| 5873 if (this->red == display->transparent.red) |
| 5874 this->alphaf = 0; |
| 5875 else |
| 5876 this->alphaf = 1; |
| 5877 } |
| 5878 else |
| 5879 this->alphaf = 1; |
| 5880 |
| 5881 this->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA; |
| 5882 } |
| 5883 |
| 5884 else if (this->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB) |
| 5885 { |
| 5886 if (this->have_tRNS) |
| 5887 { |
| 5888 this->have_tRNS = 0; |
| 5889 |
| 5890 /* Again, check the exact input values, not the current transformed |
| 5891 * value! |
| 5892 */ |
| 5893 if (this->red == display->transparent.red && |
| 5894 this->green == display->transparent.green && |
| 5895 this->blue == display->transparent.blue) |
| 5896 this->alphaf = 0; |
| 5897 else |
| 5898 this->alphaf = 1; |
| 5899 } |
| 5900 else |
| 5901 this->alphaf = 1; |
| 5902 |
| 5903 this->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA; |
| 5904 } |
| 5905 |
| 5906 /* The error in the alpha is zero and the sBIT value comes from the |
| 5907 * original sBIT data (actually it will always be the original bit depth). |
| 5908 */ |
| 5909 this->alphae = 0; |
| 5910 this->alpha_sBIT = display->alpha_sBIT; |
| 5911 } |
| 5912 } |
| 5913 #endif /* transforms that need image_pixel_add_alpha */ |
| 5914 |
| 5915 struct transform_display; |
| 5916 typedef struct image_transform |
| 5917 { |
| 5918 /* The name of this transform: a string. */ |
| 5919 const char *name; |
| 5920 |
| 5921 /* Each transform can be disabled from the command line: */ |
| 5922 int enable; |
| 5923 |
| 5924 /* The global list of transforms; read only. */ |
| 5925 struct image_transform *const list; |
| 5926 |
| 5927 /* The global count of the number of times this transform has been set on an |
| 5928 * image. |
| 5929 */ |
| 5930 unsigned int global_use; |
| 5931 |
| 5932 /* The local count of the number of times this transform has been set. */ |
| 5933 unsigned int local_use; |
| 5934 |
| 5935 /* The next transform in the list, each transform must call its own next |
| 5936 * transform after it has processed the pixel successfully. |
| 5937 */ |
| 5938 const struct image_transform *next; |
| 5939 |
| 5940 /* A single transform for the image, expressed as a series of function |
| 5941 * callbacks and some space for values. |
| 5942 * |
| 5943 * First a callback to add any required modifications to the png_modifier; |
| 5944 * this gets called just before the modifier is set up for read. |
| 5945 */ |
| 5946 void (*ini)(const struct image_transform *this, |
| 5947 struct transform_display *that); |
| 5948 |
| 5949 /* And a callback to set the transform on the current png_read_struct: |
| 5950 */ |
| 5951 void (*set)(const struct image_transform *this, |
| 5952 struct transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi); |
| 5953 |
| 5954 /* Then a transform that takes an input pixel in one PNG format or another |
| 5955 * and modifies it by a pngvalid implementation of the transform (thus |
| 5956 * duplicating the libpng intent without, we hope, duplicating the bugs |
| 5957 * in the libpng implementation!) The png_structp is solely to allow error |
| 5958 * reporting via png_error and png_warning. |
| 5959 */ |
| 5960 void (*mod)(const struct image_transform *this, image_pixel *that, |
| 5961 png_const_structp pp, const struct transform_display *display); |
| 5962 |
| 5963 /* Add this transform to the list and return true if the transform is |
| 5964 * meaningful for this colour type and bit depth - if false then the |
| 5965 * transform should have no effect on the image so there's not a lot of |
| 5966 * point running it. |
| 5967 */ |
| 5968 int (*add)(struct image_transform *this, |
| 5969 const struct image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, |
| 5970 png_byte bit_depth); |
| 5971 } image_transform; |
| 5972 |
| 5973 typedef struct transform_display |
| 5974 { |
| 5975 standard_display this; |
| 5976 |
| 5977 /* Parameters */ |
| 5978 png_modifier* pm; |
| 5979 const image_transform* transform_list; |
| 5980 unsigned int max_gamma_8; |
| 5981 |
| 5982 /* Local variables */ |
| 5983 png_byte output_colour_type; |
| 5984 png_byte output_bit_depth; |
| 5985 png_byte unpacked; |
| 5986 |
| 5987 /* Modifications (not necessarily used.) */ |
| 5988 gama_modification gama_mod; |
| 5989 chrm_modification chrm_mod; |
| 5990 srgb_modification srgb_mod; |
| 5991 } transform_display; |
| 5992 |
| 5993 /* Set sRGB, cHRM and gAMA transforms as required by the current encoding. */ |
| 5994 static void |
| 5995 transform_set_encoding(transform_display *this) |
| 5996 { |
| 5997 /* Set up the png_modifier '_current' fields then use these to determine how |
| 5998 * to add appropriate chunks. |
| 5999 */ |
| 6000 png_modifier *pm = this->pm; |
| 6001 |
| 6002 modifier_set_encoding(pm); |
| 6003 |
| 6004 if (modifier_color_encoding_is_set(pm)) |
| 6005 { |
| 6006 if (modifier_color_encoding_is_sRGB(pm)) |
| 6007 srgb_modification_init(&this->srgb_mod, pm, PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE); |
| 6008 |
| 6009 else |
| 6010 { |
| 6011 /* Set gAMA and cHRM separately. */ |
| 6012 gama_modification_init(&this->gama_mod, pm, pm->current_gamma); |
| 6013 |
| 6014 if (pm->current_encoding != 0) |
| 6015 chrm_modification_init(&this->chrm_mod, pm, pm->current_encoding); |
| 6016 } |
| 6017 } |
| 6018 } |
| 6019 |
| 6020 /* Three functions to end the list: */ |
| 6021 static void |
| 6022 image_transform_ini_end(const image_transform *this, |
| 6023 transform_display *that) |
| 6024 { |
| 6025 UNUSED(this) |
| 6026 UNUSED(that) |
| 6027 } |
| 6028 |
| 6029 static void |
| 6030 image_transform_set_end(const image_transform *this, |
| 6031 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 6032 { |
| 6033 UNUSED(this) |
| 6034 UNUSED(that) |
| 6035 UNUSED(pp) |
| 6036 UNUSED(pi) |
| 6037 } |
| 6038 |
| 6039 /* At the end of the list recalculate the output image pixel value from the |
| 6040 * double precision values set up by the preceding 'mod' calls: |
| 6041 */ |
| 6042 static unsigned int |
| 6043 sample_scale(double sample_value, unsigned int scale) |
| 6044 { |
| 6045 sample_value = floor(sample_value * scale + .5); |
| 6046 |
| 6047 /* Return NaN as 0: */ |
| 6048 if (!(sample_value > 0)) |
| 6049 sample_value = 0; |
| 6050 else if (sample_value > scale) |
| 6051 sample_value = scale; |
| 6052 |
| 6053 return (unsigned int)sample_value; |
| 6054 } |
| 6055 |
| 6056 static void |
| 6057 image_transform_mod_end(const image_transform *this, image_pixel *that, |
| 6058 png_const_structp pp, const transform_display *display) |
| 6059 { |
| 6060 const unsigned int scale = (1U<<that->sample_depth)-1; |
| 6061 const int sig_bits = that->sig_bits; |
| 6062 |
| 6063 UNUSED(this) |
| 6064 UNUSED(pp) |
| 6065 UNUSED(display) |
| 6066 |
| 6067 /* At the end recalculate the digitized red green and blue values according |
| 6068 * to the current sample_depth of the pixel. |
| 6069 * |
| 6070 * The sample value is simply scaled to the maximum, checking for over |
| 6071 * and underflow (which can both happen for some image transforms, |
| 6072 * including simple size scaling, though libpng doesn't do that at present. |
| 6073 */ |
| 6074 that->red = sample_scale(that->redf, scale); |
| 6075 |
| 6076 /* This is a bit bogus; really the above calculation should use the red_sBIT |
| 6077 * value, not sample_depth, but because libpng does png_set_shift by just |
| 6078 * shifting the bits we get errors if we don't do it the same way. |
| 6079 */ |
| 6080 if (sig_bits && that->red_sBIT < that->sample_depth) |
| 6081 that->red >>= that->sample_depth - that->red_sBIT; |
| 6082 |
| 6083 /* The error value is increased, at the end, according to the lowest sBIT |
| 6084 * value seen. Common sense tells us that the intermediate integer |
| 6085 * representations are no more accurate than +/- 0.5 in the integral values, |
| 6086 * the sBIT allows the implementation to be worse than this. In addition the |
| 6087 * PNG specification actually permits any error within the range (-1..+1), |
| 6088 * but that is ignored here. Instead the final digitized value is compared, |
| 6089 * below to the digitized value of the error limits - this has the net effect |
| 6090 * of allowing (almost) +/-1 in the output value. It's difficult to see how |
| 6091 * any algorithm that digitizes intermediate results can be more accurate. |
| 6092 */ |
| 6093 that->rede += 1./(2*((1U<<that->red_sBIT)-1)); |
| 6094 |
| 6095 if (that->colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) |
| 6096 { |
| 6097 that->green = sample_scale(that->greenf, scale); |
| 6098 if (sig_bits && that->green_sBIT < that->sample_depth) |
| 6099 that->green >>= that->sample_depth - that->green_sBIT; |
| 6100 |
| 6101 that->blue = sample_scale(that->bluef, scale); |
| 6102 if (sig_bits && that->blue_sBIT < that->sample_depth) |
| 6103 that->blue >>= that->sample_depth - that->blue_sBIT; |
| 6104 |
| 6105 that->greene += 1./(2*((1U<<that->green_sBIT)-1)); |
| 6106 that->bluee += 1./(2*((1U<<that->blue_sBIT)-1)); |
| 6107 } |
| 6108 else |
| 6109 { |
| 6110 that->blue = that->green = that->red; |
| 6111 that->bluef = that->greenf = that->redf; |
| 6112 that->bluee = that->greene = that->rede; |
| 6113 } |
| 6114 |
| 6115 if ((that->colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) || |
| 6116 that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 6117 { |
| 6118 that->alpha = sample_scale(that->alphaf, scale); |
| 6119 that->alphae += 1./(2*((1U<<that->alpha_sBIT)-1)); |
| 6120 } |
| 6121 else |
| 6122 { |
| 6123 that->alpha = scale; /* opaque */ |
| 6124 that->alphaf = 1; /* Override this. */ |
| 6125 that->alphae = 0; /* It's exact ;-) */ |
| 6126 } |
| 6127 |
| 6128 if (sig_bits && that->alpha_sBIT < that->sample_depth) |
| 6129 that->alpha >>= that->sample_depth - that->alpha_sBIT; |
| 6130 } |
| 6131 |
| 6132 /* Static 'end' structure: */ |
| 6133 static image_transform image_transform_end = |
| 6134 { |
| 6135 "(end)", /* name */ |
| 6136 1, /* enable */ |
| 6137 0, /* list */ |
| 6138 0, /* global_use */ |
| 6139 0, /* local_use */ |
| 6140 0, /* next */ |
| 6141 image_transform_ini_end, |
| 6142 image_transform_set_end, |
| 6143 image_transform_mod_end, |
| 6144 0 /* never called, I want it to crash if it is! */ |
| 6145 }; |
| 6146 |
| 6147 /* Reader callbacks and implementations, where they differ from the standard |
| 6148 * ones. |
| 6149 */ |
| 6150 static void |
| 6151 transform_display_init(transform_display *dp, png_modifier *pm, png_uint_32 id, |
| 6152 const image_transform *transform_list) |
| 6153 { |
| 6154 memset(dp, 0, sizeof *dp); |
| 6155 |
| 6156 /* Standard fields */ |
| 6157 standard_display_init(&dp->this, &pm->this, id, do_read_interlace, |
| 6158 pm->use_update_info); |
| 6159 |
| 6160 /* Parameter fields */ |
| 6161 dp->pm = pm; |
| 6162 dp->transform_list = transform_list; |
| 6163 dp->max_gamma_8 = 16; |
| 6164 |
| 6165 /* Local variable fields */ |
| 6166 dp->output_colour_type = 255; /* invalid */ |
| 6167 dp->output_bit_depth = 255; /* invalid */ |
| 6168 dp->unpacked = 0; /* not unpacked */ |
| 6169 } |
| 6170 |
| 6171 static void |
| 6172 transform_info_imp(transform_display *dp, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 6173 { |
| 6174 /* Reuse the standard stuff as appropriate. */ |
| 6175 standard_info_part1(&dp->this, pp, pi); |
| 6176 |
| 6177 /* Now set the list of transforms. */ |
| 6178 dp->transform_list->set(dp->transform_list, dp, pp, pi); |
| 6179 |
| 6180 /* Update the info structure for these transforms: */ |
| 6181 { |
| 6182 int i = dp->this.use_update_info; |
| 6183 /* Always do one call, even if use_update_info is 0. */ |
| 6184 do |
| 6185 png_read_update_info(pp, pi); |
| 6186 while (--i > 0); |
| 6187 } |
| 6188 |
| 6189 /* And get the output information into the standard_display */ |
| 6190 standard_info_part2(&dp->this, pp, pi, 1/*images*/); |
| 6191 |
| 6192 /* Plus the extra stuff we need for the transform tests: */ |
| 6193 dp->output_colour_type = png_get_color_type(pp, pi); |
| 6194 dp->output_bit_depth = png_get_bit_depth(pp, pi); |
| 6195 |
| 6196 /* If png_set_filler is in action then fake the output color type to include |
| 6197 * an alpha channel where appropriate. |
| 6198 */ |
| 6199 if (dp->output_bit_depth >= 8 && |
| 6200 (dp->output_colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || |
| 6201 dp->output_colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) && dp->this.filler) |
| 6202 dp->output_colour_type |= 4; |
| 6203 |
| 6204 /* Validate the combination of colour type and bit depth that we are getting |
| 6205 * out of libpng; the semantics of something not in the PNG spec are, at |
| 6206 * best, unclear. |
| 6207 */ |
| 6208 switch (dp->output_colour_type) |
| 6209 { |
| 6210 case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE: |
| 6211 if (dp->output_bit_depth > 8) goto error; |
| 6212 /*FALL THROUGH*/ |
| 6213 case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY: |
| 6214 if (dp->output_bit_depth == 1 || dp->output_bit_depth == 2 || |
| 6215 dp->output_bit_depth == 4) |
| 6216 break; |
| 6217 /*FALL THROUGH*/ |
| 6218 default: |
| 6219 if (dp->output_bit_depth == 8 || dp->output_bit_depth == 16) |
| 6220 break; |
| 6221 /*FALL THROUGH*/ |
| 6222 error: |
| 6223 { |
| 6224 char message[128]; |
| 6225 size_t pos; |
| 6226 |
| 6227 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, 0, |
| 6228 "invalid final bit depth: colour type("); |
| 6229 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, dp->output_colour_type); |
| 6230 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, ") with bit depth: "); |
| 6231 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, dp->output_bit_depth); |
| 6232 |
| 6233 png_error(pp, message); |
| 6234 } |
| 6235 } |
| 6236 |
| 6237 /* Use a test pixel to check that the output agrees with what we expect - |
| 6238 * this avoids running the whole test if the output is unexpected. This also |
| 6239 * checks for internal errors. |
| 6240 */ |
| 6241 { |
| 6242 image_pixel test_pixel; |
| 6243 |
| 6244 memset(&test_pixel, 0, sizeof test_pixel); |
| 6245 test_pixel.colour_type = dp->this.colour_type; /* input */ |
| 6246 test_pixel.bit_depth = dp->this.bit_depth; |
| 6247 if (test_pixel.colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 6248 test_pixel.sample_depth = 8; |
| 6249 else |
| 6250 test_pixel.sample_depth = test_pixel.bit_depth; |
| 6251 /* Don't need sBIT here, but it must be set to non-zero to avoid |
| 6252 * arithmetic overflows. |
| 6253 */ |
| 6254 test_pixel.have_tRNS = dp->this.is_transparent != 0; |
| 6255 test_pixel.red_sBIT = test_pixel.green_sBIT = test_pixel.blue_sBIT = |
| 6256 test_pixel.alpha_sBIT = test_pixel.sample_depth; |
| 6257 |
| 6258 dp->transform_list->mod(dp->transform_list, &test_pixel, pp, dp); |
| 6259 |
| 6260 if (test_pixel.colour_type != dp->output_colour_type) |
| 6261 { |
| 6262 char message[128]; |
| 6263 size_t pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, 0, "colour type "); |
| 6264 |
| 6265 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, dp->output_colour_type); |
| 6266 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, " expected "); |
| 6267 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, test_pixel.colour_type); |
| 6268 |
| 6269 png_error(pp, message); |
| 6270 } |
| 6271 |
| 6272 if (test_pixel.bit_depth != dp->output_bit_depth) |
| 6273 { |
| 6274 char message[128]; |
| 6275 size_t pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, 0, "bit depth "); |
| 6276 |
| 6277 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, dp->output_bit_depth); |
| 6278 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, " expected "); |
| 6279 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, test_pixel.bit_depth); |
| 6280 |
| 6281 png_error(pp, message); |
| 6282 } |
| 6283 |
| 6284 /* If both bit depth and colour type are correct check the sample depth. |
| 6285 */ |
| 6286 if (test_pixel.colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE && |
| 6287 test_pixel.sample_depth != 8) /* oops - internal error! */ |
| 6288 png_error(pp, "pngvalid: internal: palette sample depth not 8"); |
| 6289 else if (dp->unpacked && test_pixel.bit_depth != 8) |
| 6290 png_error(pp, "pngvalid: internal: bad unpacked pixel depth"); |
| 6291 else if (!dp->unpacked && test_pixel.colour_type != PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE |
| 6292 && test_pixel.bit_depth != test_pixel.sample_depth) |
| 6293 { |
| 6294 char message[128]; |
| 6295 size_t pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, 0, |
| 6296 "internal: sample depth "); |
| 6297 |
| 6298 /* Because unless something has set 'unpacked' or the image is palette |
| 6299 * mapped we expect the transform to keep sample depth and bit depth |
| 6300 * the same. |
| 6301 */ |
| 6302 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, test_pixel.sample_depth); |
| 6303 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, " expected "); |
| 6304 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, test_pixel.bit_depth); |
| 6305 |
| 6306 png_error(pp, message); |
| 6307 } |
| 6308 else if (test_pixel.bit_depth != dp->output_bit_depth) |
| 6309 { |
| 6310 /* This could be a libpng error too; libpng has not produced what we |
| 6311 * expect for the output bit depth. |
| 6312 */ |
| 6313 char message[128]; |
| 6314 size_t pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, 0, |
| 6315 "internal: bit depth "); |
| 6316 |
| 6317 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, dp->output_bit_depth); |
| 6318 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, " expected "); |
| 6319 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, test_pixel.bit_depth); |
| 6320 |
| 6321 png_error(pp, message); |
| 6322 } |
| 6323 } |
| 6324 } |
| 6325 |
| 6326 static void PNGCBAPI |
| 6327 transform_info(png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 6328 { |
| 6329 transform_info_imp(voidcast(transform_display*, png_get_progressive_ptr(pp)), |
| 6330 pp, pi); |
| 6331 } |
| 6332 |
| 6333 static void |
| 6334 transform_range_check(png_const_structp pp, unsigned int r, unsigned int g, |
| 6335 unsigned int b, unsigned int a, unsigned int in_digitized, double in, |
| 6336 unsigned int out, png_byte sample_depth, double err, double limit, |
| 6337 const char *name, double digitization_error) |
| 6338 { |
| 6339 /* Compare the scaled, digitzed, values of our local calculation (in+-err) |
| 6340 * with the digitized values libpng produced; 'sample_depth' is the actual |
| 6341 * digitization depth of the libpng output colors (the bit depth except for |
| 6342 * palette images where it is always 8.) The check on 'err' is to detect |
| 6343 * internal errors in pngvalid itself. |
| 6344 */ |
| 6345 unsigned int max = (1U<<sample_depth)-1; |
| 6346 double in_min = ceil((in-err)*max - digitization_error); |
| 6347 double in_max = floor((in+err)*max + digitization_error); |
| 6348 if (debugonly(err > limit ||) !(out >= in_min && out <= in_max)) |
| 6349 { |
| 6350 char message[256]; |
| 6351 size_t pos; |
| 6352 |
| 6353 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, 0, name); |
| 6354 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, " output value error: rgba("); |
| 6355 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, r); |
| 6356 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, ","); |
| 6357 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, g); |
| 6358 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, ","); |
| 6359 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, b); |
| 6360 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, ","); |
| 6361 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, a); |
| 6362 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, "): "); |
| 6363 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, out); |
| 6364 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, " expected: "); |
| 6365 pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, in_digitized); |
| 6366 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, " ("); |
| 6367 pos = safecatd(message, sizeof message, pos, (in-err)*max, 3); |
| 6368 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, ".."); |
| 6369 pos = safecatd(message, sizeof message, pos, (in+err)*max, 3); |
| 6370 pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, ")"); |
| 6371 |
| 6372 png_error(pp, message); |
| 6373 } |
| 6374 |
| 6375 UNUSED(limit) |
| 6376 } |
| 6377 |
| 6378 static void |
| 6379 transform_image_validate(transform_display *dp, png_const_structp pp, |
| 6380 png_infop pi) |
| 6381 { |
| 6382 /* Constants for the loop below: */ |
| 6383 const png_store* const ps = dp->this.ps; |
| 6384 const png_byte in_ct = dp->this.colour_type; |
| 6385 const png_byte in_bd = dp->this.bit_depth; |
| 6386 const png_uint_32 w = dp->this.w; |
| 6387 const png_uint_32 h = dp->this.h; |
| 6388 const png_byte out_ct = dp->output_colour_type; |
| 6389 const png_byte out_bd = dp->output_bit_depth; |
| 6390 const png_byte sample_depth = (png_byte)(out_ct == |
| 6391 PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE ? 8 : out_bd); |
| 6392 const png_byte red_sBIT = dp->this.red_sBIT; |
| 6393 const png_byte green_sBIT = dp->this.green_sBIT; |
| 6394 const png_byte blue_sBIT = dp->this.blue_sBIT; |
| 6395 const png_byte alpha_sBIT = dp->this.alpha_sBIT; |
| 6396 const int have_tRNS = dp->this.is_transparent; |
| 6397 double digitization_error; |
| 6398 |
| 6399 store_palette out_palette; |
| 6400 png_uint_32 y; |
| 6401 |
| 6402 UNUSED(pi) |
| 6403 |
| 6404 /* Check for row overwrite errors */ |
| 6405 store_image_check(dp->this.ps, pp, 0); |
| 6406 |
| 6407 /* Read the palette corresponding to the output if the output colour type |
| 6408 * indicates a palette, othewise set out_palette to garbage. |
| 6409 */ |
| 6410 if (out_ct == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 6411 { |
| 6412 /* Validate that the palette count itself has not changed - this is not |
| 6413 * expected. |
| 6414 */ |
| 6415 int npalette = (-1); |
| 6416 |
| 6417 (void)read_palette(out_palette, &npalette, pp, pi); |
| 6418 if (npalette != dp->this.npalette) |
| 6419 png_error(pp, "unexpected change in palette size"); |
| 6420 |
| 6421 digitization_error = .5; |
| 6422 } |
| 6423 else |
| 6424 { |
| 6425 png_byte in_sample_depth; |
| 6426 |
| 6427 memset(out_palette, 0x5e, sizeof out_palette); |
| 6428 |
| 6429 /* use-input-precision means assume that if the input has 8 bit (or less) |
| 6430 * samples and the output has 16 bit samples the calculations will be done |
| 6431 * with 8 bit precision, not 16. |
| 6432 */ |
| 6433 if (in_ct == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE || in_bd < 16) |
| 6434 in_sample_depth = 8; |
| 6435 else |
| 6436 in_sample_depth = in_bd; |
| 6437 |
| 6438 if (sample_depth != 16 || in_sample_depth > 8 || |
| 6439 !dp->pm->calculations_use_input_precision) |
| 6440 digitization_error = .5; |
| 6441 |
| 6442 /* Else calculations are at 8 bit precision, and the output actually |
| 6443 * consists of scaled 8-bit values, so scale .5 in 8 bits to the 16 bits: |
| 6444 */ |
| 6445 else |
| 6446 digitization_error = .5 * 257; |
| 6447 } |
| 6448 |
| 6449 for (y=0; y<h; ++y) |
| 6450 { |
| 6451 png_const_bytep const pRow = store_image_row(ps, pp, 0, y); |
| 6452 png_uint_32 x; |
| 6453 |
| 6454 /* The original, standard, row pre-transforms. */ |
| 6455 png_byte std[STANDARD_ROWMAX]; |
| 6456 |
| 6457 transform_row(pp, std, in_ct, in_bd, y); |
| 6458 |
| 6459 /* Go through each original pixel transforming it and comparing with what |
| 6460 * libpng did to the same pixel. |
| 6461 */ |
| 6462 for (x=0; x<w; ++x) |
| 6463 { |
| 6464 image_pixel in_pixel, out_pixel; |
| 6465 unsigned int r, g, b, a; |
| 6466 |
| 6467 /* Find out what we think the pixel should be: */ |
| 6468 image_pixel_init(&in_pixel, std, in_ct, in_bd, x, dp->this.palette, |
| 6469 NULL); |
| 6470 |
| 6471 in_pixel.red_sBIT = red_sBIT; |
| 6472 in_pixel.green_sBIT = green_sBIT; |
| 6473 in_pixel.blue_sBIT = blue_sBIT; |
| 6474 in_pixel.alpha_sBIT = alpha_sBIT; |
| 6475 in_pixel.have_tRNS = have_tRNS != 0; |
| 6476 |
| 6477 /* For error detection, below. */ |
| 6478 r = in_pixel.red; |
| 6479 g = in_pixel.green; |
| 6480 b = in_pixel.blue; |
| 6481 a = in_pixel.alpha; |
| 6482 |
| 6483 /* This applies the transforms to the input data, including output |
| 6484 * format operations which must be used when reading the output |
| 6485 * pixel that libpng produces. |
| 6486 */ |
| 6487 dp->transform_list->mod(dp->transform_list, &in_pixel, pp, dp); |
| 6488 |
| 6489 /* Read the output pixel and compare it to what we got, we don't |
| 6490 * use the error field here, so no need to update sBIT. in_pixel |
| 6491 * says whether we expect libpng to change the output format. |
| 6492 */ |
| 6493 image_pixel_init(&out_pixel, pRow, out_ct, out_bd, x, out_palette, |
| 6494 &in_pixel); |
| 6495 |
| 6496 /* We don't expect changes to the index here even if the bit depth is |
| 6497 * changed. |
| 6498 */ |
| 6499 if (in_ct == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE && |
| 6500 out_ct == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 6501 { |
| 6502 if (in_pixel.palette_index != out_pixel.palette_index) |
| 6503 png_error(pp, "unexpected transformed palette index"); |
| 6504 } |
| 6505 |
| 6506 /* Check the colours for palette images too - in fact the palette could |
| 6507 * be separately verified itself in most cases. |
| 6508 */ |
| 6509 if (in_pixel.red != out_pixel.red) |
| 6510 transform_range_check(pp, r, g, b, a, in_pixel.red, in_pixel.redf, |
| 6511 out_pixel.red, sample_depth, in_pixel.rede, |
| 6512 dp->pm->limit + 1./(2*((1U<<in_pixel.red_sBIT)-1)), "red/gray", |
| 6513 digitization_error); |
| 6514 |
| 6515 if ((out_ct & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) != 0 && |
| 6516 in_pixel.green != out_pixel.green) |
| 6517 transform_range_check(pp, r, g, b, a, in_pixel.green, |
| 6518 in_pixel.greenf, out_pixel.green, sample_depth, in_pixel.greene, |
| 6519 dp->pm->limit + 1./(2*((1U<<in_pixel.green_sBIT)-1)), "green", |
| 6520 digitization_error); |
| 6521 |
| 6522 if ((out_ct & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) != 0 && |
| 6523 in_pixel.blue != out_pixel.blue) |
| 6524 transform_range_check(pp, r, g, b, a, in_pixel.blue, in_pixel.bluef, |
| 6525 out_pixel.blue, sample_depth, in_pixel.bluee, |
| 6526 dp->pm->limit + 1./(2*((1U<<in_pixel.blue_sBIT)-1)), "blue", |
| 6527 digitization_error); |
| 6528 |
| 6529 if ((out_ct & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) != 0 && |
| 6530 in_pixel.alpha != out_pixel.alpha) |
| 6531 transform_range_check(pp, r, g, b, a, in_pixel.alpha, |
| 6532 in_pixel.alphaf, out_pixel.alpha, sample_depth, in_pixel.alphae, |
| 6533 dp->pm->limit + 1./(2*((1U<<in_pixel.alpha_sBIT)-1)), "alpha", |
| 6534 digitization_error); |
| 6535 } /* pixel (x) loop */ |
| 6536 } /* row (y) loop */ |
| 6537 |
| 6538 /* Record that something was actually checked to avoid a false positive. */ |
| 6539 dp->this.ps->validated = 1; |
| 6540 } |
| 6541 |
| 6542 static void PNGCBAPI |
| 6543 transform_end(png_structp ppIn, png_infop pi) |
| 6544 { |
| 6545 png_const_structp pp = ppIn; |
| 6546 transform_display *dp = voidcast(transform_display*, |
| 6547 png_get_progressive_ptr(pp)); |
| 6548 |
| 6549 if (!dp->this.speed) |
| 6550 transform_image_validate(dp, pp, pi); |
| 6551 else |
| 6552 dp->this.ps->validated = 1; |
| 6553 } |
| 6554 |
| 6555 /* A single test run. */ |
| 6556 static void |
| 6557 transform_test(png_modifier *pmIn, const png_uint_32 idIn, |
| 6558 const image_transform* transform_listIn, const char * const name) |
| 6559 { |
| 6560 transform_display d; |
| 6561 context(&pmIn->this, fault); |
| 6562 |
| 6563 transform_display_init(&d, pmIn, idIn, transform_listIn); |
| 6564 |
| 6565 Try |
| 6566 { |
| 6567 size_t pos = 0; |
| 6568 png_structp pp; |
| 6569 png_infop pi; |
| 6570 char full_name[256]; |
| 6571 |
| 6572 /* Make sure the encoding fields are correct and enter the required |
| 6573 * modifications. |
| 6574 */ |
| 6575 transform_set_encoding(&d); |
| 6576 |
| 6577 /* Add any modifications required by the transform list. */ |
| 6578 d.transform_list->ini(d.transform_list, &d); |
| 6579 |
| 6580 /* Add the color space information, if any, to the name. */ |
| 6581 pos = safecat(full_name, sizeof full_name, pos, name); |
| 6582 pos = safecat_current_encoding(full_name, sizeof full_name, pos, d.pm); |
| 6583 |
| 6584 /* Get a png_struct for reading the image. */ |
| 6585 pp = set_modifier_for_read(d.pm, &pi, d.this.id, full_name); |
| 6586 standard_palette_init(&d.this); |
| 6587 |
| 6588 # if 0 |
| 6589 /* Logging (debugging only) */ |
| 6590 { |
| 6591 char buffer[256]; |
| 6592 |
| 6593 (void)store_message(&d.pm->this, pp, buffer, sizeof buffer, 0, |
| 6594 "running test"); |
| 6595 |
| 6596 fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buffer); |
| 6597 } |
| 6598 # endif |
| 6599 |
| 6600 /* Introduce the correct read function. */ |
| 6601 if (d.pm->this.progressive) |
| 6602 { |
| 6603 /* Share the row function with the standard implementation. */ |
| 6604 png_set_progressive_read_fn(pp, &d, transform_info, progressive_row, |
| 6605 transform_end); |
| 6606 |
| 6607 /* Now feed data into the reader until we reach the end: */ |
| 6608 modifier_progressive_read(d.pm, pp, pi); |
| 6609 } |
| 6610 else |
| 6611 { |
| 6612 /* modifier_read expects a png_modifier* */ |
| 6613 png_set_read_fn(pp, d.pm, modifier_read); |
| 6614 |
| 6615 /* Check the header values: */ |
| 6616 png_read_info(pp, pi); |
| 6617 |
| 6618 /* Process the 'info' requirements. Only one image is generated */ |
| 6619 transform_info_imp(&d, pp, pi); |
| 6620 |
| 6621 sequential_row(&d.this, pp, pi, -1, 0); |
| 6622 |
| 6623 if (!d.this.speed) |
| 6624 transform_image_validate(&d, pp, pi); |
| 6625 else |
| 6626 d.this.ps->validated = 1; |
| 6627 } |
| 6628 |
| 6629 modifier_reset(d.pm); |
| 6630 } |
| 6631 |
| 6632 Catch(fault) |
| 6633 { |
| 6634 modifier_reset(voidcast(png_modifier*,(void*)fault)); |
| 6635 } |
| 6636 } |
| 6637 |
| 6638 /* The transforms: */ |
| 6639 #define ITSTRUCT(name) image_transform_##name |
| 6640 #define ITDATA(name) image_transform_data_##name |
| 6641 #define image_transform_ini image_transform_default_ini |
| 6642 #define IT(name)\ |
| 6643 static image_transform ITSTRUCT(name) =\ |
| 6644 {\ |
| 6645 #name,\ |
| 6646 1, /*enable*/\ |
| 6647 &PT, /*list*/\ |
| 6648 0, /*global_use*/\ |
| 6649 0, /*local_use*/\ |
| 6650 0, /*next*/\ |
| 6651 image_transform_ini,\ |
| 6652 image_transform_png_set_##name##_set,\ |
| 6653 image_transform_png_set_##name##_mod,\ |
| 6654 image_transform_png_set_##name##_add\ |
| 6655 } |
| 6656 #define PT ITSTRUCT(end) /* stores the previous transform */ |
| 6657 |
| 6658 /* To save code: */ |
| 6659 extern void image_transform_default_ini(const image_transform *this, |
| 6660 transform_display *that); /* silence GCC warnings */ |
| 6661 |
| 6662 void /* private, but almost always needed */ |
| 6663 image_transform_default_ini(const image_transform *this, |
| 6664 transform_display *that) |
| 6665 { |
| 6666 this->next->ini(this->next, that); |
| 6667 } |
| 6668 |
| 6669 #ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED |
| 6670 static int |
| 6671 image_transform_default_add(image_transform *this, |
| 6672 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 6673 { |
| 6674 UNUSED(colour_type) |
| 6675 UNUSED(bit_depth) |
| 6676 |
| 6677 this->next = *that; |
| 6678 *that = this; |
| 6679 |
| 6680 return 1; |
| 6681 } |
| 6682 #endif |
| 6683 |
| 6684 #ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED |
| 6685 /* png_set_palette_to_rgb */ |
| 6686 static void |
| 6687 image_transform_png_set_palette_to_rgb_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 6688 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 6689 { |
| 6690 png_set_palette_to_rgb(pp); |
| 6691 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 6692 } |
| 6693 |
| 6694 static void |
| 6695 image_transform_png_set_palette_to_rgb_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 6696 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 6697 const transform_display *display) |
| 6698 { |
| 6699 if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 6700 image_pixel_convert_PLTE(that); |
| 6701 |
| 6702 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 6703 } |
| 6704 |
| 6705 static int |
| 6706 image_transform_png_set_palette_to_rgb_add(image_transform *this, |
| 6707 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 6708 { |
| 6709 UNUSED(bit_depth) |
| 6710 |
| 6711 this->next = *that; |
| 6712 *that = this; |
| 6713 |
| 6714 return colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE; |
| 6715 } |
| 6716 |
| 6717 IT(palette_to_rgb); |
| 6718 #undef PT |
| 6719 #define PT ITSTRUCT(palette_to_rgb) |
| 6720 #endif /* PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED */ |
| 6721 |
| 6722 #ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED |
| 6723 /* png_set_tRNS_to_alpha */ |
| 6724 static void |
| 6725 image_transform_png_set_tRNS_to_alpha_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 6726 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 6727 { |
| 6728 png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(pp); |
| 6729 |
| 6730 /* If there was a tRNS chunk that would get expanded and add an alpha |
| 6731 * channel is_transparent must be updated: |
| 6732 */ |
| 6733 if (that->this.has_tRNS) |
| 6734 that->this.is_transparent = 1; |
| 6735 |
| 6736 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 6737 } |
| 6738 |
| 6739 static void |
| 6740 image_transform_png_set_tRNS_to_alpha_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 6741 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 6742 const transform_display *display) |
| 6743 { |
| 6744 #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 6745 /* LIBPNG BUG: this always forces palette images to RGB. */ |
| 6746 if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 6747 image_pixel_convert_PLTE(that); |
| 6748 #endif |
| 6749 |
| 6750 /* This effectively does an 'expand' only if there is some transparency to |
| 6751 * convert to an alpha channel. |
| 6752 */ |
| 6753 if (that->have_tRNS) |
| 6754 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10700 |
| 6755 if (that->colour_type != PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE && |
| 6756 (that->colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) == 0) |
| 6757 # endif |
| 6758 image_pixel_add_alpha(that, &display->this, 0/*!for background*/); |
| 6759 |
| 6760 #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 6761 /* LIBPNG BUG: otherwise libpng still expands to 8 bits! */ |
| 6762 else |
| 6763 { |
| 6764 if (that->bit_depth < 8) |
| 6765 that->bit_depth =8; |
| 6766 if (that->sample_depth < 8) |
| 6767 that->sample_depth = 8; |
| 6768 } |
| 6769 #endif |
| 6770 |
| 6771 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 6772 } |
| 6773 |
| 6774 static int |
| 6775 image_transform_png_set_tRNS_to_alpha_add(image_transform *this, |
| 6776 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 6777 { |
| 6778 UNUSED(bit_depth) |
| 6779 |
| 6780 this->next = *that; |
| 6781 *that = this; |
| 6782 |
| 6783 /* We don't know yet whether there will be a tRNS chunk, but we know that |
| 6784 * this transformation should do nothing if there already is an alpha |
| 6785 * channel. In addition, after the bug fix in 1.7.0, there is no longer |
| 6786 * any action on a palette image. |
| 6787 */ |
| 6788 return |
| 6789 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10700 |
| 6790 colour_type != PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE && |
| 6791 # endif |
| 6792 (colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) == 0; |
| 6793 } |
| 6794 |
| 6795 IT(tRNS_to_alpha); |
| 6796 #undef PT |
| 6797 #define PT ITSTRUCT(tRNS_to_alpha) |
| 6798 #endif /* PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED */ |
| 6799 |
| 6800 #ifdef PNG_READ_GRAY_TO_RGB_SUPPORTED |
| 6801 /* png_set_gray_to_rgb */ |
| 6802 static void |
| 6803 image_transform_png_set_gray_to_rgb_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 6804 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 6805 { |
| 6806 png_set_gray_to_rgb(pp); |
| 6807 /* NOTE: this doesn't result in tRNS expansion. */ |
| 6808 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 6809 } |
| 6810 |
| 6811 static void |
| 6812 image_transform_png_set_gray_to_rgb_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 6813 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 6814 const transform_display *display) |
| 6815 { |
| 6816 /* NOTE: we can actually pend the tRNS processing at this point because we |
| 6817 * can correctly recognize the original pixel value even though we have |
| 6818 * mapped the one gray channel to the three RGB ones, but in fact libpng |
| 6819 * doesn't do this, so we don't either. |
| 6820 */ |
| 6821 if ((that->colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) == 0 && that->have_tRNS) |
| 6822 image_pixel_add_alpha(that, &display->this, 0/*!for background*/); |
| 6823 |
| 6824 /* Simply expand the bit depth and alter the colour type as required. */ |
| 6825 if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) |
| 6826 { |
| 6827 /* RGB images have a bit depth at least equal to '8' */ |
| 6828 if (that->bit_depth < 8) |
| 6829 that->sample_depth = that->bit_depth = 8; |
| 6830 |
| 6831 /* And just changing the colour type works here because the green and blue |
| 6832 * channels are being maintained in lock-step with the red/gray: |
| 6833 */ |
| 6834 that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB; |
| 6835 } |
| 6836 |
| 6837 else if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA) |
| 6838 that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA; |
| 6839 |
| 6840 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 6841 } |
| 6842 |
| 6843 static int |
| 6844 image_transform_png_set_gray_to_rgb_add(image_transform *this, |
| 6845 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 6846 { |
| 6847 UNUSED(bit_depth) |
| 6848 |
| 6849 this->next = *that; |
| 6850 *that = this; |
| 6851 |
| 6852 return (colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) == 0; |
| 6853 } |
| 6854 |
| 6855 IT(gray_to_rgb); |
| 6856 #undef PT |
| 6857 #define PT ITSTRUCT(gray_to_rgb) |
| 6858 #endif /* PNG_READ_GRAY_TO_RGB_SUPPORTED */ |
| 6859 |
| 6860 #ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED |
| 6861 /* png_set_expand */ |
| 6862 static void |
| 6863 image_transform_png_set_expand_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 6864 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 6865 { |
| 6866 png_set_expand(pp); |
| 6867 |
| 6868 if (that->this.has_tRNS) |
| 6869 that->this.is_transparent = 1; |
| 6870 |
| 6871 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 6872 } |
| 6873 |
| 6874 static void |
| 6875 image_transform_png_set_expand_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 6876 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 6877 const transform_display *display) |
| 6878 { |
| 6879 /* The general expand case depends on what the colour type is: */ |
| 6880 if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 6881 image_pixel_convert_PLTE(that); |
| 6882 else if (that->bit_depth < 8) /* grayscale */ |
| 6883 that->sample_depth = that->bit_depth = 8; |
| 6884 |
| 6885 if (that->have_tRNS) |
| 6886 image_pixel_add_alpha(that, &display->this, 0/*!for background*/); |
| 6887 |
| 6888 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 6889 } |
| 6890 |
| 6891 static int |
| 6892 image_transform_png_set_expand_add(image_transform *this, |
| 6893 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 6894 { |
| 6895 UNUSED(bit_depth) |
| 6896 |
| 6897 this->next = *that; |
| 6898 *that = this; |
| 6899 |
| 6900 /* 'expand' should do nothing for RGBA or GA input - no tRNS and the bit |
| 6901 * depth is at least 8 already. |
| 6902 */ |
| 6903 return (colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) == 0; |
| 6904 } |
| 6905 |
| 6906 IT(expand); |
| 6907 #undef PT |
| 6908 #define PT ITSTRUCT(expand) |
| 6909 #endif /* PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED */ |
| 6910 |
| 6911 #ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED |
| 6912 /* png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8 |
| 6913 * Pre 1.7.0 LIBPNG BUG: this just does an 'expand' |
| 6914 */ |
| 6915 static void |
| 6916 image_transform_png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8_set( |
| 6917 const image_transform *this, transform_display *that, png_structp pp, |
| 6918 png_infop pi) |
| 6919 { |
| 6920 png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(pp); |
| 6921 /* NOTE: don't expect this to expand tRNS */ |
| 6922 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 6923 } |
| 6924 |
| 6925 static void |
| 6926 image_transform_png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8_mod( |
| 6927 const image_transform *this, image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 6928 const transform_display *display) |
| 6929 { |
| 6930 #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 6931 image_transform_png_set_expand_mod(this, that, pp, display); |
| 6932 #else |
| 6933 /* Only expand grayscale of bit depth less than 8: */ |
| 6934 if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY && |
| 6935 that->bit_depth < 8) |
| 6936 that->sample_depth = that->bit_depth = 8; |
| 6937 |
| 6938 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 6939 #endif /* 1.7 or later */ |
| 6940 } |
| 6941 |
| 6942 static int |
| 6943 image_transform_png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8_add(image_transform *this, |
| 6944 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 6945 { |
| 6946 #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 6947 return image_transform_png_set_expand_add(this, that, colour_type, |
| 6948 bit_depth); |
| 6949 #else |
| 6950 UNUSED(bit_depth) |
| 6951 |
| 6952 this->next = *that; |
| 6953 *that = this; |
| 6954 |
| 6955 /* This should do nothing unless the color type is gray and the bit depth is |
| 6956 * less than 8: |
| 6957 */ |
| 6958 return colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY && bit_depth < 8; |
| 6959 #endif /* 1.7 or later */ |
| 6960 } |
| 6961 |
| 6962 IT(expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8); |
| 6963 #undef PT |
| 6964 #define PT ITSTRUCT(expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8) |
| 6965 #endif /* PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED */ |
| 6966 |
| 6967 #ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED |
| 6968 /* png_set_expand_16 */ |
| 6969 static void |
| 6970 image_transform_png_set_expand_16_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 6971 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 6972 { |
| 6973 png_set_expand_16(pp); |
| 6974 |
| 6975 /* NOTE: prior to 1.7 libpng does SET_EXPAND as well, so tRNS is expanded. */ |
| 6976 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 6977 if (that->this.has_tRNS) |
| 6978 that->this.is_transparent = 1; |
| 6979 # endif |
| 6980 |
| 6981 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 6982 } |
| 6983 |
| 6984 static void |
| 6985 image_transform_png_set_expand_16_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 6986 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 6987 const transform_display *display) |
| 6988 { |
| 6989 /* Expect expand_16 to expand everything to 16 bits as a result of also |
| 6990 * causing 'expand' to happen. |
| 6991 */ |
| 6992 if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 6993 image_pixel_convert_PLTE(that); |
| 6994 |
| 6995 if (that->have_tRNS) |
| 6996 image_pixel_add_alpha(that, &display->this, 0/*!for background*/); |
| 6997 |
| 6998 if (that->bit_depth < 16) |
| 6999 that->sample_depth = that->bit_depth = 16; |
| 7000 |
| 7001 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 7002 } |
| 7003 |
| 7004 static int |
| 7005 image_transform_png_set_expand_16_add(image_transform *this, |
| 7006 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 7007 { |
| 7008 UNUSED(colour_type) |
| 7009 |
| 7010 this->next = *that; |
| 7011 *that = this; |
| 7012 |
| 7013 /* expand_16 does something unless the bit depth is already 16. */ |
| 7014 return bit_depth < 16; |
| 7015 } |
| 7016 |
| 7017 IT(expand_16); |
| 7018 #undef PT |
| 7019 #define PT ITSTRUCT(expand_16) |
| 7020 #endif /* PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED */ |
| 7021 |
| 7022 #ifdef PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED /* API added in 1.5.4 */ |
| 7023 /* png_set_scale_16 */ |
| 7024 static void |
| 7025 image_transform_png_set_scale_16_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 7026 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 7027 { |
| 7028 png_set_scale_16(pp); |
| 7029 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 7030 /* libpng will limit the gamma table size: */ |
| 7031 that->max_gamma_8 = PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8; |
| 7032 # endif |
| 7033 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 7034 } |
| 7035 |
| 7036 static void |
| 7037 image_transform_png_set_scale_16_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 7038 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 7039 const transform_display *display) |
| 7040 { |
| 7041 if (that->bit_depth == 16) |
| 7042 { |
| 7043 that->sample_depth = that->bit_depth = 8; |
| 7044 if (that->red_sBIT > 8) that->red_sBIT = 8; |
| 7045 if (that->green_sBIT > 8) that->green_sBIT = 8; |
| 7046 if (that->blue_sBIT > 8) that->blue_sBIT = 8; |
| 7047 if (that->alpha_sBIT > 8) that->alpha_sBIT = 8; |
| 7048 } |
| 7049 |
| 7050 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 7051 } |
| 7052 |
| 7053 static int |
| 7054 image_transform_png_set_scale_16_add(image_transform *this, |
| 7055 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 7056 { |
| 7057 UNUSED(colour_type) |
| 7058 |
| 7059 this->next = *that; |
| 7060 *that = this; |
| 7061 |
| 7062 return bit_depth > 8; |
| 7063 } |
| 7064 |
| 7065 IT(scale_16); |
| 7066 #undef PT |
| 7067 #define PT ITSTRUCT(scale_16) |
| 7068 #endif /* PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED (1.5.4 on) */ |
| 7069 |
| 7070 #ifdef PNG_READ_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED /* the default before 1.5.4 */ |
| 7071 /* png_set_strip_16 */ |
| 7072 static void |
| 7073 image_transform_png_set_strip_16_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 7074 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 7075 { |
| 7076 png_set_strip_16(pp); |
| 7077 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 7078 /* libpng will limit the gamma table size: */ |
| 7079 that->max_gamma_8 = PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8; |
| 7080 # endif |
| 7081 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 7082 } |
| 7083 |
| 7084 static void |
| 7085 image_transform_png_set_strip_16_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 7086 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 7087 const transform_display *display) |
| 7088 { |
| 7089 if (that->bit_depth == 16) |
| 7090 { |
| 7091 that->sample_depth = that->bit_depth = 8; |
| 7092 if (that->red_sBIT > 8) that->red_sBIT = 8; |
| 7093 if (that->green_sBIT > 8) that->green_sBIT = 8; |
| 7094 if (that->blue_sBIT > 8) that->blue_sBIT = 8; |
| 7095 if (that->alpha_sBIT > 8) that->alpha_sBIT = 8; |
| 7096 |
| 7097 /* Prior to 1.5.4 png_set_strip_16 would use an 'accurate' method if this |
| 7098 * configuration option is set. From 1.5.4 the flag is never set and the |
| 7099 * 'scale' API (above) must be used. |
| 7100 */ |
| 7101 # ifdef PNG_READ_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED |
| 7102 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504 |
| 7103 # error PNG_READ_ACCURATE_SCALE should not be set |
| 7104 # endif |
| 7105 |
| 7106 /* The strip 16 algorithm drops the low 8 bits rather than calculating |
| 7107 * 1/257, so we need to adjust the permitted errors appropriately: |
| 7108 * Notice that this is only relevant prior to the addition of the |
| 7109 * png_set_scale_16 API in 1.5.4 (but 1.5.4+ always defines the above!) |
| 7110 */ |
| 7111 { |
| 7112 const double d = (255-128.5)/65535; |
| 7113 that->rede += d; |
| 7114 that->greene += d; |
| 7115 that->bluee += d; |
| 7116 that->alphae += d; |
| 7117 } |
| 7118 # endif |
| 7119 } |
| 7120 |
| 7121 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 7122 } |
| 7123 |
| 7124 static int |
| 7125 image_transform_png_set_strip_16_add(image_transform *this, |
| 7126 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 7127 { |
| 7128 UNUSED(colour_type) |
| 7129 |
| 7130 this->next = *that; |
| 7131 *that = this; |
| 7132 |
| 7133 return bit_depth > 8; |
| 7134 } |
| 7135 |
| 7136 IT(strip_16); |
| 7137 #undef PT |
| 7138 #define PT ITSTRUCT(strip_16) |
| 7139 #endif /* PNG_READ_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED */ |
| 7140 |
| 7141 #ifdef PNG_READ_STRIP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED |
| 7142 /* png_set_strip_alpha */ |
| 7143 static void |
| 7144 image_transform_png_set_strip_alpha_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 7145 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 7146 { |
| 7147 png_set_strip_alpha(pp); |
| 7148 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 7149 } |
| 7150 |
| 7151 static void |
| 7152 image_transform_png_set_strip_alpha_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 7153 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 7154 const transform_display *display) |
| 7155 { |
| 7156 if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA) |
| 7157 that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY; |
| 7158 else if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) |
| 7159 that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB; |
| 7160 |
| 7161 that->have_tRNS = 0; |
| 7162 that->alphaf = 1; |
| 7163 |
| 7164 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 7165 } |
| 7166 |
| 7167 static int |
| 7168 image_transform_png_set_strip_alpha_add(image_transform *this, |
| 7169 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 7170 { |
| 7171 UNUSED(bit_depth) |
| 7172 |
| 7173 this->next = *that; |
| 7174 *that = this; |
| 7175 |
| 7176 return (colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) != 0; |
| 7177 } |
| 7178 |
| 7179 IT(strip_alpha); |
| 7180 #undef PT |
| 7181 #define PT ITSTRUCT(strip_alpha) |
| 7182 #endif /* PNG_READ_STRIP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED */ |
| 7183 |
| 7184 #ifdef PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED |
| 7185 /* png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_structp, int err_action, double red, double green) |
| 7186 * png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed(png_structp, int err_action, png_fixed_point red, |
| 7187 * png_fixed_point green) |
| 7188 * png_get_rgb_to_gray_status |
| 7189 * |
| 7190 * The 'default' test here uses values known to be used inside libpng prior to |
| 7191 * 1.7.0: |
| 7192 * |
| 7193 * red: 6968 |
| 7194 * green: 23434 |
| 7195 * blue: 2366 |
| 7196 * |
| 7197 * These values are being retained for compatibility, along with the somewhat |
| 7198 * broken truncation calculation in the fast-and-inaccurate code path. Older |
| 7199 * versions of libpng will fail the accuracy tests below because they use the |
| 7200 * truncation algorithm everywhere. |
| 7201 */ |
| 7202 #define data ITDATA(rgb_to_gray) |
| 7203 static struct |
| 7204 { |
| 7205 double gamma; /* File gamma to use in processing */ |
| 7206 |
| 7207 /* The following are the parameters for png_set_rgb_to_gray: */ |
| 7208 # ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED |
| 7209 double red_to_set; |
| 7210 double green_to_set; |
| 7211 # else |
| 7212 png_fixed_point red_to_set; |
| 7213 png_fixed_point green_to_set; |
| 7214 # endif |
| 7215 |
| 7216 /* The actual coefficients: */ |
| 7217 double red_coefficient; |
| 7218 double green_coefficient; |
| 7219 double blue_coefficient; |
| 7220 |
| 7221 /* Set if the coeefficients have been overridden. */ |
| 7222 int coefficients_overridden; |
| 7223 } data; |
| 7224 |
| 7225 #undef image_transform_ini |
| 7226 #define image_transform_ini image_transform_png_set_rgb_to_gray_ini |
| 7227 static void |
| 7228 image_transform_png_set_rgb_to_gray_ini(const image_transform *this, |
| 7229 transform_display *that) |
| 7230 { |
| 7231 png_modifier *pm = that->pm; |
| 7232 const color_encoding *e = pm->current_encoding; |
| 7233 |
| 7234 UNUSED(this) |
| 7235 |
| 7236 /* Since we check the encoding this flag must be set: */ |
| 7237 pm->test_uses_encoding = 1; |
| 7238 |
| 7239 /* If 'e' is not NULL chromaticity information is present and either a cHRM |
| 7240 * or an sRGB chunk will be inserted. |
| 7241 */ |
| 7242 if (e != 0) |
| 7243 { |
| 7244 /* Coefficients come from the encoding, but may need to be normalized to a |
| 7245 * white point Y of 1.0 |
| 7246 */ |
| 7247 const double whiteY = e->red.Y + e->green.Y + e->blue.Y; |
| 7248 |
| 7249 data.red_coefficient = e->red.Y; |
| 7250 data.green_coefficient = e->green.Y; |
| 7251 data.blue_coefficient = e->blue.Y; |
| 7252 |
| 7253 if (whiteY != 1) |
| 7254 { |
| 7255 data.red_coefficient /= whiteY; |
| 7256 data.green_coefficient /= whiteY; |
| 7257 data.blue_coefficient /= whiteY; |
| 7258 } |
| 7259 } |
| 7260 |
| 7261 else |
| 7262 { |
| 7263 /* The default (built in) coeffcients, as above: */ |
| 7264 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 7265 data.red_coefficient = 6968 / 32768.; |
| 7266 data.green_coefficient = 23434 / 32768.; |
| 7267 data.blue_coefficient = 2366 / 32768.; |
| 7268 # else |
| 7269 data.red_coefficient = .2126; |
| 7270 data.green_coefficient = .7152; |
| 7271 data.blue_coefficient = .0722; |
| 7272 # endif |
| 7273 } |
| 7274 |
| 7275 data.gamma = pm->current_gamma; |
| 7276 |
| 7277 /* If not set then the calculations assume linear encoding (implicitly): */ |
| 7278 if (data.gamma == 0) |
| 7279 data.gamma = 1; |
| 7280 |
| 7281 /* The arguments to png_set_rgb_to_gray can override the coefficients implied |
| 7282 * by the color space encoding. If doing exhaustive checks do the override |
| 7283 * in each case, otherwise do it randomly. |
| 7284 */ |
| 7285 if (pm->test_exhaustive) |
| 7286 { |
| 7287 /* First time in coefficients_overridden is 0, the following sets it to 1, |
| 7288 * so repeat if it is set. If a test fails this may mean we subsequently |
| 7289 * skip a non-override test, ignore that. |
| 7290 */ |
| 7291 data.coefficients_overridden = !data.coefficients_overridden; |
| 7292 pm->repeat = data.coefficients_overridden != 0; |
| 7293 } |
| 7294 |
| 7295 else |
| 7296 data.coefficients_overridden = random_choice(); |
| 7297 |
| 7298 if (data.coefficients_overridden) |
| 7299 { |
| 7300 /* These values override the color encoding defaults, simply use random |
| 7301 * numbers. |
| 7302 */ |
| 7303 png_uint_32 ru; |
| 7304 double total; |
| 7305 |
| 7306 R32_1(ru); |
| 7307 data.green_coefficient = total = (ru & 0xffff) / 65535.; |
| 7308 ru >>= 16; |
| 7309 data.red_coefficient = (1 - total) * (ru & 0xffff) / 65535.; |
| 7310 total += data.red_coefficient; |
| 7311 data.blue_coefficient = 1 - total; |
| 7312 |
| 7313 # ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED |
| 7314 data.red_to_set = data.red_coefficient; |
| 7315 data.green_to_set = data.green_coefficient; |
| 7316 # else |
| 7317 data.red_to_set = fix(data.red_coefficient); |
| 7318 data.green_to_set = fix(data.green_coefficient); |
| 7319 # endif |
| 7320 |
| 7321 /* The following just changes the error messages: */ |
| 7322 pm->encoding_ignored = 1; |
| 7323 } |
| 7324 |
| 7325 else |
| 7326 { |
| 7327 data.red_to_set = -1; |
| 7328 data.green_to_set = -1; |
| 7329 } |
| 7330 |
| 7331 /* Adjust the error limit in the png_modifier because of the larger errors |
| 7332 * produced in the digitization during the gamma handling. |
| 7333 */ |
| 7334 if (data.gamma != 1) /* Use gamma tables */ |
| 7335 { |
| 7336 if (that->this.bit_depth == 16 || pm->assume_16_bit_calculations) |
| 7337 { |
| 7338 /* The computations have the form: |
| 7339 * |
| 7340 * r * rc + g * gc + b * bc |
| 7341 * |
| 7342 * Each component of which is +/-1/65535 from the gamma_to_1 table |
| 7343 * lookup, resulting in a base error of +/-6. The gamma_from_1 |
| 7344 * conversion adds another +/-2 in the 16-bit case and |
| 7345 * +/-(1<<(15-PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8)) in the 8-bit case. |
| 7346 */ |
| 7347 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 7348 if (that->this.bit_depth < 16) |
| 7349 that->max_gamma_8 = PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8; |
| 7350 # endif |
| 7351 that->pm->limit += pow( |
| 7352 (that->this.bit_depth == 16 || that->max_gamma_8 > 14 ? |
| 7353 8. : |
| 7354 6. + (1<<(15-that->max_gamma_8)) |
| 7355 )/65535, data.gamma); |
| 7356 } |
| 7357 |
| 7358 else |
| 7359 { |
| 7360 /* Rounding to 8 bits in the linear space causes massive errors which |
| 7361 * will trigger the error check in transform_range_check. Fix that |
| 7362 * here by taking the gamma encoding into account. |
| 7363 * |
| 7364 * When DIGITIZE is set because a pre-1.7 version of libpng is being |
| 7365 * tested allow a bigger slack. |
| 7366 * |
| 7367 * NOTE: this number only affects the internal limit check in pngvalid, |
| 7368 * it has no effect on the limits applied to the libpng values. |
| 7369 */ |
| 7370 that->pm->limit += pow( |
| 7371 # if DIGITIZE |
| 7372 2.0 |
| 7373 # else |
| 7374 1.0 |
| 7375 # endif |
| 7376 /255, data.gamma); |
| 7377 } |
| 7378 } |
| 7379 |
| 7380 else |
| 7381 { |
| 7382 /* With no gamma correction a large error comes from the truncation of the |
| 7383 * calculation in the 8 bit case, allow for that here. |
| 7384 */ |
| 7385 if (that->this.bit_depth != 16 && !pm->assume_16_bit_calculations) |
| 7386 that->pm->limit += 4E-3; |
| 7387 } |
| 7388 } |
| 7389 |
| 7390 static void |
| 7391 image_transform_png_set_rgb_to_gray_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 7392 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 7393 { |
| 7394 const int error_action = 1; /* no error, no defines in png.h */ |
| 7395 |
| 7396 # ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED |
| 7397 png_set_rgb_to_gray(pp, error_action, data.red_to_set, data.green_to_set); |
| 7398 # else |
| 7399 png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed(pp, error_action, data.red_to_set, |
| 7400 data.green_to_set); |
| 7401 # endif |
| 7402 |
| 7403 # ifdef PNG_READ_cHRM_SUPPORTED |
| 7404 if (that->pm->current_encoding != 0) |
| 7405 { |
| 7406 /* We have an encoding so a cHRM chunk may have been set; if so then |
| 7407 * check that the libpng APIs give the correct (X,Y,Z) values within |
| 7408 * some margin of error for the round trip through the chromaticity |
| 7409 * form. |
| 7410 */ |
| 7411 # ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED |
| 7412 # define API_function png_get_cHRM_XYZ |
| 7413 # define API_form "FP" |
| 7414 # define API_type double |
| 7415 # define API_cvt(x) (x) |
| 7416 # else |
| 7417 # define API_function png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed |
| 7418 # define API_form "fixed" |
| 7419 # define API_type png_fixed_point |
| 7420 # define API_cvt(x) ((double)(x)/PNG_FP_1) |
| 7421 # endif |
| 7422 |
| 7423 API_type rX, gX, bX; |
| 7424 API_type rY, gY, bY; |
| 7425 API_type rZ, gZ, bZ; |
| 7426 |
| 7427 if ((API_function(pp, pi, &rX, &rY, &rZ, &gX, &gY, &gZ, &bX, &bY, &bZ) |
| 7428 & PNG_INFO_cHRM) != 0) |
| 7429 { |
| 7430 double maxe; |
| 7431 const char *el; |
| 7432 color_encoding e, o; |
| 7433 |
| 7434 /* Expect libpng to return a normalized result, but the original |
| 7435 * color space encoding may not be normalized. |
| 7436 */ |
| 7437 modifier_current_encoding(that->pm, &o); |
| 7438 normalize_color_encoding(&o); |
| 7439 |
| 7440 /* Sanity check the pngvalid code - the coefficients should match |
| 7441 * the normalized Y values of the encoding unless they were |
| 7442 * overridden. |
| 7443 */ |
| 7444 if (data.red_to_set == -1 && data.green_to_set == -1 && |
| 7445 (fabs(o.red.Y - data.red_coefficient) > DBL_EPSILON || |
| 7446 fabs(o.green.Y - data.green_coefficient) > DBL_EPSILON || |
| 7447 fabs(o.blue.Y - data.blue_coefficient) > DBL_EPSILON)) |
| 7448 png_error(pp, "internal pngvalid cHRM coefficient error"); |
| 7449 |
| 7450 /* Generate a colour space encoding. */ |
| 7451 e.gamma = o.gamma; /* not used */ |
| 7452 e.red.X = API_cvt(rX); |
| 7453 e.red.Y = API_cvt(rY); |
| 7454 e.red.Z = API_cvt(rZ); |
| 7455 e.green.X = API_cvt(gX); |
| 7456 e.green.Y = API_cvt(gY); |
| 7457 e.green.Z = API_cvt(gZ); |
| 7458 e.blue.X = API_cvt(bX); |
| 7459 e.blue.Y = API_cvt(bY); |
| 7460 e.blue.Z = API_cvt(bZ); |
| 7461 |
| 7462 /* This should match the original one from the png_modifier, within |
| 7463 * the range permitted by the libpng fixed point representation. |
| 7464 */ |
| 7465 maxe = 0; |
| 7466 el = "-"; /* Set to element name with error */ |
| 7467 |
| 7468 # define CHECK(col,x)\ |
| 7469 {\ |
| 7470 double err = fabs(o.col.x - e.col.x);\ |
| 7471 if (err > maxe)\ |
| 7472 {\ |
| 7473 maxe = err;\ |
| 7474 el = #col "(" #x ")";\ |
| 7475 }\ |
| 7476 } |
| 7477 |
| 7478 CHECK(red,X) |
| 7479 CHECK(red,Y) |
| 7480 CHECK(red,Z) |
| 7481 CHECK(green,X) |
| 7482 CHECK(green,Y) |
| 7483 CHECK(green,Z) |
| 7484 CHECK(blue,X) |
| 7485 CHECK(blue,Y) |
| 7486 CHECK(blue,Z) |
| 7487 |
| 7488 /* Here in both fixed and floating cases to check the values read |
| 7489 * from the cHRm chunk. PNG uses fixed point in the cHRM chunk, so |
| 7490 * we can't expect better than +/-.5E-5 on the result, allow 1E-5. |
| 7491 */ |
| 7492 if (maxe >= 1E-5) |
| 7493 { |
| 7494 size_t pos = 0; |
| 7495 char buffer[256]; |
| 7496 |
| 7497 pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, API_form); |
| 7498 pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, " cHRM "); |
| 7499 pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, el); |
| 7500 pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, " error: "); |
| 7501 pos = safecatd(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, maxe, 7); |
| 7502 pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, " "); |
| 7503 /* Print the color space without the gamma value: */ |
| 7504 pos = safecat_color_encoding(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, &o, 0); |
| 7505 pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, " -> "); |
| 7506 pos = safecat_color_encoding(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, &e, 0); |
| 7507 |
| 7508 png_error(pp, buffer); |
| 7509 } |
| 7510 } |
| 7511 } |
| 7512 # endif /* READ_cHRM */ |
| 7513 |
| 7514 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 7515 } |
| 7516 |
| 7517 static void |
| 7518 image_transform_png_set_rgb_to_gray_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 7519 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 7520 const transform_display *display) |
| 7521 { |
| 7522 if ((that->colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) != 0) |
| 7523 { |
| 7524 double gray, err; |
| 7525 |
| 7526 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 7527 if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 7528 image_pixel_convert_PLTE(that); |
| 7529 # endif |
| 7530 |
| 7531 /* Image now has RGB channels... */ |
| 7532 # if DIGITIZE |
| 7533 { |
| 7534 png_modifier *pm = display->pm; |
| 7535 const unsigned int sample_depth = that->sample_depth; |
| 7536 const unsigned int calc_depth = (pm->assume_16_bit_calculations ? 16 : |
| 7537 sample_depth); |
| 7538 const unsigned int gamma_depth = |
| 7539 (sample_depth == 16 ? |
| 7540 display->max_gamma_8 : |
| 7541 (pm->assume_16_bit_calculations ? |
| 7542 display->max_gamma_8 : |
| 7543 sample_depth)); |
| 7544 int isgray; |
| 7545 double r, g, b; |
| 7546 double rlo, rhi, glo, ghi, blo, bhi, graylo, grayhi; |
| 7547 |
| 7548 /* Do this using interval arithmetic, otherwise it is too difficult to |
| 7549 * handle the errors correctly. |
| 7550 * |
| 7551 * To handle the gamma correction work out the upper and lower bounds |
| 7552 * of the digitized value. Assume rounding here - normally the values |
| 7553 * will be identical after this operation if there is only one |
| 7554 * transform, feel free to delete the png_error checks on this below in |
| 7555 * the future (this is just me trying to ensure it works!) |
| 7556 * |
| 7557 * Interval arithmetic is exact, but to implement it it must be |
| 7558 * possible to control the floating point implementation rounding mode. |
| 7559 * This cannot be done in ANSI-C, so instead I reduce the 'lo' values |
| 7560 * by DBL_EPSILON and increase the 'hi' values by the same. |
| 7561 */ |
| 7562 # define DD(v,d,r) (digitize(v*(1-DBL_EPSILON), d, r) * (1-DBL_EPSILON)) |
| 7563 # define DU(v,d,r) (digitize(v*(1+DBL_EPSILON), d, r) * (1+DBL_EPSILON)) |
| 7564 |
| 7565 r = rlo = rhi = that->redf; |
| 7566 rlo -= that->rede; |
| 7567 rlo = DD(rlo, calc_depth, 1/*round*/); |
| 7568 rhi += that->rede; |
| 7569 rhi = DU(rhi, calc_depth, 1/*round*/); |
| 7570 |
| 7571 g = glo = ghi = that->greenf; |
| 7572 glo -= that->greene; |
| 7573 glo = DD(glo, calc_depth, 1/*round*/); |
| 7574 ghi += that->greene; |
| 7575 ghi = DU(ghi, calc_depth, 1/*round*/); |
| 7576 |
| 7577 b = blo = bhi = that->bluef; |
| 7578 blo -= that->bluee; |
| 7579 blo = DD(blo, calc_depth, 1/*round*/); |
| 7580 bhi += that->bluee; |
| 7581 bhi = DU(bhi, calc_depth, 1/*round*/); |
| 7582 |
| 7583 isgray = r==g && g==b; |
| 7584 |
| 7585 if (data.gamma != 1) |
| 7586 { |
| 7587 const double power = 1/data.gamma; |
| 7588 const double abse = .5/(sample_depth == 16 ? 65535 : 255); |
| 7589 |
| 7590 /* If a gamma calculation is done it is done using lookup tables of |
| 7591 * precision gamma_depth, so the already digitized value above may |
| 7592 * need to be further digitized here. |
| 7593 */ |
| 7594 if (gamma_depth != calc_depth) |
| 7595 { |
| 7596 rlo = DD(rlo, gamma_depth, 0/*truncate*/); |
| 7597 rhi = DU(rhi, gamma_depth, 0/*truncate*/); |
| 7598 glo = DD(glo, gamma_depth, 0/*truncate*/); |
| 7599 ghi = DU(ghi, gamma_depth, 0/*truncate*/); |
| 7600 blo = DD(blo, gamma_depth, 0/*truncate*/); |
| 7601 bhi = DU(bhi, gamma_depth, 0/*truncate*/); |
| 7602 } |
| 7603 |
| 7604 /* 'abse' is the error in the gamma table calculation itself. */ |
| 7605 r = pow(r, power); |
| 7606 rlo = DD(pow(rlo, power)-abse, calc_depth, 1); |
| 7607 rhi = DU(pow(rhi, power)+abse, calc_depth, 1); |
| 7608 |
| 7609 g = pow(g, power); |
| 7610 glo = DD(pow(glo, power)-abse, calc_depth, 1); |
| 7611 ghi = DU(pow(ghi, power)+abse, calc_depth, 1); |
| 7612 |
| 7613 b = pow(b, power); |
| 7614 blo = DD(pow(blo, power)-abse, calc_depth, 1); |
| 7615 bhi = DU(pow(bhi, power)+abse, calc_depth, 1); |
| 7616 } |
| 7617 |
| 7618 /* Now calculate the actual gray values. Although the error in the |
| 7619 * coefficients depends on whether they were specified on the command |
| 7620 * line (in which case truncation to 15 bits happened) or not (rounding |
| 7621 * was used) the maxium error in an individual coefficient is always |
| 7622 * 2/32768, because even in the rounding case the requirement that |
| 7623 * coefficients add up to 32768 can cause a larger rounding error. |
| 7624 * |
| 7625 * The only time when rounding doesn't occur in 1.5.5 and later is when |
| 7626 * the non-gamma code path is used for less than 16 bit data. |
| 7627 */ |
| 7628 gray = r * data.red_coefficient + g * data.green_coefficient + |
| 7629 b * data.blue_coefficient; |
| 7630 |
| 7631 { |
| 7632 const int do_round = data.gamma != 1 || calc_depth == 16; |
| 7633 const double ce = 2. / 32768; |
| 7634 |
| 7635 graylo = DD(rlo * (data.red_coefficient-ce) + |
| 7636 glo * (data.green_coefficient-ce) + |
| 7637 blo * (data.blue_coefficient-ce), calc_depth, do_round); |
| 7638 if (graylo > gray) /* always accept the right answer */ |
| 7639 graylo = gray; |
| 7640 |
| 7641 grayhi = DU(rhi * (data.red_coefficient+ce) + |
| 7642 ghi * (data.green_coefficient+ce) + |
| 7643 bhi * (data.blue_coefficient+ce), calc_depth, do_round); |
| 7644 if (grayhi < gray) |
| 7645 grayhi = gray; |
| 7646 } |
| 7647 |
| 7648 /* And invert the gamma. */ |
| 7649 if (data.gamma != 1) |
| 7650 { |
| 7651 const double power = data.gamma; |
| 7652 |
| 7653 /* And this happens yet again, shifting the values once more. */ |
| 7654 if (gamma_depth != sample_depth) |
| 7655 { |
| 7656 rlo = DD(rlo, gamma_depth, 0/*truncate*/); |
| 7657 rhi = DU(rhi, gamma_depth, 0/*truncate*/); |
| 7658 glo = DD(glo, gamma_depth, 0/*truncate*/); |
| 7659 ghi = DU(ghi, gamma_depth, 0/*truncate*/); |
| 7660 blo = DD(blo, gamma_depth, 0/*truncate*/); |
| 7661 bhi = DU(bhi, gamma_depth, 0/*truncate*/); |
| 7662 } |
| 7663 |
| 7664 gray = pow(gray, power); |
| 7665 graylo = DD(pow(graylo, power), sample_depth, 1); |
| 7666 grayhi = DU(pow(grayhi, power), sample_depth, 1); |
| 7667 } |
| 7668 |
| 7669 # undef DD |
| 7670 # undef DU |
| 7671 |
| 7672 /* Now the error can be calculated. |
| 7673 * |
| 7674 * If r==g==b because there is no overall gamma correction libpng |
| 7675 * currently preserves the original value. |
| 7676 */ |
| 7677 if (isgray) |
| 7678 err = (that->rede + that->greene + that->bluee)/3; |
| 7679 |
| 7680 else |
| 7681 { |
| 7682 err = fabs(grayhi-gray); |
| 7683 |
| 7684 if (fabs(gray - graylo) > err) |
| 7685 err = fabs(graylo-gray); |
| 7686 |
| 7687 #if !RELEASE_BUILD |
| 7688 /* Check that this worked: */ |
| 7689 if (err > pm->limit) |
| 7690 { |
| 7691 size_t pos = 0; |
| 7692 char buffer[128]; |
| 7693 |
| 7694 pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, "rgb_to_gray error "); |
| 7695 pos = safecatd(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, err, 6); |
| 7696 pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, " exceeds limit "); |
| 7697 pos = safecatd(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, pm->limit, 6); |
| 7698 png_warning(pp, buffer); |
| 7699 pm->limit = err; |
| 7700 } |
| 7701 #endif /* !RELEASE_BUILD */ |
| 7702 } |
| 7703 } |
| 7704 # else /* !DIGITIZE */ |
| 7705 { |
| 7706 double r = that->redf; |
| 7707 double re = that->rede; |
| 7708 double g = that->greenf; |
| 7709 double ge = that->greene; |
| 7710 double b = that->bluef; |
| 7711 double be = that->bluee; |
| 7712 |
| 7713 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 7714 /* The true gray case involves no math in earlier versions (not |
| 7715 * true, there was some if gamma correction was happening too.) |
| 7716 */ |
| 7717 if (r == g && r == b) |
| 7718 { |
| 7719 gray = r; |
| 7720 err = re; |
| 7721 if (err < ge) err = ge; |
| 7722 if (err < be) err = be; |
| 7723 } |
| 7724 |
| 7725 else |
| 7726 # endif /* before 1.7 */ |
| 7727 if (data.gamma == 1) |
| 7728 { |
| 7729 /* There is no need to do the conversions to and from linear space, |
| 7730 * so the calculation should be a lot more accurate. There is a |
| 7731 * built in error in the coefficients because they only have 15 bits |
| 7732 * and are adjusted to make sure they add up to 32768. This |
| 7733 * involves a integer calculation with truncation of the form: |
| 7734 * |
| 7735 * ((int)(coefficient * 100000) * 32768)/100000 |
| 7736 * |
| 7737 * This is done to the red and green coefficients (the ones |
| 7738 * provided to the API) then blue is calculated from them so the |
| 7739 * result adds up to 32768. In the worst case this can result in |
| 7740 * a -1 error in red and green and a +2 error in blue. Consequently |
| 7741 * the worst case in the calculation below is 2/32768 error. |
| 7742 * |
| 7743 * TODO: consider fixing this in libpng by rounding the calculation |
| 7744 * limiting the error to 1/32768. |
| 7745 * |
| 7746 * Handling this by adding 2/32768 here avoids needing to increase |
| 7747 * the global error limits to take this into account.) |
| 7748 */ |
| 7749 gray = r * data.red_coefficient + g * data.green_coefficient + |
| 7750 b * data.blue_coefficient; |
| 7751 err = re * data.red_coefficient + ge * data.green_coefficient + |
| 7752 be * data.blue_coefficient + 2./32768 + gray * 5 * DBL_EPSILON; |
| 7753 } |
| 7754 |
| 7755 else |
| 7756 { |
| 7757 /* The calculation happens in linear space, and this produces much |
| 7758 * wider errors in the encoded space. These are handled here by |
| 7759 * factoring the errors in to the calculation. There are two table |
| 7760 * lookups in the calculation and each introduces a quantization |
| 7761 * error defined by the table size. |
| 7762 */ |
| 7763 png_modifier *pm = display->pm; |
| 7764 double in_qe = (that->sample_depth > 8 ? .5/65535 : .5/255); |
| 7765 double out_qe = (that->sample_depth > 8 ? .5/65535 : |
| 7766 (pm->assume_16_bit_calculations ? .5/(1<<display->max_gamma_8) : |
| 7767 .5/255)); |
| 7768 double rhi, ghi, bhi, grayhi; |
| 7769 double g1 = 1/data.gamma; |
| 7770 |
| 7771 rhi = r + re + in_qe; if (rhi > 1) rhi = 1; |
| 7772 r -= re + in_qe; if (r < 0) r = 0; |
| 7773 ghi = g + ge + in_qe; if (ghi > 1) ghi = 1; |
| 7774 g -= ge + in_qe; if (g < 0) g = 0; |
| 7775 bhi = b + be + in_qe; if (bhi > 1) bhi = 1; |
| 7776 b -= be + in_qe; if (b < 0) b = 0; |
| 7777 |
| 7778 r = pow(r, g1)*(1-DBL_EPSILON); rhi = pow(rhi, g1)*(1+DBL_EPSILON); |
| 7779 g = pow(g, g1)*(1-DBL_EPSILON); ghi = pow(ghi, g1)*(1+DBL_EPSILON); |
| 7780 b = pow(b, g1)*(1-DBL_EPSILON); bhi = pow(bhi, g1)*(1+DBL_EPSILON); |
| 7781 |
| 7782 /* Work out the lower and upper bounds for the gray value in the |
| 7783 * encoded space, then work out an average and error. Remove the |
| 7784 * previously added input quantization error at this point. |
| 7785 */ |
| 7786 gray = r * data.red_coefficient + g * data.green_coefficient + |
| 7787 b * data.blue_coefficient - 2./32768 - out_qe; |
| 7788 if (gray <= 0) |
| 7789 gray = 0; |
| 7790 else |
| 7791 { |
| 7792 gray *= (1 - 6 * DBL_EPSILON); |
| 7793 gray = pow(gray, data.gamma) * (1-DBL_EPSILON); |
| 7794 } |
| 7795 |
| 7796 grayhi = rhi * data.red_coefficient + ghi * data.green_coefficient + |
| 7797 bhi * data.blue_coefficient + 2./32768 + out_qe; |
| 7798 grayhi *= (1 + 6 * DBL_EPSILON); |
| 7799 if (grayhi >= 1) |
| 7800 grayhi = 1; |
| 7801 else |
| 7802 grayhi = pow(grayhi, data.gamma) * (1+DBL_EPSILON); |
| 7803 |
| 7804 err = (grayhi - gray) / 2; |
| 7805 gray = (grayhi + gray) / 2; |
| 7806 |
| 7807 if (err <= in_qe) |
| 7808 err = gray * DBL_EPSILON; |
| 7809 |
| 7810 else |
| 7811 err -= in_qe; |
| 7812 |
| 7813 #if !RELEASE_BUILD |
| 7814 /* Validate that the error is within limits (this has caused |
| 7815 * problems before, it's much easier to detect them here.) |
| 7816 */ |
| 7817 if (err > pm->limit) |
| 7818 { |
| 7819 size_t pos = 0; |
| 7820 char buffer[128]; |
| 7821 |
| 7822 pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, "rgb_to_gray error "); |
| 7823 pos = safecatd(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, err, 6); |
| 7824 pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, " exceeds limit "); |
| 7825 pos = safecatd(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, pm->limit, 6); |
| 7826 png_warning(pp, buffer); |
| 7827 pm->limit = err; |
| 7828 } |
| 7829 #endif /* !RELEASE_BUILD */ |
| 7830 } |
| 7831 } |
| 7832 # endif /* !DIGITIZE */ |
| 7833 |
| 7834 that->bluef = that->greenf = that->redf = gray; |
| 7835 that->bluee = that->greene = that->rede = err; |
| 7836 |
| 7837 /* The sBIT is the minium of the three colour channel sBITs. */ |
| 7838 if (that->red_sBIT > that->green_sBIT) |
| 7839 that->red_sBIT = that->green_sBIT; |
| 7840 if (that->red_sBIT > that->blue_sBIT) |
| 7841 that->red_sBIT = that->blue_sBIT; |
| 7842 that->blue_sBIT = that->green_sBIT = that->red_sBIT; |
| 7843 |
| 7844 /* And remove the colour bit in the type: */ |
| 7845 if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB) |
| 7846 that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY; |
| 7847 else if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) |
| 7848 that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA; |
| 7849 } |
| 7850 |
| 7851 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 7852 } |
| 7853 |
| 7854 static int |
| 7855 image_transform_png_set_rgb_to_gray_add(image_transform *this, |
| 7856 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 7857 { |
| 7858 UNUSED(bit_depth) |
| 7859 |
| 7860 this->next = *that; |
| 7861 *that = this; |
| 7862 |
| 7863 return (colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) != 0; |
| 7864 } |
| 7865 |
| 7866 #undef data |
| 7867 IT(rgb_to_gray); |
| 7868 #undef PT |
| 7869 #define PT ITSTRUCT(rgb_to_gray) |
| 7870 #undef image_transform_ini |
| 7871 #define image_transform_ini image_transform_default_ini |
| 7872 #endif /* PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED */ |
| 7873 |
| 7874 #ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED |
| 7875 /* png_set_background(png_structp, png_const_color_16p background_color, |
| 7876 * int background_gamma_code, int need_expand, double background_gamma) |
| 7877 * png_set_background_fixed(png_structp, png_const_color_16p background_color, |
| 7878 * int background_gamma_code, int need_expand, |
| 7879 * png_fixed_point background_gamma) |
| 7880 * |
| 7881 * This ignores the gamma (at present.) |
| 7882 */ |
| 7883 #define data ITDATA(background) |
| 7884 static image_pixel data; |
| 7885 |
| 7886 static void |
| 7887 image_transform_png_set_background_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 7888 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 7889 { |
| 7890 png_byte colour_type, bit_depth; |
| 7891 png_byte random_bytes[8]; /* 8 bytes - 64 bits - the biggest pixel */ |
| 7892 int expand; |
| 7893 png_color_16 back; |
| 7894 |
| 7895 /* We need a background colour, because we don't know exactly what transforms |
| 7896 * have been set we have to supply the colour in the original file format and |
| 7897 * so we need to know what that is! The background colour is stored in the |
| 7898 * transform_display. |
| 7899 */ |
| 7900 R8(random_bytes); |
| 7901 |
| 7902 /* Read the random value, for colour type 3 the background colour is actually |
| 7903 * expressed as a 24bit rgb, not an index. |
| 7904 */ |
| 7905 colour_type = that->this.colour_type; |
| 7906 if (colour_type == 3) |
| 7907 { |
| 7908 colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB; |
| 7909 bit_depth = 8; |
| 7910 expand = 0; /* passing in an RGB not a pixel index */ |
| 7911 } |
| 7912 |
| 7913 else |
| 7914 { |
| 7915 if (that->this.has_tRNS) |
| 7916 that->this.is_transparent = 1; |
| 7917 |
| 7918 bit_depth = that->this.bit_depth; |
| 7919 expand = 1; |
| 7920 } |
| 7921 |
| 7922 image_pixel_init(&data, random_bytes, colour_type, |
| 7923 bit_depth, 0/*x*/, 0/*unused: palette*/, NULL/*format*/); |
| 7924 |
| 7925 /* Extract the background colour from this image_pixel, but make sure the |
| 7926 * unused fields of 'back' are garbage. |
| 7927 */ |
| 7928 R8(back); |
| 7929 |
| 7930 if (colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) |
| 7931 { |
| 7932 back.red = (png_uint_16)data.red; |
| 7933 back.green = (png_uint_16)data.green; |
| 7934 back.blue = (png_uint_16)data.blue; |
| 7935 } |
| 7936 |
| 7937 else |
| 7938 back.gray = (png_uint_16)data.red; |
| 7939 |
| 7940 #ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED |
| 7941 png_set_background(pp, &back, PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE, expand, 0); |
| 7942 #else |
| 7943 png_set_background_fixed(pp, &back, PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE, expand, 0); |
| 7944 #endif |
| 7945 |
| 7946 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 7947 } |
| 7948 |
| 7949 static void |
| 7950 image_transform_png_set_background_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 7951 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 7952 const transform_display *display) |
| 7953 { |
| 7954 /* Check for tRNS first: */ |
| 7955 if (that->have_tRNS && that->colour_type != PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 7956 image_pixel_add_alpha(that, &display->this, 1/*for background*/); |
| 7957 |
| 7958 /* This is only necessary if the alpha value is less than 1. */ |
| 7959 if (that->alphaf < 1) |
| 7960 { |
| 7961 /* Now we do the background calculation without any gamma correction. */ |
| 7962 if (that->alphaf <= 0) |
| 7963 { |
| 7964 that->redf = data.redf; |
| 7965 that->greenf = data.greenf; |
| 7966 that->bluef = data.bluef; |
| 7967 |
| 7968 that->rede = data.rede; |
| 7969 that->greene = data.greene; |
| 7970 that->bluee = data.bluee; |
| 7971 |
| 7972 that->red_sBIT= data.red_sBIT; |
| 7973 that->green_sBIT= data.green_sBIT; |
| 7974 that->blue_sBIT= data.blue_sBIT; |
| 7975 } |
| 7976 |
| 7977 else /* 0 < alpha < 1 */ |
| 7978 { |
| 7979 double alf = 1 - that->alphaf; |
| 7980 |
| 7981 that->redf = that->redf * that->alphaf + data.redf * alf; |
| 7982 that->rede = that->rede * that->alphaf + data.rede * alf + |
| 7983 DBL_EPSILON; |
| 7984 that->greenf = that->greenf * that->alphaf + data.greenf * alf; |
| 7985 that->greene = that->greene * that->alphaf + data.greene * alf + |
| 7986 DBL_EPSILON; |
| 7987 that->bluef = that->bluef * that->alphaf + data.bluef * alf; |
| 7988 that->bluee = that->bluee * that->alphaf + data.bluee * alf + |
| 7989 DBL_EPSILON; |
| 7990 } |
| 7991 |
| 7992 /* Remove the alpha type and set the alpha (not in that order.) */ |
| 7993 that->alphaf = 1; |
| 7994 that->alphae = 0; |
| 7995 } |
| 7996 |
| 7997 if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) |
| 7998 that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB; |
| 7999 else if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA) |
| 8000 that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY; |
| 8001 /* PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE is not changed */ |
| 8002 |
| 8003 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 8004 } |
| 8005 |
| 8006 #define image_transform_png_set_background_add image_transform_default_add |
| 8007 |
| 8008 #undef data |
| 8009 IT(background); |
| 8010 #undef PT |
| 8011 #define PT ITSTRUCT(background) |
| 8012 #endif /* PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED */ |
| 8013 |
| 8014 /* png_set_quantize(png_structp, png_colorp palette, int num_palette, |
| 8015 * int maximum_colors, png_const_uint_16p histogram, int full_quantize) |
| 8016 * |
| 8017 * Very difficult to validate this! |
| 8018 */ |
| 8019 /*NOTE: TBD NYI */ |
| 8020 |
| 8021 /* The data layout transforms are handled by swapping our own channel data, |
| 8022 * necessarily these need to happen at the end of the transform list because the |
| 8023 * semantic of the channels changes after these are executed. Some of these, |
| 8024 * like set_shift and set_packing, can't be done at present because they change |
| 8025 * the layout of the data at the sub-sample level so sample() won't get the |
| 8026 * right answer. |
| 8027 */ |
| 8028 /* png_set_invert_alpha */ |
| 8029 #ifdef PNG_READ_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED |
| 8030 /* Invert the alpha channel |
| 8031 * |
| 8032 * png_set_invert_alpha(png_structrp png_ptr) |
| 8033 */ |
| 8034 static void |
| 8035 image_transform_png_set_invert_alpha_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 8036 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 8037 { |
| 8038 png_set_invert_alpha(pp); |
| 8039 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 8040 } |
| 8041 |
| 8042 static void |
| 8043 image_transform_png_set_invert_alpha_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 8044 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 8045 const transform_display *display) |
| 8046 { |
| 8047 if (that->colour_type & 4) |
| 8048 that->alpha_inverted = 1; |
| 8049 |
| 8050 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 8051 } |
| 8052 |
| 8053 static int |
| 8054 image_transform_png_set_invert_alpha_add(image_transform *this, |
| 8055 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 8056 { |
| 8057 UNUSED(bit_depth) |
| 8058 |
| 8059 this->next = *that; |
| 8060 *that = this; |
| 8061 |
| 8062 /* Only has an effect on pixels with alpha: */ |
| 8063 return (colour_type & 4) != 0; |
| 8064 } |
| 8065 |
| 8066 IT(invert_alpha); |
| 8067 #undef PT |
| 8068 #define PT ITSTRUCT(invert_alpha) |
| 8069 |
| 8070 #endif /* PNG_READ_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED */ |
| 8071 |
| 8072 /* png_set_bgr */ |
| 8073 #ifdef PNG_READ_BGR_SUPPORTED |
| 8074 /* Swap R,G,B channels to order B,G,R. |
| 8075 * |
| 8076 * png_set_bgr(png_structrp png_ptr) |
| 8077 * |
| 8078 * This only has an effect on RGB and RGBA pixels. |
| 8079 */ |
| 8080 static void |
| 8081 image_transform_png_set_bgr_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 8082 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 8083 { |
| 8084 png_set_bgr(pp); |
| 8085 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 8086 } |
| 8087 |
| 8088 static void |
| 8089 image_transform_png_set_bgr_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 8090 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 8091 const transform_display *display) |
| 8092 { |
| 8093 if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || |
| 8094 that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGBA) |
| 8095 that->swap_rgb = 1; |
| 8096 |
| 8097 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 8098 } |
| 8099 |
| 8100 static int |
| 8101 image_transform_png_set_bgr_add(image_transform *this, |
| 8102 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 8103 { |
| 8104 UNUSED(bit_depth) |
| 8105 |
| 8106 this->next = *that; |
| 8107 *that = this; |
| 8108 |
| 8109 return colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || |
| 8110 colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGBA; |
| 8111 } |
| 8112 |
| 8113 IT(bgr); |
| 8114 #undef PT |
| 8115 #define PT ITSTRUCT(bgr) |
| 8116 |
| 8117 #endif /* PNG_READ_BGR_SUPPORTED */ |
| 8118 |
| 8119 /* png_set_swap_alpha */ |
| 8120 #ifdef PNG_READ_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED |
| 8121 /* Put the alpha channel first. |
| 8122 * |
| 8123 * png_set_swap_alpha(png_structrp png_ptr) |
| 8124 * |
| 8125 * This only has an effect on GA and RGBA pixels. |
| 8126 */ |
| 8127 static void |
| 8128 image_transform_png_set_swap_alpha_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 8129 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 8130 { |
| 8131 png_set_swap_alpha(pp); |
| 8132 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 8133 } |
| 8134 |
| 8135 static void |
| 8136 image_transform_png_set_swap_alpha_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 8137 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 8138 const transform_display *display) |
| 8139 { |
| 8140 if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GA || |
| 8141 that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGBA) |
| 8142 that->alpha_first = 1; |
| 8143 |
| 8144 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 8145 } |
| 8146 |
| 8147 static int |
| 8148 image_transform_png_set_swap_alpha_add(image_transform *this, |
| 8149 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 8150 { |
| 8151 UNUSED(bit_depth) |
| 8152 |
| 8153 this->next = *that; |
| 8154 *that = this; |
| 8155 |
| 8156 return colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GA || |
| 8157 colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGBA; |
| 8158 } |
| 8159 |
| 8160 IT(swap_alpha); |
| 8161 #undef PT |
| 8162 #define PT ITSTRUCT(swap_alpha) |
| 8163 |
| 8164 #endif /* PNG_READ_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED */ |
| 8165 |
| 8166 /* png_set_swap */ |
| 8167 #ifdef PNG_READ_SWAP_SUPPORTED |
| 8168 /* Byte swap 16-bit components. |
| 8169 * |
| 8170 * png_set_swap(png_structrp png_ptr) |
| 8171 */ |
| 8172 static void |
| 8173 image_transform_png_set_swap_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 8174 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 8175 { |
| 8176 png_set_swap(pp); |
| 8177 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 8178 } |
| 8179 |
| 8180 static void |
| 8181 image_transform_png_set_swap_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 8182 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 8183 const transform_display *display) |
| 8184 { |
| 8185 if (that->bit_depth == 16) |
| 8186 that->swap16 = 1; |
| 8187 |
| 8188 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 8189 } |
| 8190 |
| 8191 static int |
| 8192 image_transform_png_set_swap_add(image_transform *this, |
| 8193 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 8194 { |
| 8195 UNUSED(colour_type) |
| 8196 |
| 8197 this->next = *that; |
| 8198 *that = this; |
| 8199 |
| 8200 return bit_depth == 16; |
| 8201 } |
| 8202 |
| 8203 IT(swap); |
| 8204 #undef PT |
| 8205 #define PT ITSTRUCT(swap) |
| 8206 |
| 8207 #endif /* PNG_READ_SWAP_SUPPORTED */ |
| 8208 |
| 8209 #ifdef PNG_READ_FILLER_SUPPORTED |
| 8210 /* Add a filler byte to 8-bit Gray or 24-bit RGB images. |
| 8211 * |
| 8212 * png_set_filler, (png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 filler, int flags)); |
| 8213 * |
| 8214 * Flags: |
| 8215 * |
| 8216 * PNG_FILLER_BEFORE |
| 8217 * PNG_FILLER_AFTER |
| 8218 */ |
| 8219 #define data ITDATA(filler) |
| 8220 static struct |
| 8221 { |
| 8222 png_uint_32 filler; |
| 8223 int flags; |
| 8224 } data; |
| 8225 |
| 8226 static void |
| 8227 image_transform_png_set_filler_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 8228 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 8229 { |
| 8230 /* Need a random choice for 'before' and 'after' as well as for the |
| 8231 * filler. The 'filler' value has all 32 bits set, but only bit_depth |
| 8232 * will be used. At this point we don't know bit_depth. |
| 8233 */ |
| 8234 R32(data.filler); |
| 8235 data.flags = random_choice(); |
| 8236 |
| 8237 png_set_filler(pp, data.filler, data.flags); |
| 8238 |
| 8239 /* The standard display handling stuff also needs to know that |
| 8240 * there is a filler, so set that here. |
| 8241 */ |
| 8242 that->this.filler = 1; |
| 8243 |
| 8244 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 8245 } |
| 8246 |
| 8247 static void |
| 8248 image_transform_png_set_filler_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 8249 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 8250 const transform_display *display) |
| 8251 { |
| 8252 if (that->bit_depth >= 8 && |
| 8253 (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || |
| 8254 that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)) |
| 8255 { |
| 8256 const unsigned int max = (1U << that->bit_depth)-1; |
| 8257 that->alpha = data.filler & max; |
| 8258 that->alphaf = ((double)that->alpha) / max; |
| 8259 that->alphae = 0; |
| 8260 |
| 8261 /* The filler has been stored in the alpha channel, we must record |
| 8262 * that this has been done for the checking later on, the color |
| 8263 * type is faked to have an alpha channel, but libpng won't report |
| 8264 * this; the app has to know the extra channel is there and this |
| 8265 * was recording in standard_display::filler above. |
| 8266 */ |
| 8267 that->colour_type |= 4; /* alpha added */ |
| 8268 that->alpha_first = data.flags == PNG_FILLER_BEFORE; |
| 8269 } |
| 8270 |
| 8271 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 8272 } |
| 8273 |
| 8274 static int |
| 8275 image_transform_png_set_filler_add(image_transform *this, |
| 8276 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 8277 { |
| 8278 this->next = *that; |
| 8279 *that = this; |
| 8280 |
| 8281 return bit_depth >= 8 && (colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || |
| 8282 colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY); |
| 8283 } |
| 8284 |
| 8285 #undef data |
| 8286 IT(filler); |
| 8287 #undef PT |
| 8288 #define PT ITSTRUCT(filler) |
| 8289 |
| 8290 /* png_set_add_alpha, (png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 filler, int flags)); */ |
| 8291 /* Add an alpha byte to 8-bit Gray or 24-bit RGB images. */ |
| 8292 #define data ITDATA(add_alpha) |
| 8293 static struct |
| 8294 { |
| 8295 png_uint_32 filler; |
| 8296 int flags; |
| 8297 } data; |
| 8298 |
| 8299 static void |
| 8300 image_transform_png_set_add_alpha_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 8301 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 8302 { |
| 8303 /* Need a random choice for 'before' and 'after' as well as for the |
| 8304 * filler. The 'filler' value has all 32 bits set, but only bit_depth |
| 8305 * will be used. At this point we don't know bit_depth. |
| 8306 */ |
| 8307 R32(data.filler); |
| 8308 data.flags = random_choice(); |
| 8309 |
| 8310 png_set_add_alpha(pp, data.filler, data.flags); |
| 8311 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 8312 } |
| 8313 |
| 8314 static void |
| 8315 image_transform_png_set_add_alpha_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 8316 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 8317 const transform_display *display) |
| 8318 { |
| 8319 if (that->bit_depth >= 8 && |
| 8320 (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || |
| 8321 that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)) |
| 8322 { |
| 8323 const unsigned int max = (1U << that->bit_depth)-1; |
| 8324 that->alpha = data.filler & max; |
| 8325 that->alphaf = ((double)that->alpha) / max; |
| 8326 that->alphae = 0; |
| 8327 |
| 8328 that->colour_type |= 4; /* alpha added */ |
| 8329 that->alpha_first = data.flags == PNG_FILLER_BEFORE; |
| 8330 } |
| 8331 |
| 8332 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 8333 } |
| 8334 |
| 8335 static int |
| 8336 image_transform_png_set_add_alpha_add(image_transform *this, |
| 8337 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 8338 { |
| 8339 this->next = *that; |
| 8340 *that = this; |
| 8341 |
| 8342 return bit_depth >= 8 && (colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || |
| 8343 colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY); |
| 8344 } |
| 8345 |
| 8346 #undef data |
| 8347 IT(add_alpha); |
| 8348 #undef PT |
| 8349 #define PT ITSTRUCT(add_alpha) |
| 8350 |
| 8351 #endif /* PNG_READ_FILLER_SUPPORTED */ |
| 8352 |
| 8353 /* png_set_packing */ |
| 8354 #ifdef PNG_READ_PACK_SUPPORTED |
| 8355 /* Use 1 byte per pixel in 1, 2, or 4-bit depth files. |
| 8356 * |
| 8357 * png_set_packing(png_structrp png_ptr) |
| 8358 * |
| 8359 * This should only affect grayscale and palette images with less than 8 bits |
| 8360 * per pixel. |
| 8361 */ |
| 8362 static void |
| 8363 image_transform_png_set_packing_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 8364 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 8365 { |
| 8366 png_set_packing(pp); |
| 8367 that->unpacked = 1; |
| 8368 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 8369 } |
| 8370 |
| 8371 static void |
| 8372 image_transform_png_set_packing_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 8373 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 8374 const transform_display *display) |
| 8375 { |
| 8376 /* The general expand case depends on what the colour type is, |
| 8377 * low bit-depth pixel values are unpacked into bytes without |
| 8378 * scaling, so sample_depth is not changed. |
| 8379 */ |
| 8380 if (that->bit_depth < 8) /* grayscale or palette */ |
| 8381 that->bit_depth = 8; |
| 8382 |
| 8383 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 8384 } |
| 8385 |
| 8386 static int |
| 8387 image_transform_png_set_packing_add(image_transform *this, |
| 8388 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 8389 { |
| 8390 UNUSED(colour_type) |
| 8391 |
| 8392 this->next = *that; |
| 8393 *that = this; |
| 8394 |
| 8395 /* Nothing should happen unless the bit depth is less than 8: */ |
| 8396 return bit_depth < 8; |
| 8397 } |
| 8398 |
| 8399 IT(packing); |
| 8400 #undef PT |
| 8401 #define PT ITSTRUCT(packing) |
| 8402 |
| 8403 #endif /* PNG_READ_PACK_SUPPORTED */ |
| 8404 |
| 8405 /* png_set_packswap */ |
| 8406 #ifdef PNG_READ_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED |
| 8407 /* Swap pixels packed into bytes; reverses the order on screen so that |
| 8408 * the high order bits correspond to the rightmost pixels. |
| 8409 * |
| 8410 * png_set_packswap(png_structrp png_ptr) |
| 8411 */ |
| 8412 static void |
| 8413 image_transform_png_set_packswap_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 8414 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 8415 { |
| 8416 png_set_packswap(pp); |
| 8417 that->this.littleendian = 1; |
| 8418 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 8419 } |
| 8420 |
| 8421 static void |
| 8422 image_transform_png_set_packswap_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 8423 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 8424 const transform_display *display) |
| 8425 { |
| 8426 if (that->bit_depth < 8) |
| 8427 that->littleendian = 1; |
| 8428 |
| 8429 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 8430 } |
| 8431 |
| 8432 static int |
| 8433 image_transform_png_set_packswap_add(image_transform *this, |
| 8434 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 8435 { |
| 8436 UNUSED(colour_type) |
| 8437 |
| 8438 this->next = *that; |
| 8439 *that = this; |
| 8440 |
| 8441 return bit_depth < 8; |
| 8442 } |
| 8443 |
| 8444 IT(packswap); |
| 8445 #undef PT |
| 8446 #define PT ITSTRUCT(packswap) |
| 8447 |
| 8448 #endif /* PNG_READ_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED */ |
| 8449 |
| 8450 |
| 8451 /* png_set_invert_mono */ |
| 8452 #ifdef PNG_READ_INVERT_MONO_SUPPORTED |
| 8453 /* Invert the gray channel |
| 8454 * |
| 8455 * png_set_invert_mono(png_structrp png_ptr) |
| 8456 */ |
| 8457 static void |
| 8458 image_transform_png_set_invert_mono_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 8459 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 8460 { |
| 8461 png_set_invert_mono(pp); |
| 8462 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 8463 } |
| 8464 |
| 8465 static void |
| 8466 image_transform_png_set_invert_mono_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 8467 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 8468 const transform_display *display) |
| 8469 { |
| 8470 if (that->colour_type & 4) |
| 8471 that->mono_inverted = 1; |
| 8472 |
| 8473 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 8474 } |
| 8475 |
| 8476 static int |
| 8477 image_transform_png_set_invert_mono_add(image_transform *this, |
| 8478 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 8479 { |
| 8480 UNUSED(bit_depth) |
| 8481 |
| 8482 this->next = *that; |
| 8483 *that = this; |
| 8484 |
| 8485 /* Only has an effect on pixels with no colour: */ |
| 8486 return (colour_type & 2) == 0; |
| 8487 } |
| 8488 |
| 8489 IT(invert_mono); |
| 8490 #undef PT |
| 8491 #define PT ITSTRUCT(invert_mono) |
| 8492 |
| 8493 #endif /* PNG_READ_INVERT_MONO_SUPPORTED */ |
| 8494 |
| 8495 #ifdef PNG_READ_SHIFT_SUPPORTED |
| 8496 /* png_set_shift(png_structp, png_const_color_8p true_bits) |
| 8497 * |
| 8498 * The output pixels will be shifted by the given true_bits |
| 8499 * values. |
| 8500 */ |
| 8501 #define data ITDATA(shift) |
| 8502 static png_color_8 data; |
| 8503 |
| 8504 static void |
| 8505 image_transform_png_set_shift_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 8506 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 8507 { |
| 8508 /* Get a random set of shifts. The shifts need to do something |
| 8509 * to test the transform, so they are limited to the bit depth |
| 8510 * of the input image. Notice that in the following the 'gray' |
| 8511 * field is randomized independently. This acts as a check that |
| 8512 * libpng does use the correct field. |
| 8513 */ |
| 8514 const unsigned int depth = that->this.bit_depth; |
| 8515 |
| 8516 data.red = (png_byte)/*SAFE*/(random_mod(depth)+1); |
| 8517 data.green = (png_byte)/*SAFE*/(random_mod(depth)+1); |
| 8518 data.blue = (png_byte)/*SAFE*/(random_mod(depth)+1); |
| 8519 data.gray = (png_byte)/*SAFE*/(random_mod(depth)+1); |
| 8520 data.alpha = (png_byte)/*SAFE*/(random_mod(depth)+1); |
| 8521 |
| 8522 png_set_shift(pp, &data); |
| 8523 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 8524 } |
| 8525 |
| 8526 static void |
| 8527 image_transform_png_set_shift_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 8528 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 8529 const transform_display *display) |
| 8530 { |
| 8531 /* Copy the correct values into the sBIT fields, libpng does not do |
| 8532 * anything to palette data: |
| 8533 */ |
| 8534 if (that->colour_type != PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 8535 { |
| 8536 that->sig_bits = 1; |
| 8537 |
| 8538 /* The sBIT fields are reset to the values previously sent to |
| 8539 * png_set_shift according to the colour type. |
| 8540 * does. |
| 8541 */ |
| 8542 if (that->colour_type & 2) /* RGB channels */ |
| 8543 { |
| 8544 that->red_sBIT = data.red; |
| 8545 that->green_sBIT = data.green; |
| 8546 that->blue_sBIT = data.blue; |
| 8547 } |
| 8548 |
| 8549 else /* One grey channel */ |
| 8550 that->red_sBIT = that->green_sBIT = that->blue_sBIT = data.gray; |
| 8551 |
| 8552 that->alpha_sBIT = data.alpha; |
| 8553 } |
| 8554 |
| 8555 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 8556 } |
| 8557 |
| 8558 static int |
| 8559 image_transform_png_set_shift_add(image_transform *this, |
| 8560 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 8561 { |
| 8562 UNUSED(bit_depth) |
| 8563 |
| 8564 this->next = *that; |
| 8565 *that = this; |
| 8566 |
| 8567 return colour_type != PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE; |
| 8568 } |
| 8569 |
| 8570 IT(shift); |
| 8571 #undef PT |
| 8572 #define PT ITSTRUCT(shift) |
| 8573 |
| 8574 #endif /* PNG_READ_SHIFT_SUPPORTED */ |
| 8575 |
| 8576 #ifdef THIS_IS_THE_PROFORMA |
| 8577 static void |
| 8578 image_transform_png_set_@_set(const image_transform *this, |
| 8579 transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 8580 { |
| 8581 png_set_@(pp); |
| 8582 this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi); |
| 8583 } |
| 8584 |
| 8585 static void |
| 8586 image_transform_png_set_@_mod(const image_transform *this, |
| 8587 image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp, |
| 8588 const transform_display *display) |
| 8589 { |
| 8590 this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display); |
| 8591 } |
| 8592 |
| 8593 static int |
| 8594 image_transform_png_set_@_add(image_transform *this, |
| 8595 const image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 8596 { |
| 8597 this->next = *that; |
| 8598 *that = this; |
| 8599 |
| 8600 return 1; |
| 8601 } |
| 8602 |
| 8603 IT(@); |
| 8604 #endif |
| 8605 |
| 8606 |
| 8607 /* This may just be 'end' if all the transforms are disabled! */ |
| 8608 static image_transform *const image_transform_first = &PT; |
| 8609 |
| 8610 static void |
| 8611 transform_enable(const char *name) |
| 8612 { |
| 8613 /* Everything starts out enabled, so if we see an 'enable' disabled |
| 8614 * everything else the first time round. |
| 8615 */ |
| 8616 static int all_disabled = 0; |
| 8617 int found_it = 0; |
| 8618 image_transform *list = image_transform_first; |
| 8619 |
| 8620 while (list != &image_transform_end) |
| 8621 { |
| 8622 if (strcmp(list->name, name) == 0) |
| 8623 { |
| 8624 list->enable = 1; |
| 8625 found_it = 1; |
| 8626 } |
| 8627 else if (!all_disabled) |
| 8628 list->enable = 0; |
| 8629 |
| 8630 list = list->list; |
| 8631 } |
| 8632 |
| 8633 all_disabled = 1; |
| 8634 |
| 8635 if (!found_it) |
| 8636 { |
| 8637 fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: --transform-enable=%s: unknown transform\n", |
| 8638 name); |
| 8639 exit(99); |
| 8640 } |
| 8641 } |
| 8642 |
| 8643 static void |
| 8644 transform_disable(const char *name) |
| 8645 { |
| 8646 image_transform *list = image_transform_first; |
| 8647 |
| 8648 while (list != &image_transform_end) |
| 8649 { |
| 8650 if (strcmp(list->name, name) == 0) |
| 8651 { |
| 8652 list->enable = 0; |
| 8653 return; |
| 8654 } |
| 8655 |
| 8656 list = list->list; |
| 8657 } |
| 8658 |
| 8659 fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: --transform-disable=%s: unknown transform\n", |
| 8660 name); |
| 8661 exit(99); |
| 8662 } |
| 8663 |
| 8664 static void |
| 8665 image_transform_reset_count(void) |
| 8666 { |
| 8667 image_transform *next = image_transform_first; |
| 8668 int count = 0; |
| 8669 |
| 8670 while (next != &image_transform_end) |
| 8671 { |
| 8672 next->local_use = 0; |
| 8673 next->next = 0; |
| 8674 next = next->list; |
| 8675 ++count; |
| 8676 } |
| 8677 |
| 8678 /* This can only happen if we every have more than 32 transforms (excluding |
| 8679 * the end) in the list. |
| 8680 */ |
| 8681 if (count > 32) abort(); |
| 8682 } |
| 8683 |
| 8684 static int |
| 8685 image_transform_test_counter(png_uint_32 counter, unsigned int max) |
| 8686 { |
| 8687 /* Test the list to see if there is any point contining, given a current |
| 8688 * counter and a 'max' value. |
| 8689 */ |
| 8690 image_transform *next = image_transform_first; |
| 8691 |
| 8692 while (next != &image_transform_end) |
| 8693 { |
| 8694 /* For max 0 or 1 continue until the counter overflows: */ |
| 8695 counter >>= 1; |
| 8696 |
| 8697 /* Continue if any entry hasn't reacked the max. */ |
| 8698 if (max > 1 && next->local_use < max) |
| 8699 return 1; |
| 8700 next = next->list; |
| 8701 } |
| 8702 |
| 8703 return max <= 1 && counter == 0; |
| 8704 } |
| 8705 |
| 8706 static png_uint_32 |
| 8707 image_transform_add(const image_transform **this, unsigned int max, |
| 8708 png_uint_32 counter, char *name, size_t sizeof_name, size_t *pos, |
| 8709 png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth) |
| 8710 { |
| 8711 for (;;) /* until we manage to add something */ |
| 8712 { |
| 8713 png_uint_32 mask; |
| 8714 image_transform *list; |
| 8715 |
| 8716 /* Find the next counter value, if the counter is zero this is the start |
| 8717 * of the list. This routine always returns the current counter (not the |
| 8718 * next) so it returns 0 at the end and expects 0 at the beginning. |
| 8719 */ |
| 8720 if (counter == 0) /* first time */ |
| 8721 { |
| 8722 image_transform_reset_count(); |
| 8723 if (max <= 1) |
| 8724 counter = 1; |
| 8725 else |
| 8726 counter = random_32(); |
| 8727 } |
| 8728 else /* advance the counter */ |
| 8729 { |
| 8730 switch (max) |
| 8731 { |
| 8732 case 0: ++counter; break; |
| 8733 case 1: counter <<= 1; break; |
| 8734 default: counter = random_32(); break; |
| 8735 } |
| 8736 } |
| 8737 |
| 8738 /* Now add all these items, if possible */ |
| 8739 *this = &image_transform_end; |
| 8740 list = image_transform_first; |
| 8741 mask = 1; |
| 8742 |
| 8743 /* Go through the whole list adding anything that the counter selects: */ |
| 8744 while (list != &image_transform_end) |
| 8745 { |
| 8746 if ((counter & mask) != 0 && list->enable && |
| 8747 (max == 0 || list->local_use < max)) |
| 8748 { |
| 8749 /* Candidate to add: */ |
| 8750 if (list->add(list, this, colour_type, bit_depth) || max == 0) |
| 8751 { |
| 8752 /* Added, so add to the name too. */ |
| 8753 *pos = safecat(name, sizeof_name, *pos, " +"); |
| 8754 *pos = safecat(name, sizeof_name, *pos, list->name); |
| 8755 } |
| 8756 |
| 8757 else |
| 8758 { |
| 8759 /* Not useful and max>0, so remove it from *this: */ |
| 8760 *this = list->next; |
| 8761 list->next = 0; |
| 8762 |
| 8763 /* And, since we know it isn't useful, stop it being added again |
| 8764 * in this run: |
| 8765 */ |
| 8766 list->local_use = max; |
| 8767 } |
| 8768 } |
| 8769 |
| 8770 mask <<= 1; |
| 8771 list = list->list; |
| 8772 } |
| 8773 |
| 8774 /* Now if anything was added we have something to do. */ |
| 8775 if (*this != &image_transform_end) |
| 8776 return counter; |
| 8777 |
| 8778 /* Nothing added, but was there anything in there to add? */ |
| 8779 if (!image_transform_test_counter(counter, max)) |
| 8780 return 0; |
| 8781 } |
| 8782 } |
| 8783 |
| 8784 static void |
| 8785 perform_transform_test(png_modifier *pm) |
| 8786 { |
| 8787 png_byte colour_type = 0; |
| 8788 png_byte bit_depth = 0; |
| 8789 unsigned int palette_number = 0; |
| 8790 |
| 8791 while (next_format(&colour_type, &bit_depth, &palette_number, pm->test_lbg, |
| 8792 pm->test_tRNS)) |
| 8793 { |
| 8794 png_uint_32 counter = 0; |
| 8795 size_t base_pos; |
| 8796 char name[64]; |
| 8797 |
| 8798 base_pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, 0, "transform:"); |
| 8799 |
| 8800 for (;;) |
| 8801 { |
| 8802 size_t pos = base_pos; |
| 8803 const image_transform *list = 0; |
| 8804 |
| 8805 /* 'max' is currently hardwired to '1'; this should be settable on the |
| 8806 * command line. |
| 8807 */ |
| 8808 counter = image_transform_add(&list, 1/*max*/, counter, |
| 8809 name, sizeof name, &pos, colour_type, bit_depth); |
| 8810 |
| 8811 if (counter == 0) |
| 8812 break; |
| 8813 |
| 8814 /* The command line can change this to checking interlaced images. */ |
| 8815 do |
| 8816 { |
| 8817 pm->repeat = 0; |
| 8818 transform_test(pm, FILEID(colour_type, bit_depth, palette_number, |
| 8819 pm->interlace_type, 0, 0, 0), list, name); |
| 8820 |
| 8821 if (fail(pm)) |
| 8822 return; |
| 8823 } |
| 8824 while (pm->repeat); |
| 8825 } |
| 8826 } |
| 8827 } |
| 8828 #endif /* PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED */ |
| 8829 |
| 8830 /********************************* GAMMA TESTS ********************************/ |
| 8831 #ifdef PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED |
| 8832 /* Reader callbacks and implementations, where they differ from the standard |
| 8833 * ones. |
| 8834 */ |
| 8835 typedef struct gamma_display |
| 8836 { |
| 8837 standard_display this; |
| 8838 |
| 8839 /* Parameters */ |
| 8840 png_modifier* pm; |
| 8841 double file_gamma; |
| 8842 double screen_gamma; |
| 8843 double background_gamma; |
| 8844 png_byte sbit; |
| 8845 int threshold_test; |
| 8846 int use_input_precision; |
| 8847 int scale16; |
| 8848 int expand16; |
| 8849 int do_background; |
| 8850 png_color_16 background_color; |
| 8851 |
| 8852 /* Local variables */ |
| 8853 double maxerrout; |
| 8854 double maxerrpc; |
| 8855 double maxerrabs; |
| 8856 } gamma_display; |
| 8857 |
| 8858 #define ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET 4 |
| 8859 |
| 8860 static void |
| 8861 gamma_display_init(gamma_display *dp, png_modifier *pm, png_uint_32 id, |
| 8862 double file_gamma, double screen_gamma, png_byte sbit, int threshold_test, |
| 8863 int use_input_precision, int scale16, int expand16, |
| 8864 int do_background, const png_color_16 *pointer_to_the_background_color, |
| 8865 double background_gamma) |
| 8866 { |
| 8867 /* Standard fields */ |
| 8868 standard_display_init(&dp->this, &pm->this, id, do_read_interlace, |
| 8869 pm->use_update_info); |
| 8870 |
| 8871 /* Parameter fields */ |
| 8872 dp->pm = pm; |
| 8873 dp->file_gamma = file_gamma; |
| 8874 dp->screen_gamma = screen_gamma; |
| 8875 dp->background_gamma = background_gamma; |
| 8876 dp->sbit = sbit; |
| 8877 dp->threshold_test = threshold_test; |
| 8878 dp->use_input_precision = use_input_precision; |
| 8879 dp->scale16 = scale16; |
| 8880 dp->expand16 = expand16; |
| 8881 dp->do_background = do_background; |
| 8882 if (do_background && pointer_to_the_background_color != 0) |
| 8883 dp->background_color = *pointer_to_the_background_color; |
| 8884 else |
| 8885 memset(&dp->background_color, 0, sizeof dp->background_color); |
| 8886 |
| 8887 /* Local variable fields */ |
| 8888 dp->maxerrout = dp->maxerrpc = dp->maxerrabs = 0; |
| 8889 } |
| 8890 |
| 8891 static void |
| 8892 gamma_info_imp(gamma_display *dp, png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 8893 { |
| 8894 /* Reuse the standard stuff as appropriate. */ |
| 8895 standard_info_part1(&dp->this, pp, pi); |
| 8896 |
| 8897 /* If requested strip 16 to 8 bits - this is handled automagically below |
| 8898 * because the output bit depth is read from the library. Note that there |
| 8899 * are interactions with sBIT but, internally, libpng makes sbit at most |
| 8900 * PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8 prior to 1.7 when doing the following. |
| 8901 */ |
| 8902 if (dp->scale16) |
| 8903 # ifdef PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED |
| 8904 png_set_scale_16(pp); |
| 8905 # else |
| 8906 /* The following works both in 1.5.4 and earlier versions: */ |
| 8907 # ifdef PNG_READ_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED |
| 8908 png_set_strip_16(pp); |
| 8909 # else |
| 8910 png_error(pp, "scale16 (16 to 8 bit conversion) not supported"); |
| 8911 # endif |
| 8912 # endif |
| 8913 |
| 8914 if (dp->expand16) |
| 8915 # ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED |
| 8916 png_set_expand_16(pp); |
| 8917 # else |
| 8918 png_error(pp, "expand16 (8 to 16 bit conversion) not supported"); |
| 8919 # endif |
| 8920 |
| 8921 if (dp->do_background >= ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET) |
| 8922 { |
| 8923 # ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED |
| 8924 { |
| 8925 /* This tests the alpha mode handling, if supported. */ |
| 8926 int mode = dp->do_background - ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET; |
| 8927 |
| 8928 /* The gamma value is the output gamma, and is in the standard, |
| 8929 * non-inverted, represenation. It provides a default for the PNG file |
| 8930 * gamma, but since the file has a gAMA chunk this does not matter. |
| 8931 */ |
| 8932 const double sg = dp->screen_gamma; |
| 8933 # ifndef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED |
| 8934 const png_fixed_point g = fix(sg); |
| 8935 # endif |
| 8936 |
| 8937 # ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED |
| 8938 png_set_alpha_mode(pp, mode, sg); |
| 8939 # else |
| 8940 png_set_alpha_mode_fixed(pp, mode, g); |
| 8941 # endif |
| 8942 |
| 8943 /* However, for the standard Porter-Duff algorithm the output defaults |
| 8944 * to be linear, so if the test requires non-linear output it must be |
| 8945 * corrected here. |
| 8946 */ |
| 8947 if (mode == PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD && sg != 1) |
| 8948 { |
| 8949 # ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED |
| 8950 png_set_gamma(pp, sg, dp->file_gamma); |
| 8951 # else |
| 8952 png_fixed_point f = fix(dp->file_gamma); |
| 8953 png_set_gamma_fixed(pp, g, f); |
| 8954 # endif |
| 8955 } |
| 8956 } |
| 8957 # else |
| 8958 png_error(pp, "alpha mode handling not supported"); |
| 8959 # endif |
| 8960 } |
| 8961 |
| 8962 else |
| 8963 { |
| 8964 /* Set up gamma processing. */ |
| 8965 # ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED |
| 8966 png_set_gamma(pp, dp->screen_gamma, dp->file_gamma); |
| 8967 # else |
| 8968 { |
| 8969 png_fixed_point s = fix(dp->screen_gamma); |
| 8970 png_fixed_point f = fix(dp->file_gamma); |
| 8971 png_set_gamma_fixed(pp, s, f); |
| 8972 } |
| 8973 # endif |
| 8974 |
| 8975 if (dp->do_background) |
| 8976 { |
| 8977 # ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED |
| 8978 /* NOTE: this assumes the caller provided the correct background gamma! |
| 8979 */ |
| 8980 const double bg = dp->background_gamma; |
| 8981 # ifndef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED |
| 8982 const png_fixed_point g = fix(bg); |
| 8983 # endif |
| 8984 |
| 8985 # ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED |
| 8986 png_set_background(pp, &dp->background_color, dp->do_background, |
| 8987 0/*need_expand*/, bg); |
| 8988 # else |
| 8989 png_set_background_fixed(pp, &dp->background_color, |
| 8990 dp->do_background, 0/*need_expand*/, g); |
| 8991 # endif |
| 8992 # else |
| 8993 png_error(pp, "png_set_background not supported"); |
| 8994 # endif |
| 8995 } |
| 8996 } |
| 8997 |
| 8998 { |
| 8999 int i = dp->this.use_update_info; |
| 9000 /* Always do one call, even if use_update_info is 0. */ |
| 9001 do |
| 9002 png_read_update_info(pp, pi); |
| 9003 while (--i > 0); |
| 9004 } |
| 9005 |
| 9006 /* Now we may get a different cbRow: */ |
| 9007 standard_info_part2(&dp->this, pp, pi, 1 /*images*/); |
| 9008 } |
| 9009 |
| 9010 static void PNGCBAPI |
| 9011 gamma_info(png_structp pp, png_infop pi) |
| 9012 { |
| 9013 gamma_info_imp(voidcast(gamma_display*, png_get_progressive_ptr(pp)), pp, |
| 9014 pi); |
| 9015 } |
| 9016 |
| 9017 /* Validate a single component value - the routine gets the input and output |
| 9018 * sample values as unscaled PNG component values along with a cache of all the |
| 9019 * information required to validate the values. |
| 9020 */ |
| 9021 typedef struct validate_info |
| 9022 { |
| 9023 png_const_structp pp; |
| 9024 gamma_display *dp; |
| 9025 png_byte sbit; |
| 9026 int use_input_precision; |
| 9027 int do_background; |
| 9028 int scale16; |
| 9029 unsigned int sbit_max; |
| 9030 unsigned int isbit_shift; |
| 9031 unsigned int outmax; |
| 9032 |
| 9033 double gamma_correction; /* Overall correction required. */ |
| 9034 double file_inverse; /* Inverse of file gamma. */ |
| 9035 double screen_gamma; |
| 9036 double screen_inverse; /* Inverse of screen gamma. */ |
| 9037 |
| 9038 double background_red; /* Linear background value, red or gray. */ |
| 9039 double background_green; |
| 9040 double background_blue; |
| 9041 |
| 9042 double maxabs; |
| 9043 double maxpc; |
| 9044 double maxcalc; |
| 9045 double maxout; |
| 9046 double maxout_total; /* Total including quantization error */ |
| 9047 double outlog; |
| 9048 int outquant; |
| 9049 } |
| 9050 validate_info; |
| 9051 |
| 9052 static void |
| 9053 init_validate_info(validate_info *vi, gamma_display *dp, png_const_structp pp, |
| 9054 int in_depth, int out_depth) |
| 9055 { |
| 9056 const unsigned int outmax = (1U<<out_depth)-1; |
| 9057 |
| 9058 vi->pp = pp; |
| 9059 vi->dp = dp; |
| 9060 |
| 9061 if (dp->sbit > 0 && dp->sbit < in_depth) |
| 9062 { |
| 9063 vi->sbit = dp->sbit; |
| 9064 vi->isbit_shift = in_depth - dp->sbit; |
| 9065 } |
| 9066 |
| 9067 else |
| 9068 { |
| 9069 vi->sbit = (png_byte)in_depth; |
| 9070 vi->isbit_shift = 0; |
| 9071 } |
| 9072 |
| 9073 vi->sbit_max = (1U << vi->sbit)-1; |
| 9074 |
| 9075 /* This mimics the libpng threshold test, '0' is used to prevent gamma |
| 9076 * correction in the validation test. |
| 9077 */ |
| 9078 vi->screen_gamma = dp->screen_gamma; |
| 9079 if (fabs(vi->screen_gamma-1) < PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD) |
| 9080 vi->screen_gamma = vi->screen_inverse = 0; |
| 9081 else |
| 9082 vi->screen_inverse = 1/vi->screen_gamma; |
| 9083 |
| 9084 vi->use_input_precision = dp->use_input_precision; |
| 9085 vi->outmax = outmax; |
| 9086 vi->maxabs = abserr(dp->pm, in_depth, out_depth); |
| 9087 vi->maxpc = pcerr(dp->pm, in_depth, out_depth); |
| 9088 vi->maxcalc = calcerr(dp->pm, in_depth, out_depth); |
| 9089 vi->maxout = outerr(dp->pm, in_depth, out_depth); |
| 9090 vi->outquant = output_quantization_factor(dp->pm, in_depth, out_depth); |
| 9091 vi->maxout_total = vi->maxout + vi->outquant * .5; |
| 9092 vi->outlog = outlog(dp->pm, in_depth, out_depth); |
| 9093 |
| 9094 if ((dp->this.colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) != 0 || |
| 9095 (dp->this.colour_type == 3 && dp->this.is_transparent) || |
| 9096 ((dp->this.colour_type == 0 || dp->this.colour_type == 2) && |
| 9097 dp->this.has_tRNS)) |
| 9098 { |
| 9099 vi->do_background = dp->do_background; |
| 9100 |
| 9101 if (vi->do_background != 0) |
| 9102 { |
| 9103 const double bg_inverse = 1/dp->background_gamma; |
| 9104 double r, g, b; |
| 9105 |
| 9106 /* Caller must at least put the gray value into the red channel */ |
| 9107 r = dp->background_color.red; r /= outmax; |
| 9108 g = dp->background_color.green; g /= outmax; |
| 9109 b = dp->background_color.blue; b /= outmax; |
| 9110 |
| 9111 # if 0 |
| 9112 /* libpng doesn't do this optimization, if we do pngvalid will fail. |
| 9113 */ |
| 9114 if (fabs(bg_inverse-1) >= PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD) |
| 9115 # endif |
| 9116 { |
| 9117 r = pow(r, bg_inverse); |
| 9118 g = pow(g, bg_inverse); |
| 9119 b = pow(b, bg_inverse); |
| 9120 } |
| 9121 |
| 9122 vi->background_red = r; |
| 9123 vi->background_green = g; |
| 9124 vi->background_blue = b; |
| 9125 } |
| 9126 } |
| 9127 else /* Do not expect any background processing */ |
| 9128 vi->do_background = 0; |
| 9129 |
| 9130 if (vi->do_background == 0) |
| 9131 vi->background_red = vi->background_green = vi->background_blue = 0; |
| 9132 |
| 9133 vi->gamma_correction = 1/(dp->file_gamma*dp->screen_gamma); |
| 9134 if (fabs(vi->gamma_correction-1) < PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD) |
| 9135 vi->gamma_correction = 0; |
| 9136 |
| 9137 vi->file_inverse = 1/dp->file_gamma; |
| 9138 if (fabs(vi->file_inverse-1) < PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD) |
| 9139 vi->file_inverse = 0; |
| 9140 |
| 9141 vi->scale16 = dp->scale16; |
| 9142 } |
| 9143 |
| 9144 /* This function handles composition of a single non-alpha component. The |
| 9145 * argument is the input sample value, in the range 0..1, and the alpha value. |
| 9146 * The result is the composed, linear, input sample. If alpha is less than zero |
| 9147 * this is the alpha component and the function should not be called! |
| 9148 */ |
| 9149 static double |
| 9150 gamma_component_compose(int do_background, double input_sample, double alpha, |
| 9151 double background, int *compose) |
| 9152 { |
| 9153 switch (do_background) |
| 9154 { |
| 9155 #ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED |
| 9156 case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN: |
| 9157 case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE: |
| 9158 case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE: |
| 9159 /* Standard PNG background processing. */ |
| 9160 if (alpha < 1) |
| 9161 { |
| 9162 if (alpha > 0) |
| 9163 { |
| 9164 input_sample = input_sample * alpha + background * (1-alpha); |
| 9165 if (compose != NULL) |
| 9166 *compose = 1; |
| 9167 } |
| 9168 |
| 9169 else |
| 9170 input_sample = background; |
| 9171 } |
| 9172 break; |
| 9173 #endif |
| 9174 |
| 9175 #ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED |
| 9176 case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD: |
| 9177 case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN: |
| 9178 /* The components are premultiplied in either case and the output is |
| 9179 * gamma encoded (to get standard Porter-Duff we expect the output |
| 9180 * gamma to be set to 1.0!) |
| 9181 */ |
| 9182 case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED: |
| 9183 /* The optimization is that the partial-alpha entries are linear |
| 9184 * while the opaque pixels are gamma encoded, but this only affects the |
| 9185 * output encoding. |
| 9186 */ |
| 9187 if (alpha < 1) |
| 9188 { |
| 9189 if (alpha > 0) |
| 9190 { |
| 9191 input_sample *= alpha; |
| 9192 if (compose != NULL) |
| 9193 *compose = 1; |
| 9194 } |
| 9195 |
| 9196 else |
| 9197 input_sample = 0; |
| 9198 } |
| 9199 break; |
| 9200 #endif |
| 9201 |
| 9202 default: |
| 9203 /* Standard cases where no compositing is done (so the component |
| 9204 * value is already correct.) |
| 9205 */ |
| 9206 UNUSED(alpha) |
| 9207 UNUSED(background) |
| 9208 UNUSED(compose) |
| 9209 break; |
| 9210 } |
| 9211 |
| 9212 return input_sample; |
| 9213 } |
| 9214 |
| 9215 /* This API returns the encoded *input* component, in the range 0..1 */ |
| 9216 static double |
| 9217 gamma_component_validate(const char *name, const validate_info *vi, |
| 9218 const unsigned int id, const unsigned int od, |
| 9219 const double alpha /* <0 for the alpha channel itself */, |
| 9220 const double background /* component background value */) |
| 9221 { |
| 9222 const unsigned int isbit = id >> vi->isbit_shift; |
| 9223 const unsigned int sbit_max = vi->sbit_max; |
| 9224 const unsigned int outmax = vi->outmax; |
| 9225 const int do_background = vi->do_background; |
| 9226 |
| 9227 double i; |
| 9228 |
| 9229 /* First check on the 'perfect' result obtained from the digitized input |
| 9230 * value, id, and compare this against the actual digitized result, 'od'. |
| 9231 * 'i' is the input result in the range 0..1: |
| 9232 */ |
| 9233 i = isbit; i /= sbit_max; |
| 9234 |
| 9235 /* Check for the fast route: if we don't do any background composition or if |
| 9236 * this is the alpha channel ('alpha' < 0) or if the pixel is opaque then |
| 9237 * just use the gamma_correction field to correct to the final output gamma. |
| 9238 */ |
| 9239 if (alpha == 1 /* opaque pixel component */ || !do_background |
| 9240 #ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED |
| 9241 || do_background == ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_PNG |
| 9242 #endif |
| 9243 || (alpha < 0 /* alpha channel */ |
| 9244 #ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED |
| 9245 && do_background != ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN |
| 9246 #endif |
| 9247 )) |
| 9248 { |
| 9249 /* Then get the gamma corrected version of 'i' and compare to 'od', any |
| 9250 * error less than .5 is insignificant - just quantization of the output |
| 9251 * value to the nearest digital value (nevertheless the error is still |
| 9252 * recorded - it's interesting ;-) |
| 9253 */ |
| 9254 double encoded_sample = i; |
| 9255 double encoded_error; |
| 9256 |
| 9257 /* alpha less than 0 indicates the alpha channel, which is always linear |
| 9258 */ |
| 9259 if (alpha >= 0 && vi->gamma_correction > 0) |
| 9260 encoded_sample = pow(encoded_sample, vi->gamma_correction); |
| 9261 encoded_sample *= outmax; |
| 9262 |
| 9263 encoded_error = fabs(od-encoded_sample); |
| 9264 |
| 9265 if (encoded_error > vi->dp->maxerrout) |
| 9266 vi->dp->maxerrout = encoded_error; |
| 9267 |
| 9268 if (encoded_error < vi->maxout_total && encoded_error < vi->outlog) |
| 9269 return i; |
| 9270 } |
| 9271 |
| 9272 /* The slow route - attempt to do linear calculations. */ |
| 9273 /* There may be an error, or background processing is required, so calculate |
| 9274 * the actual sample values - unencoded light intensity values. Note that in |
| 9275 * practice these are not completely unencoded because they include a |
| 9276 * 'viewing correction' to decrease or (normally) increase the perceptual |
| 9277 * contrast of the image. There's nothing we can do about this - we don't |
| 9278 * know what it is - so assume the unencoded value is perceptually linear. |
| 9279 */ |
| 9280 { |
| 9281 double input_sample = i; /* In range 0..1 */ |
| 9282 double output, error, encoded_sample, encoded_error; |
| 9283 double es_lo, es_hi; |
| 9284 int compose = 0; /* Set to one if composition done */ |
| 9285 int output_is_encoded; /* Set if encoded to screen gamma */ |
| 9286 int log_max_error = 1; /* Check maximum error values */ |
| 9287 png_const_charp pass = 0; /* Reason test passes (or 0 for fail) */ |
| 9288 |
| 9289 /* Convert to linear light (with the above caveat.) The alpha channel is |
| 9290 * already linear. |
| 9291 */ |
| 9292 if (alpha >= 0) |
| 9293 { |
| 9294 int tcompose; |
| 9295 |
| 9296 if (vi->file_inverse > 0) |
| 9297 input_sample = pow(input_sample, vi->file_inverse); |
| 9298 |
| 9299 /* Handle the compose processing: */ |
| 9300 tcompose = 0; |
| 9301 input_sample = gamma_component_compose(do_background, input_sample, |
| 9302 alpha, background, &tcompose); |
| 9303 |
| 9304 if (tcompose) |
| 9305 compose = 1; |
| 9306 } |
| 9307 |
| 9308 /* And similarly for the output value, but we need to check the background |
| 9309 * handling to linearize it correctly. |
| 9310 */ |
| 9311 output = od; |
| 9312 output /= outmax; |
| 9313 |
| 9314 output_is_encoded = vi->screen_gamma > 0; |
| 9315 |
| 9316 if (alpha < 0) /* The alpha channel */ |
| 9317 { |
| 9318 #ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED |
| 9319 if (do_background != ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN) |
| 9320 #endif |
| 9321 { |
| 9322 /* In all other cases the output alpha channel is linear already, |
| 9323 * don't log errors here, they are much larger in linear data. |
| 9324 */ |
| 9325 output_is_encoded = 0; |
| 9326 log_max_error = 0; |
| 9327 } |
| 9328 } |
| 9329 |
| 9330 #ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED |
| 9331 else /* A component */ |
| 9332 { |
| 9333 if (do_background == ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED && |
| 9334 alpha < 1) /* the optimized case - linear output */ |
| 9335 { |
| 9336 if (alpha > 0) log_max_error = 0; |
| 9337 output_is_encoded = 0; |
| 9338 } |
| 9339 } |
| 9340 #endif |
| 9341 |
| 9342 if (output_is_encoded) |
| 9343 output = pow(output, vi->screen_gamma); |
| 9344 |
| 9345 /* Calculate (or recalculate) the encoded_sample value and repeat the |
| 9346 * check above (unnecessary if we took the fast route, but harmless.) |
| 9347 */ |
| 9348 encoded_sample = input_sample; |
| 9349 if (output_is_encoded) |
| 9350 encoded_sample = pow(encoded_sample, vi->screen_inverse); |
| 9351 encoded_sample *= outmax; |
| 9352 |
| 9353 encoded_error = fabs(od-encoded_sample); |
| 9354 |
| 9355 /* Don't log errors in the alpha channel, or the 'optimized' case, |
| 9356 * neither are significant to the overall perception. |
| 9357 */ |
| 9358 if (log_max_error && encoded_error > vi->dp->maxerrout) |
| 9359 vi->dp->maxerrout = encoded_error; |
| 9360 |
| 9361 if (encoded_error < vi->maxout_total) |
| 9362 { |
| 9363 if (encoded_error < vi->outlog) |
| 9364 return i; |
| 9365 |
| 9366 /* Test passed but error is bigger than the log limit, record why the |
| 9367 * test passed: |
| 9368 */ |
| 9369 pass = "less than maxout:\n"; |
| 9370 } |
| 9371 |
| 9372 /* i: the original input value in the range 0..1 |
| 9373 * |
| 9374 * pngvalid calculations: |
| 9375 * input_sample: linear result; i linearized and composed, range 0..1 |
| 9376 * encoded_sample: encoded result; input_sample scaled to ouput bit depth |
| 9377 * |
| 9378 * libpng calculations: |
| 9379 * output: linear result; od scaled to 0..1 and linearized |
| 9380 * od: encoded result from libpng |
| 9381 */ |
| 9382 |
| 9383 /* Now we have the numbers for real errors, both absolute values as as a |
| 9384 * percentage of the correct value (output): |
| 9385 */ |
| 9386 error = fabs(input_sample-output); |
| 9387 |
| 9388 if (log_max_error && error > vi->dp->maxerrabs) |
| 9389 vi->dp->maxerrabs = error; |
| 9390 |
| 9391 /* The following is an attempt to ignore the tendency of quantization to |
| 9392 * dominate the percentage errors for lower result values: |
| 9393 */ |
| 9394 if (log_max_error && input_sample > .5) |
| 9395 { |
| 9396 double percentage_error = error/input_sample; |
| 9397 if (percentage_error > vi->dp->maxerrpc) |
| 9398 vi->dp->maxerrpc = percentage_error; |
| 9399 } |
| 9400 |
| 9401 /* Now calculate the digitization limits for 'encoded_sample' using the |
| 9402 * 'max' values. Note that maxout is in the encoded space but maxpc and |
| 9403 * maxabs are in linear light space. |
| 9404 * |
| 9405 * First find the maximum error in linear light space, range 0..1: |
| 9406 */ |
| 9407 { |
| 9408 double tmp = input_sample * vi->maxpc; |
| 9409 if (tmp < vi->maxabs) tmp = vi->maxabs; |
| 9410 /* If 'compose' is true the composition was done in linear space using |
| 9411 * integer arithmetic. This introduces an extra error of +/- 0.5 (at |
| 9412 * least) in the integer space used. 'maxcalc' records this, taking |
| 9413 * into account the possibility that even for 16 bit output 8 bit space |
| 9414 * may have been used. |
| 9415 */ |
| 9416 if (compose && tmp < vi->maxcalc) tmp = vi->maxcalc; |
| 9417 |
| 9418 /* The 'maxout' value refers to the encoded result, to compare with |
| 9419 * this encode input_sample adjusted by the maximum error (tmp) above. |
| 9420 */ |
| 9421 es_lo = encoded_sample - vi->maxout; |
| 9422 |
| 9423 if (es_lo > 0 && input_sample-tmp > 0) |
| 9424 { |
| 9425 double low_value = input_sample-tmp; |
| 9426 if (output_is_encoded) |
| 9427 low_value = pow(low_value, vi->screen_inverse); |
| 9428 low_value *= outmax; |
| 9429 if (low_value < es_lo) es_lo = low_value; |
| 9430 |
| 9431 /* Quantize this appropriately: */ |
| 9432 es_lo = ceil(es_lo / vi->outquant - .5) * vi->outquant; |
| 9433 } |
| 9434 |
| 9435 else |
| 9436 es_lo = 0; |
| 9437 |
| 9438 es_hi = encoded_sample + vi->maxout; |
| 9439 |
| 9440 if (es_hi < outmax && input_sample+tmp < 1) |
| 9441 { |
| 9442 double high_value = input_sample+tmp; |
| 9443 if (output_is_encoded) |
| 9444 high_value = pow(high_value, vi->screen_inverse); |
| 9445 high_value *= outmax; |
| 9446 if (high_value > es_hi) es_hi = high_value; |
| 9447 |
| 9448 es_hi = floor(es_hi / vi->outquant + .5) * vi->outquant; |
| 9449 } |
| 9450 |
| 9451 else |
| 9452 es_hi = outmax; |
| 9453 } |
| 9454 |
| 9455 /* The primary test is that the final encoded value returned by the |
| 9456 * library should be between the two limits (inclusive) that were |
| 9457 * calculated above. |
| 9458 */ |
| 9459 if (od >= es_lo && od <= es_hi) |
| 9460 { |
| 9461 /* The value passes, but we may need to log the information anyway. */ |
| 9462 if (encoded_error < vi->outlog) |
| 9463 return i; |
| 9464 |
| 9465 if (pass == 0) |
| 9466 pass = "within digitization limits:\n"; |
| 9467 } |
| 9468 |
| 9469 { |
| 9470 /* There has been an error in processing, or we need to log this |
| 9471 * value. |
| 9472 */ |
| 9473 double is_lo, is_hi; |
| 9474 |
| 9475 /* pass is set at this point if either of the tests above would have |
| 9476 * passed. Don't do these additional tests here - just log the |
| 9477 * original [es_lo..es_hi] values. |
| 9478 */ |
| 9479 if (pass == 0 && vi->use_input_precision && vi->dp->sbit) |
| 9480 { |
| 9481 /* Ok, something is wrong - this actually happens in current libpng |
| 9482 * 16-to-8 processing. Assume that the input value (id, adjusted |
| 9483 * for sbit) can be anywhere between value-.5 and value+.5 - quite a |
| 9484 * large range if sbit is low. |
| 9485 * |
| 9486 * NOTE: at present because the libpng gamma table stuff has been |
| 9487 * changed to use a rounding algorithm to correct errors in 8-bit |
| 9488 * calculations the precise sbit calculation (a shift) has been |
| 9489 * lost. This can result in up to a +/-1 error in the presence of |
| 9490 * an sbit less than the bit depth. |
| 9491 */ |
| 9492 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 9493 # define SBIT_ERROR .5 |
| 9494 # else |
| 9495 # define SBIT_ERROR 1. |
| 9496 # endif |
| 9497 double tmp = (isbit - SBIT_ERROR)/sbit_max; |
| 9498 |
| 9499 if (tmp <= 0) |
| 9500 tmp = 0; |
| 9501 |
| 9502 else if (alpha >= 0 && vi->file_inverse > 0 && tmp < 1) |
| 9503 tmp = pow(tmp, vi->file_inverse); |
| 9504 |
| 9505 tmp = gamma_component_compose(do_background, tmp, alpha, background, |
| 9506 NULL); |
| 9507 |
| 9508 if (output_is_encoded && tmp > 0 && tmp < 1) |
| 9509 tmp = pow(tmp, vi->screen_inverse); |
| 9510 |
| 9511 is_lo = ceil(outmax * tmp - vi->maxout_total); |
| 9512 |
| 9513 if (is_lo < 0) |
| 9514 is_lo = 0; |
| 9515 |
| 9516 tmp = (isbit + SBIT_ERROR)/sbit_max; |
| 9517 |
| 9518 if (tmp >= 1) |
| 9519 tmp = 1; |
| 9520 |
| 9521 else if (alpha >= 0 && vi->file_inverse > 0 && tmp < 1) |
| 9522 tmp = pow(tmp, vi->file_inverse); |
| 9523 |
| 9524 tmp = gamma_component_compose(do_background, tmp, alpha, background, |
| 9525 NULL); |
| 9526 |
| 9527 if (output_is_encoded && tmp > 0 && tmp < 1) |
| 9528 tmp = pow(tmp, vi->screen_inverse); |
| 9529 |
| 9530 is_hi = floor(outmax * tmp + vi->maxout_total); |
| 9531 |
| 9532 if (is_hi > outmax) |
| 9533 is_hi = outmax; |
| 9534 |
| 9535 if (!(od < is_lo || od > is_hi)) |
| 9536 { |
| 9537 if (encoded_error < vi->outlog) |
| 9538 return i; |
| 9539 |
| 9540 pass = "within input precision limits:\n"; |
| 9541 } |
| 9542 |
| 9543 /* One last chance. If this is an alpha channel and the 16to8 |
| 9544 * option has been used and 'inaccurate' scaling is used then the |
| 9545 * bit reduction is obtained by simply using the top 8 bits of the |
| 9546 * value. |
| 9547 * |
| 9548 * This is only done for older libpng versions when the 'inaccurate' |
| 9549 * (chop) method of scaling was used. |
| 9550 */ |
| 9551 # ifndef PNG_READ_16_TO_8_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED |
| 9552 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10504 |
| 9553 /* This may be required for other components in the future, |
| 9554 * but at present the presence of gamma correction effectively |
| 9555 * prevents the errors in the component scaling (I don't quite |
| 9556 * understand why, but since it's better this way I care not |
| 9557 * to ask, JB 20110419.) |
| 9558 */ |
| 9559 if (pass == 0 && alpha < 0 && vi->scale16 && vi->sbit > 8 && |
| 9560 vi->sbit + vi->isbit_shift == 16) |
| 9561 { |
| 9562 tmp = ((id >> 8) - .5)/255; |
| 9563 |
| 9564 if (tmp > 0) |
| 9565 { |
| 9566 is_lo = ceil(outmax * tmp - vi->maxout_total); |
| 9567 if (is_lo < 0) is_lo = 0; |
| 9568 } |
| 9569 |
| 9570 else |
| 9571 is_lo = 0; |
| 9572 |
| 9573 tmp = ((id >> 8) + .5)/255; |
| 9574 |
| 9575 if (tmp < 1) |
| 9576 { |
| 9577 is_hi = floor(outmax * tmp + vi->maxout_total); |
| 9578 if (is_hi > outmax) is_hi = outmax; |
| 9579 } |
| 9580 |
| 9581 else |
| 9582 is_hi = outmax; |
| 9583 |
| 9584 if (!(od < is_lo || od > is_hi)) |
| 9585 { |
| 9586 if (encoded_error < vi->outlog) |
| 9587 return i; |
| 9588 |
| 9589 pass = "within 8 bit limits:\n"; |
| 9590 } |
| 9591 } |
| 9592 # endif |
| 9593 # endif |
| 9594 } |
| 9595 else /* !use_input_precision */ |
| 9596 is_lo = es_lo, is_hi = es_hi; |
| 9597 |
| 9598 /* Attempt to output a meaningful error/warning message: the message |
| 9599 * output depends on the background/composite operation being performed |
| 9600 * because this changes what parameters were actually used above. |
| 9601 */ |
| 9602 { |
| 9603 size_t pos = 0; |
| 9604 /* Need either 1/255 or 1/65535 precision here; 3 or 6 decimal |
| 9605 * places. Just use outmax to work out which. |
| 9606 */ |
| 9607 int precision = (outmax >= 1000 ? 6 : 3); |
| 9608 int use_input=1, use_background=0, do_compose=0; |
| 9609 char msg[256]; |
| 9610 |
| 9611 if (pass != 0) |
| 9612 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "\n\t"); |
| 9613 |
| 9614 /* Set up the various flags, the output_is_encoded flag above |
| 9615 * is also used below. do_compose is just a double check. |
| 9616 */ |
| 9617 switch (do_background) |
| 9618 { |
| 9619 # ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED |
| 9620 case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN: |
| 9621 case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE: |
| 9622 case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE: |
| 9623 use_background = (alpha >= 0 && alpha < 1); |
| 9624 /*FALL THROUGH*/ |
| 9625 # endif |
| 9626 # ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED |
| 9627 case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD: |
| 9628 case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN: |
| 9629 case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED: |
| 9630 # endif /* ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED */ |
| 9631 do_compose = (alpha > 0 && alpha < 1); |
| 9632 use_input = (alpha != 0); |
| 9633 break; |
| 9634 |
| 9635 default: |
| 9636 break; |
| 9637 } |
| 9638 |
| 9639 /* Check the 'compose' flag */ |
| 9640 if (compose != do_compose) |
| 9641 png_error(vi->pp, "internal error (compose)"); |
| 9642 |
| 9643 /* 'name' is the component name */ |
| 9644 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, name); |
| 9645 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "("); |
| 9646 pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, id); |
| 9647 if (use_input || pass != 0/*logging*/) |
| 9648 { |
| 9649 if (isbit != id) |
| 9650 { |
| 9651 /* sBIT has reduced the precision of the input: */ |
| 9652 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, ", sbit("); |
| 9653 pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, vi->sbit); |
| 9654 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "): "); |
| 9655 pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, isbit); |
| 9656 } |
| 9657 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "/"); |
| 9658 /* The output is either "id/max" or "id sbit(sbit): isbit/max" */ |
| 9659 pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, vi->sbit_max); |
| 9660 } |
| 9661 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, ")"); |
| 9662 |
| 9663 /* A component may have been multiplied (in linear space) by the |
| 9664 * alpha value, 'compose' says whether this is relevant. |
| 9665 */ |
| 9666 if (compose || pass != 0) |
| 9667 { |
| 9668 /* If any form of composition is being done report our |
| 9669 * calculated linear value here (the code above doesn't record |
| 9670 * the input value before composition is performed, so what |
| 9671 * gets reported is the value after composition.) |
| 9672 */ |
| 9673 if (use_input || pass != 0) |
| 9674 { |
| 9675 if (vi->file_inverse > 0) |
| 9676 { |
| 9677 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "^"); |
| 9678 pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, vi->file_inverse, 2); |
| 9679 } |
| 9680 |
| 9681 else |
| 9682 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "[linear]"); |
| 9683 |
| 9684 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "*(alpha)"); |
| 9685 pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, alpha, precision); |
| 9686 } |
| 9687 |
| 9688 /* Now record the *linear* background value if it was used |
| 9689 * (this function is not passed the original, non-linear, |
| 9690 * value but it is contained in the test name.) |
| 9691 */ |
| 9692 if (use_background) |
| 9693 { |
| 9694 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, use_input ? "+" : " "); |
| 9695 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "(background)"); |
| 9696 pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, background, precision); |
| 9697 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "*"); |
| 9698 pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, 1-alpha, precision); |
| 9699 } |
| 9700 } |
| 9701 |
| 9702 /* Report the calculated value (input_sample) and the linearized |
| 9703 * libpng value (output) unless this is just a component gamma |
| 9704 * correction. |
| 9705 */ |
| 9706 if (compose || alpha < 0 || pass != 0) |
| 9707 { |
| 9708 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, |
| 9709 pass != 0 ? " =\n\t" : " = "); |
| 9710 pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, input_sample, precision); |
| 9711 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " (libpng: "); |
| 9712 pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, output, precision); |
| 9713 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, ")"); |
| 9714 |
| 9715 /* Finally report the output gamma encoding, if any. */ |
| 9716 if (output_is_encoded) |
| 9717 { |
| 9718 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " ^"); |
| 9719 pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, vi->screen_inverse, 2); |
| 9720 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "(to screen) ="); |
| 9721 } |
| 9722 |
| 9723 else |
| 9724 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " [screen is linear] ="); |
| 9725 } |
| 9726 |
| 9727 if ((!compose && alpha >= 0) || pass != 0) |
| 9728 { |
| 9729 if (pass != 0) /* logging */ |
| 9730 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "\n\t[overall:"); |
| 9731 |
| 9732 /* This is the non-composition case, the internal linear |
| 9733 * values are irrelevant (though the log below will reveal |
| 9734 * them.) Output a much shorter warning/error message and report |
| 9735 * the overall gamma correction. |
| 9736 */ |
| 9737 if (vi->gamma_correction > 0) |
| 9738 { |
| 9739 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " ^"); |
| 9740 pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, vi->gamma_correction, 2); |
| 9741 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "(gamma correction) ="); |
| 9742 } |
| 9743 |
| 9744 else |
| 9745 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, |
| 9746 " [no gamma correction] ="); |
| 9747 |
| 9748 if (pass != 0) |
| 9749 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "]"); |
| 9750 } |
| 9751 |
| 9752 /* This is our calculated encoded_sample which should (but does |
| 9753 * not) match od: |
| 9754 */ |
| 9755 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, pass != 0 ? "\n\t" : " "); |
| 9756 pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, is_lo, 1); |
| 9757 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " < "); |
| 9758 pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, encoded_sample, 1); |
| 9759 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " (libpng: "); |
| 9760 pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, od); |
| 9761 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, ")"); |
| 9762 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "/"); |
| 9763 pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, outmax); |
| 9764 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " < "); |
| 9765 pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, is_hi, 1); |
| 9766 |
| 9767 if (pass == 0) /* The error condition */ |
| 9768 { |
| 9769 # ifdef PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED |
| 9770 png_warning(vi->pp, msg); |
| 9771 # else |
| 9772 store_warning(vi->pp, msg); |
| 9773 # endif |
| 9774 } |
| 9775 |
| 9776 else /* logging this value */ |
| 9777 store_verbose(&vi->dp->pm->this, vi->pp, pass, msg); |
| 9778 } |
| 9779 } |
| 9780 } |
| 9781 |
| 9782 return i; |
| 9783 } |
| 9784 |
| 9785 static void |
| 9786 gamma_image_validate(gamma_display *dp, png_const_structp pp, |
| 9787 png_infop pi) |
| 9788 { |
| 9789 /* Get some constants derived from the input and output file formats: */ |
| 9790 const png_store* const ps = dp->this.ps; |
| 9791 const png_byte in_ct = dp->this.colour_type; |
| 9792 const png_byte in_bd = dp->this.bit_depth; |
| 9793 const png_uint_32 w = dp->this.w; |
| 9794 const png_uint_32 h = dp->this.h; |
| 9795 const size_t cbRow = dp->this.cbRow; |
| 9796 const png_byte out_ct = png_get_color_type(pp, pi); |
| 9797 const png_byte out_bd = png_get_bit_depth(pp, pi); |
| 9798 |
| 9799 /* There are three sources of error, firstly the quantization in the |
| 9800 * file encoding, determined by sbit and/or the file depth, secondly |
| 9801 * the output (screen) gamma and thirdly the output file encoding. |
| 9802 * |
| 9803 * Since this API receives the screen and file gamma in double |
| 9804 * precision it is possible to calculate an exact answer given an input |
| 9805 * pixel value. Therefore we assume that the *input* value is exact - |
| 9806 * sample/maxsample - calculate the corresponding gamma corrected |
| 9807 * output to the limits of double precision arithmetic and compare with |
| 9808 * what libpng returns. |
| 9809 * |
| 9810 * Since the library must quantize the output to 8 or 16 bits there is |
| 9811 * a fundamental limit on the accuracy of the output of +/-.5 - this |
| 9812 * quantization limit is included in addition to the other limits |
| 9813 * specified by the paramaters to the API. (Effectively, add .5 |
| 9814 * everywhere.) |
| 9815 * |
| 9816 * The behavior of the 'sbit' paramter is defined by section 12.5 |
| 9817 * (sample depth scaling) of the PNG spec. That section forces the |
| 9818 * decoder to assume that the PNG values have been scaled if sBIT is |
| 9819 * present: |
| 9820 * |
| 9821 * png-sample = floor( input-sample * (max-out/max-in) + .5); |
| 9822 * |
| 9823 * This means that only a subset of the possible PNG values should |
| 9824 * appear in the input. However, the spec allows the encoder to use a |
| 9825 * variety of approximations to the above and doesn't require any |
| 9826 * restriction of the values produced. |
| 9827 * |
| 9828 * Nevertheless the spec requires that the upper 'sBIT' bits of the |
| 9829 * value stored in a PNG file be the original sample bits. |
| 9830 * Consequently the code below simply scales the top sbit bits by |
| 9831 * (1<<sbit)-1 to obtain an original sample value. |
| 9832 * |
| 9833 * Because there is limited precision in the input it is arguable that |
| 9834 * an acceptable result is any valid result from input-.5 to input+.5. |
| 9835 * The basic tests below do not do this, however if 'use_input_precision' |
| 9836 * is set a subsequent test is performed above. |
| 9837 */ |
| 9838 const unsigned int samples_per_pixel = (out_ct & 2U) ? 3U : 1U; |
| 9839 int processing; |
| 9840 png_uint_32 y; |
| 9841 const store_palette_entry *in_palette = dp->this.palette; |
| 9842 const int in_is_transparent = dp->this.is_transparent; |
| 9843 int process_tRNS; |
| 9844 int out_npalette = -1; |
| 9845 int out_is_transparent = 0; /* Just refers to the palette case */ |
| 9846 store_palette out_palette; |
| 9847 validate_info vi; |
| 9848 |
| 9849 /* Check for row overwrite errors */ |
| 9850 store_image_check(dp->this.ps, pp, 0); |
| 9851 |
| 9852 /* Supply the input and output sample depths here - 8 for an indexed image, |
| 9853 * otherwise the bit depth. |
| 9854 */ |
| 9855 init_validate_info(&vi, dp, pp, in_ct==3?8:in_bd, out_ct==3?8:out_bd); |
| 9856 |
| 9857 processing = (vi.gamma_correction > 0 && !dp->threshold_test) |
| 9858 || in_bd != out_bd || in_ct != out_ct || vi.do_background; |
| 9859 process_tRNS = dp->this.has_tRNS && vi.do_background; |
| 9860 |
| 9861 /* TODO: FIX THIS: MAJOR BUG! If the transformations all happen inside |
| 9862 * the palette there is no way of finding out, because libpng fails to |
| 9863 * update the palette on png_read_update_info. Indeed, libpng doesn't |
| 9864 * even do the required work until much later, when it doesn't have any |
| 9865 * info pointer. Oops. For the moment 'processing' is turned off if |
| 9866 * out_ct is palette. |
| 9867 */ |
| 9868 if (in_ct == 3 && out_ct == 3) |
| 9869 processing = 0; |
| 9870 |
| 9871 if (processing && out_ct == 3) |
| 9872 out_is_transparent = read_palette(out_palette, &out_npalette, pp, pi); |
| 9873 |
| 9874 for (y=0; y<h; ++y) |
| 9875 { |
| 9876 png_const_bytep pRow = store_image_row(ps, pp, 0, y); |
| 9877 png_byte std[STANDARD_ROWMAX]; |
| 9878 |
| 9879 transform_row(pp, std, in_ct, in_bd, y); |
| 9880 |
| 9881 if (processing) |
| 9882 { |
| 9883 unsigned int x; |
| 9884 |
| 9885 for (x=0; x<w; ++x) |
| 9886 { |
| 9887 double alpha = 1; /* serves as a flag value */ |
| 9888 |
| 9889 /* Record the palette index for index images. */ |
| 9890 const unsigned int in_index = |
| 9891 in_ct == 3 ? sample(std, 3, in_bd, x, 0, 0, 0) : 256; |
| 9892 const unsigned int out_index = |
| 9893 out_ct == 3 ? sample(std, 3, out_bd, x, 0, 0, 0) : 256; |
| 9894 |
| 9895 /* Handle input alpha - png_set_background will cause the output |
| 9896 * alpha to disappear so there is nothing to check. |
| 9897 */ |
| 9898 if ((in_ct & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) != 0 || |
| 9899 (in_ct == 3 && in_is_transparent)) |
| 9900 { |
| 9901 const unsigned int input_alpha = in_ct == 3 ? |
| 9902 dp->this.palette[in_index].alpha : |
| 9903 sample(std, in_ct, in_bd, x, samples_per_pixel, 0, 0); |
| 9904 |
| 9905 unsigned int output_alpha = 65536 /* as a flag value */; |
| 9906 |
| 9907 if (out_ct == 3) |
| 9908 { |
| 9909 if (out_is_transparent) |
| 9910 output_alpha = out_palette[out_index].alpha; |
| 9911 } |
| 9912 |
| 9913 else if ((out_ct & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) != 0) |
| 9914 output_alpha = sample(pRow, out_ct, out_bd, x, |
| 9915 samples_per_pixel, 0, 0); |
| 9916 |
| 9917 if (output_alpha != 65536) |
| 9918 alpha = gamma_component_validate("alpha", &vi, input_alpha, |
| 9919 output_alpha, -1/*alpha*/, 0/*background*/); |
| 9920 |
| 9921 else /* no alpha in output */ |
| 9922 { |
| 9923 /* This is a copy of the calculation of 'i' above in order to |
| 9924 * have the alpha value to use in the background calculation. |
| 9925 */ |
| 9926 alpha = input_alpha >> vi.isbit_shift; |
| 9927 alpha /= vi.sbit_max; |
| 9928 } |
| 9929 } |
| 9930 |
| 9931 else if (process_tRNS) |
| 9932 { |
| 9933 /* alpha needs to be set appropriately for this pixel, it is |
| 9934 * currently 1 and needs to be 0 for an input pixel which matches |
| 9935 * the values in tRNS. |
| 9936 */ |
| 9937 switch (in_ct) |
| 9938 { |
| 9939 case 0: /* gray */ |
| 9940 if (sample(std, in_ct, in_bd, x, 0, 0, 0) == |
| 9941 dp->this.transparent.red) |
| 9942 alpha = 0; |
| 9943 break; |
| 9944 |
| 9945 case 2: /* RGB */ |
| 9946 if (sample(std, in_ct, in_bd, x, 0, 0, 0) == |
| 9947 dp->this.transparent.red && |
| 9948 sample(std, in_ct, in_bd, x, 1, 0, 0) == |
| 9949 dp->this.transparent.green && |
| 9950 sample(std, in_ct, in_bd, x, 2, 0, 0) == |
| 9951 dp->this.transparent.blue) |
| 9952 alpha = 0; |
| 9953 break; |
| 9954 |
| 9955 default: |
| 9956 break; |
| 9957 } |
| 9958 } |
| 9959 |
| 9960 /* Handle grayscale or RGB components. */ |
| 9961 if ((in_ct & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) == 0) /* grayscale */ |
| 9962 (void)gamma_component_validate("gray", &vi, |
| 9963 sample(std, in_ct, in_bd, x, 0, 0, 0), |
| 9964 sample(pRow, out_ct, out_bd, x, 0, 0, 0), |
| 9965 alpha/*component*/, vi.background_red); |
| 9966 else /* RGB or palette */ |
| 9967 { |
| 9968 (void)gamma_component_validate("red", &vi, |
| 9969 in_ct == 3 ? in_palette[in_index].red : |
| 9970 sample(std, in_ct, in_bd, x, 0, 0, 0), |
| 9971 out_ct == 3 ? out_palette[out_index].red : |
| 9972 sample(pRow, out_ct, out_bd, x, 0, 0, 0), |
| 9973 alpha/*component*/, vi.background_red); |
| 9974 |
| 9975 (void)gamma_component_validate("green", &vi, |
| 9976 in_ct == 3 ? in_palette[in_index].green : |
| 9977 sample(std, in_ct, in_bd, x, 1, 0, 0), |
| 9978 out_ct == 3 ? out_palette[out_index].green : |
| 9979 sample(pRow, out_ct, out_bd, x, 1, 0, 0), |
| 9980 alpha/*component*/, vi.background_green); |
| 9981 |
| 9982 (void)gamma_component_validate("blue", &vi, |
| 9983 in_ct == 3 ? in_palette[in_index].blue : |
| 9984 sample(std, in_ct, in_bd, x, 2, 0, 0), |
| 9985 out_ct == 3 ? out_palette[out_index].blue : |
| 9986 sample(pRow, out_ct, out_bd, x, 2, 0, 0), |
| 9987 alpha/*component*/, vi.background_blue); |
| 9988 } |
| 9989 } |
| 9990 } |
| 9991 |
| 9992 else if (memcmp(std, pRow, cbRow) != 0) |
| 9993 { |
| 9994 char msg[64]; |
| 9995 |
| 9996 /* No transform is expected on the threshold tests. */ |
| 9997 sprintf(msg, "gamma: below threshold row %lu changed", |
| 9998 (unsigned long)y); |
| 9999 |
| 10000 png_error(pp, msg); |
| 10001 } |
| 10002 } /* row (y) loop */ |
| 10003 |
| 10004 dp->this.ps->validated = 1; |
| 10005 } |
| 10006 |
| 10007 static void PNGCBAPI |
| 10008 gamma_end(png_structp ppIn, png_infop pi) |
| 10009 { |
| 10010 png_const_structp pp = ppIn; |
| 10011 gamma_display *dp = voidcast(gamma_display*, png_get_progressive_ptr(pp)); |
| 10012 |
| 10013 if (!dp->this.speed) |
| 10014 gamma_image_validate(dp, pp, pi); |
| 10015 else |
| 10016 dp->this.ps->validated = 1; |
| 10017 } |
| 10018 |
| 10019 /* A single test run checking a gamma transformation. |
| 10020 * |
| 10021 * maxabs: maximum absolute error as a fraction |
| 10022 * maxout: maximum output error in the output units |
| 10023 * maxpc: maximum percentage error (as a percentage) |
| 10024 */ |
| 10025 static void |
| 10026 gamma_test(png_modifier *pmIn, const png_byte colour_typeIn, |
| 10027 const png_byte bit_depthIn, const int palette_numberIn, |
| 10028 const int interlace_typeIn, |
| 10029 const double file_gammaIn, const double screen_gammaIn, |
| 10030 const png_byte sbitIn, const int threshold_testIn, |
| 10031 const char *name, |
| 10032 const int use_input_precisionIn, const int scale16In, |
| 10033 const int expand16In, const int do_backgroundIn, |
| 10034 const png_color_16 *bkgd_colorIn, double bkgd_gammaIn) |
| 10035 { |
| 10036 gamma_display d; |
| 10037 context(&pmIn->this, fault); |
| 10038 |
| 10039 gamma_display_init(&d, pmIn, FILEID(colour_typeIn, bit_depthIn, |
| 10040 palette_numberIn, interlace_typeIn, 0, 0, 0), |
| 10041 file_gammaIn, screen_gammaIn, sbitIn, |
| 10042 threshold_testIn, use_input_precisionIn, scale16In, |
| 10043 expand16In, do_backgroundIn, bkgd_colorIn, bkgd_gammaIn); |
| 10044 |
| 10045 Try |
| 10046 { |
| 10047 png_structp pp; |
| 10048 png_infop pi; |
| 10049 gama_modification gama_mod; |
| 10050 srgb_modification srgb_mod; |
| 10051 sbit_modification sbit_mod; |
| 10052 |
| 10053 /* For the moment don't use the png_modifier support here. */ |
| 10054 d.pm->encoding_counter = 0; |
| 10055 modifier_set_encoding(d.pm); /* Just resets everything */ |
| 10056 d.pm->current_gamma = d.file_gamma; |
| 10057 |
| 10058 /* Make an appropriate modifier to set the PNG file gamma to the |
| 10059 * given gamma value and the sBIT chunk to the given precision. |
| 10060 */ |
| 10061 d.pm->modifications = NULL; |
| 10062 gama_modification_init(&gama_mod, d.pm, d.file_gamma); |
| 10063 srgb_modification_init(&srgb_mod, d.pm, 127 /*delete*/); |
| 10064 if (d.sbit > 0) |
| 10065 sbit_modification_init(&sbit_mod, d.pm, d.sbit); |
| 10066 |
| 10067 modification_reset(d.pm->modifications); |
| 10068 |
| 10069 /* Get a png_struct for reading the image. */ |
| 10070 pp = set_modifier_for_read(d.pm, &pi, d.this.id, name); |
| 10071 standard_palette_init(&d.this); |
| 10072 |
| 10073 /* Introduce the correct read function. */ |
| 10074 if (d.pm->this.progressive) |
| 10075 { |
| 10076 /* Share the row function with the standard implementation. */ |
| 10077 png_set_progressive_read_fn(pp, &d, gamma_info, progressive_row, |
| 10078 gamma_end); |
| 10079 |
| 10080 /* Now feed data into the reader until we reach the end: */ |
| 10081 modifier_progressive_read(d.pm, pp, pi); |
| 10082 } |
| 10083 else |
| 10084 { |
| 10085 /* modifier_read expects a png_modifier* */ |
| 10086 png_set_read_fn(pp, d.pm, modifier_read); |
| 10087 |
| 10088 /* Check the header values: */ |
| 10089 png_read_info(pp, pi); |
| 10090 |
| 10091 /* Process the 'info' requirements. Only one image is generated */ |
| 10092 gamma_info_imp(&d, pp, pi); |
| 10093 |
| 10094 sequential_row(&d.this, pp, pi, -1, 0); |
| 10095 |
| 10096 if (!d.this.speed) |
| 10097 gamma_image_validate(&d, pp, pi); |
| 10098 else |
| 10099 d.this.ps->validated = 1; |
| 10100 } |
| 10101 |
| 10102 modifier_reset(d.pm); |
| 10103 |
| 10104 if (d.pm->log && !d.threshold_test && !d.this.speed) |
| 10105 fprintf(stderr, "%d bit %s %s: max error %f (%.2g, %2g%%)\n", |
| 10106 d.this.bit_depth, colour_types[d.this.colour_type], name, |
| 10107 d.maxerrout, d.maxerrabs, 100*d.maxerrpc); |
| 10108 |
| 10109 /* Log the summary values too. */ |
| 10110 if (d.this.colour_type == 0 || d.this.colour_type == 4) |
| 10111 { |
| 10112 switch (d.this.bit_depth) |
| 10113 { |
| 10114 case 1: |
| 10115 break; |
| 10116 |
| 10117 case 2: |
| 10118 if (d.maxerrout > d.pm->error_gray_2) |
| 10119 d.pm->error_gray_2 = d.maxerrout; |
| 10120 |
| 10121 break; |
| 10122 |
| 10123 case 4: |
| 10124 if (d.maxerrout > d.pm->error_gray_4) |
| 10125 d.pm->error_gray_4 = d.maxerrout; |
| 10126 |
| 10127 break; |
| 10128 |
| 10129 case 8: |
| 10130 if (d.maxerrout > d.pm->error_gray_8) |
| 10131 d.pm->error_gray_8 = d.maxerrout; |
| 10132 |
| 10133 break; |
| 10134 |
| 10135 case 16: |
| 10136 if (d.maxerrout > d.pm->error_gray_16) |
| 10137 d.pm->error_gray_16 = d.maxerrout; |
| 10138 |
| 10139 break; |
| 10140 |
| 10141 default: |
| 10142 png_error(pp, "bad bit depth (internal: 1)"); |
| 10143 } |
| 10144 } |
| 10145 |
| 10146 else if (d.this.colour_type == 2 || d.this.colour_type == 6) |
| 10147 { |
| 10148 switch (d.this.bit_depth) |
| 10149 { |
| 10150 case 8: |
| 10151 |
| 10152 if (d.maxerrout > d.pm->error_color_8) |
| 10153 d.pm->error_color_8 = d.maxerrout; |
| 10154 |
| 10155 break; |
| 10156 |
| 10157 case 16: |
| 10158 |
| 10159 if (d.maxerrout > d.pm->error_color_16) |
| 10160 d.pm->error_color_16 = d.maxerrout; |
| 10161 |
| 10162 break; |
| 10163 |
| 10164 default: |
| 10165 png_error(pp, "bad bit depth (internal: 2)"); |
| 10166 } |
| 10167 } |
| 10168 |
| 10169 else if (d.this.colour_type == 3) |
| 10170 { |
| 10171 if (d.maxerrout > d.pm->error_indexed) |
| 10172 d.pm->error_indexed = d.maxerrout; |
| 10173 } |
| 10174 } |
| 10175 |
| 10176 Catch(fault) |
| 10177 modifier_reset(voidcast(png_modifier*,(void*)fault)); |
| 10178 } |
| 10179 |
| 10180 static void gamma_threshold_test(png_modifier *pm, png_byte colour_type, |
| 10181 png_byte bit_depth, int interlace_type, double file_gamma, |
| 10182 double screen_gamma) |
| 10183 { |
| 10184 size_t pos = 0; |
| 10185 char name[64]; |
| 10186 pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "threshold "); |
| 10187 pos = safecatd(name, sizeof name, pos, file_gamma, 3); |
| 10188 pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "/"); |
| 10189 pos = safecatd(name, sizeof name, pos, screen_gamma, 3); |
| 10190 |
| 10191 (void)gamma_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, 0/*palette*/, interlace_type, |
| 10192 file_gamma, screen_gamma, 0/*sBIT*/, 1/*threshold test*/, name, |
| 10193 0 /*no input precision*/, |
| 10194 0 /*no scale16*/, 0 /*no expand16*/, 0 /*no background*/, 0 /*hence*/, |
| 10195 0 /*no background gamma*/); |
| 10196 } |
| 10197 |
| 10198 static void |
| 10199 perform_gamma_threshold_tests(png_modifier *pm) |
| 10200 { |
| 10201 png_byte colour_type = 0; |
| 10202 png_byte bit_depth = 0; |
| 10203 unsigned int palette_number = 0; |
| 10204 |
| 10205 /* Don't test more than one instance of each palette - it's pointless, in |
| 10206 * fact this test is somewhat excessive since libpng doesn't make this |
| 10207 * decision based on colour type or bit depth! |
| 10208 * |
| 10209 * CHANGED: now test two palettes and, as a side effect, images with and |
| 10210 * without tRNS. |
| 10211 */ |
| 10212 while (next_format(&colour_type, &bit_depth, &palette_number, |
| 10213 pm->test_lbg_gamma_threshold, pm->test_tRNS)) |
| 10214 if (palette_number < 2) |
| 10215 { |
| 10216 double test_gamma = 1.0; |
| 10217 while (test_gamma >= .4) |
| 10218 { |
| 10219 /* There's little point testing the interlacing vs non-interlacing, |
| 10220 * but this can be set from the command line. |
| 10221 */ |
| 10222 gamma_threshold_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, pm->interlace_type, |
| 10223 test_gamma, 1/test_gamma); |
| 10224 test_gamma *= .95; |
| 10225 } |
| 10226 |
| 10227 /* And a special test for sRGB */ |
| 10228 gamma_threshold_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, pm->interlace_type, |
| 10229 .45455, 2.2); |
| 10230 |
| 10231 if (fail(pm)) |
| 10232 return; |
| 10233 } |
| 10234 } |
| 10235 |
| 10236 static void gamma_transform_test(png_modifier *pm, |
| 10237 const png_byte colour_type, const png_byte bit_depth, |
| 10238 const int palette_number, |
| 10239 const int interlace_type, const double file_gamma, |
| 10240 const double screen_gamma, const png_byte sbit, |
| 10241 const int use_input_precision, const int scale16) |
| 10242 { |
| 10243 size_t pos = 0; |
| 10244 char name[64]; |
| 10245 |
| 10246 if (sbit != bit_depth && sbit != 0) |
| 10247 { |
| 10248 pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "sbit("); |
| 10249 pos = safecatn(name, sizeof name, pos, sbit); |
| 10250 pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, ") "); |
| 10251 } |
| 10252 |
| 10253 else |
| 10254 pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "gamma "); |
| 10255 |
| 10256 if (scale16) |
| 10257 pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "16to8 "); |
| 10258 |
| 10259 pos = safecatd(name, sizeof name, pos, file_gamma, 3); |
| 10260 pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "->"); |
| 10261 pos = safecatd(name, sizeof name, pos, screen_gamma, 3); |
| 10262 |
| 10263 gamma_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, palette_number, interlace_type, |
| 10264 file_gamma, screen_gamma, sbit, 0, name, use_input_precision, |
| 10265 scale16, pm->test_gamma_expand16, 0 , 0, 0); |
| 10266 } |
| 10267 |
| 10268 static void perform_gamma_transform_tests(png_modifier *pm) |
| 10269 { |
| 10270 png_byte colour_type = 0; |
| 10271 png_byte bit_depth = 0; |
| 10272 unsigned int palette_number = 0; |
| 10273 |
| 10274 while (next_format(&colour_type, &bit_depth, &palette_number, |
| 10275 pm->test_lbg_gamma_transform, pm->test_tRNS)) |
| 10276 { |
| 10277 unsigned int i, j; |
| 10278 |
| 10279 for (i=0; i<pm->ngamma_tests; ++i) for (j=0; j<pm->ngamma_tests; ++j) |
| 10280 if (i != j) |
| 10281 { |
| 10282 gamma_transform_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, palette_number, |
| 10283 pm->interlace_type, 1/pm->gammas[i], pm->gammas[j], 0/*sBIT*/, |
| 10284 pm->use_input_precision, 0 /*do not scale16*/); |
| 10285 |
| 10286 if (fail(pm)) |
| 10287 return; |
| 10288 } |
| 10289 } |
| 10290 } |
| 10291 |
| 10292 static void perform_gamma_sbit_tests(png_modifier *pm) |
| 10293 { |
| 10294 png_byte sbit; |
| 10295 |
| 10296 /* The only interesting cases are colour and grayscale, alpha is ignored here |
| 10297 * for overall speed. Only bit depths where sbit is less than the bit depth |
| 10298 * are tested. |
| 10299 */ |
| 10300 for (sbit=pm->sbitlow; sbit<(1<<READ_BDHI); ++sbit) |
| 10301 { |
| 10302 png_byte colour_type = 0, bit_depth = 0; |
| 10303 unsigned int npalette = 0; |
| 10304 |
| 10305 while (next_format(&colour_type, &bit_depth, &npalette, |
| 10306 pm->test_lbg_gamma_sbit, pm->test_tRNS)) |
| 10307 if ((colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) == 0 && |
| 10308 ((colour_type == 3 && sbit < 8) || |
| 10309 (colour_type != 3 && sbit < bit_depth))) |
| 10310 { |
| 10311 unsigned int i; |
| 10312 |
| 10313 for (i=0; i<pm->ngamma_tests; ++i) |
| 10314 { |
| 10315 unsigned int j; |
| 10316 |
| 10317 for (j=0; j<pm->ngamma_tests; ++j) if (i != j) |
| 10318 { |
| 10319 gamma_transform_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, npalette, |
| 10320 pm->interlace_type, 1/pm->gammas[i], pm->gammas[j], |
| 10321 sbit, pm->use_input_precision_sbit, 0 /*scale16*/); |
| 10322 |
| 10323 if (fail(pm)) |
| 10324 return; |
| 10325 } |
| 10326 } |
| 10327 } |
| 10328 } |
| 10329 } |
| 10330 |
| 10331 /* Note that this requires a 16 bit source image but produces 8 bit output, so |
| 10332 * we only need the 16bit write support, but the 16 bit images are only |
| 10333 * generated if DO_16BIT is defined. |
| 10334 */ |
| 10335 #ifdef DO_16BIT |
| 10336 static void perform_gamma_scale16_tests(png_modifier *pm) |
| 10337 { |
| 10338 # ifndef PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8 |
| 10339 # define PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8 11 |
| 10340 # endif |
| 10341 # if defined PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8 || PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 10342 # define SBIT_16_TO_8 PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8 |
| 10343 # else |
| 10344 # define SBIT_16_TO_8 16 |
| 10345 # endif |
| 10346 /* Include the alpha cases here. Note that sbit matches the internal value |
| 10347 * used by the library - otherwise we will get spurious errors from the |
| 10348 * internal sbit style approximation. |
| 10349 * |
| 10350 * The threshold test is here because otherwise the 16 to 8 conversion will |
| 10351 * proceed *without* gamma correction, and the tests above will fail (but not |
| 10352 * by much) - this could be fixed, it only appears with the -g option. |
| 10353 */ |
| 10354 unsigned int i, j; |
| 10355 for (i=0; i<pm->ngamma_tests; ++i) |
| 10356 { |
| 10357 for (j=0; j<pm->ngamma_tests; ++j) |
| 10358 { |
| 10359 if (i != j && |
| 10360 fabs(pm->gammas[j]/pm->gammas[i]-1) >= PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD) |
| 10361 { |
| 10362 gamma_transform_test(pm, 0, 16, 0, pm->interlace_type, |
| 10363 1/pm->gammas[i], pm->gammas[j], SBIT_16_TO_8, |
| 10364 pm->use_input_precision_16to8, 1 /*scale16*/); |
| 10365 |
| 10366 if (fail(pm)) |
| 10367 return; |
| 10368 |
| 10369 gamma_transform_test(pm, 2, 16, 0, pm->interlace_type, |
| 10370 1/pm->gammas[i], pm->gammas[j], SBIT_16_TO_8, |
| 10371 pm->use_input_precision_16to8, 1 /*scale16*/); |
| 10372 |
| 10373 if (fail(pm)) |
| 10374 return; |
| 10375 |
| 10376 gamma_transform_test(pm, 4, 16, 0, pm->interlace_type, |
| 10377 1/pm->gammas[i], pm->gammas[j], SBIT_16_TO_8, |
| 10378 pm->use_input_precision_16to8, 1 /*scale16*/); |
| 10379 |
| 10380 if (fail(pm)) |
| 10381 return; |
| 10382 |
| 10383 gamma_transform_test(pm, 6, 16, 0, pm->interlace_type, |
| 10384 1/pm->gammas[i], pm->gammas[j], SBIT_16_TO_8, |
| 10385 pm->use_input_precision_16to8, 1 /*scale16*/); |
| 10386 |
| 10387 if (fail(pm)) |
| 10388 return; |
| 10389 } |
| 10390 } |
| 10391 } |
| 10392 } |
| 10393 #endif /* 16 to 8 bit conversion */ |
| 10394 |
| 10395 #if defined(PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED) ||\ |
| 10396 defined(PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED) |
| 10397 static void gamma_composition_test(png_modifier *pm, |
| 10398 const png_byte colour_type, const png_byte bit_depth, |
| 10399 const int palette_number, |
| 10400 const int interlace_type, const double file_gamma, |
| 10401 const double screen_gamma, |
| 10402 const int use_input_precision, const int do_background, |
| 10403 const int expand_16) |
| 10404 { |
| 10405 size_t pos = 0; |
| 10406 png_const_charp base; |
| 10407 double bg; |
| 10408 char name[128]; |
| 10409 png_color_16 background; |
| 10410 |
| 10411 /* Make up a name and get an appropriate background gamma value. */ |
| 10412 switch (do_background) |
| 10413 { |
| 10414 default: |
| 10415 base = ""; |
| 10416 bg = 4; /* should not be used */ |
| 10417 break; |
| 10418 case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN: |
| 10419 base = " bckg(Screen):"; |
| 10420 bg = 1/screen_gamma; |
| 10421 break; |
| 10422 case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE: |
| 10423 base = " bckg(File):"; |
| 10424 bg = file_gamma; |
| 10425 break; |
| 10426 case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE: |
| 10427 base = " bckg(Unique):"; |
| 10428 /* This tests the handling of a unique value, the math is such that the |
| 10429 * value tends to be <1, but is neither screen nor file (even if they |
| 10430 * match!) |
| 10431 */ |
| 10432 bg = (file_gamma + screen_gamma) / 3; |
| 10433 break; |
| 10434 #ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED |
| 10435 case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_PNG: |
| 10436 base = " alpha(PNG)"; |
| 10437 bg = 4; /* should not be used */ |
| 10438 break; |
| 10439 case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD: |
| 10440 base = " alpha(Porter-Duff)"; |
| 10441 bg = 4; /* should not be used */ |
| 10442 break; |
| 10443 case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED: |
| 10444 base = " alpha(Optimized)"; |
| 10445 bg = 4; /* should not be used */ |
| 10446 break; |
| 10447 case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN: |
| 10448 base = " alpha(Broken)"; |
| 10449 bg = 4; /* should not be used */ |
| 10450 break; |
| 10451 #endif |
| 10452 } |
| 10453 |
| 10454 /* Use random background values - the background is always presented in the |
| 10455 * output space (8 or 16 bit components). |
| 10456 */ |
| 10457 if (expand_16 || bit_depth == 16) |
| 10458 { |
| 10459 png_uint_32 r = random_32(); |
| 10460 |
| 10461 background.red = (png_uint_16)r; |
| 10462 background.green = (png_uint_16)(r >> 16); |
| 10463 r = random_32(); |
| 10464 background.blue = (png_uint_16)r; |
| 10465 background.gray = (png_uint_16)(r >> 16); |
| 10466 |
| 10467 /* In earlier libpng versions, those where DIGITIZE is set, any background |
| 10468 * gamma correction in the expand16 case was done using 8-bit gamma |
| 10469 * correction tables, resulting in larger errors. To cope with those |
| 10470 * cases use a 16-bit background value which will handle this gamma |
| 10471 * correction. |
| 10472 */ |
| 10473 # if DIGITIZE |
| 10474 if (expand_16 && (do_background == PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE || |
| 10475 do_background == PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE) && |
| 10476 fabs(bg*screen_gamma-1) > PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD) |
| 10477 { |
| 10478 /* The background values will be looked up in an 8-bit table to do |
| 10479 * the gamma correction, so only select values which are an exact |
| 10480 * match for the 8-bit table entries: |
| 10481 */ |
| 10482 background.red = (png_uint_16)((background.red >> 8) * 257); |
| 10483 background.green = (png_uint_16)((background.green >> 8) * 257); |
| 10484 background.blue = (png_uint_16)((background.blue >> 8) * 257); |
| 10485 background.gray = (png_uint_16)((background.gray >> 8) * 257); |
| 10486 } |
| 10487 # endif |
| 10488 } |
| 10489 |
| 10490 else /* 8 bit colors */ |
| 10491 { |
| 10492 png_uint_32 r = random_32(); |
| 10493 |
| 10494 background.red = (png_byte)r; |
| 10495 background.green = (png_byte)(r >> 8); |
| 10496 background.blue = (png_byte)(r >> 16); |
| 10497 background.gray = (png_byte)(r >> 24); |
| 10498 } |
| 10499 |
| 10500 background.index = 193; /* rgb(193,193,193) to detect errors */ |
| 10501 |
| 10502 if (!(colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)) |
| 10503 { |
| 10504 /* Because, currently, png_set_background is always called with |
| 10505 * 'need_expand' false in this case and because the gamma test itself |
| 10506 * doesn't cause an expand to 8-bit for lower bit depths the colour must |
| 10507 * be reduced to the correct range. |
| 10508 */ |
| 10509 if (bit_depth < 8) |
| 10510 background.gray &= (png_uint_16)((1U << bit_depth)-1); |
| 10511 |
| 10512 /* Grayscale input, we do not convert to RGB (TBD), so we must set the |
| 10513 * background to gray - else libpng seems to fail. |
| 10514 */ |
| 10515 background.red = background.green = background.blue = background.gray; |
| 10516 } |
| 10517 |
| 10518 pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "gamma "); |
| 10519 pos = safecatd(name, sizeof name, pos, file_gamma, 3); |
| 10520 pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "->"); |
| 10521 pos = safecatd(name, sizeof name, pos, screen_gamma, 3); |
| 10522 |
| 10523 pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, base); |
| 10524 if (do_background < ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET) |
| 10525 { |
| 10526 /* Include the background color and gamma in the name: */ |
| 10527 pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "("); |
| 10528 /* This assumes no expand gray->rgb - the current code won't handle that! |
| 10529 */ |
| 10530 if (colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) |
| 10531 { |
| 10532 pos = safecatn(name, sizeof name, pos, background.red); |
| 10533 pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, ","); |
| 10534 pos = safecatn(name, sizeof name, pos, background.green); |
| 10535 pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, ","); |
| 10536 pos = safecatn(name, sizeof name, pos, background.blue); |
| 10537 } |
| 10538 else |
| 10539 pos = safecatn(name, sizeof name, pos, background.gray); |
| 10540 pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, ")^"); |
| 10541 pos = safecatd(name, sizeof name, pos, bg, 3); |
| 10542 } |
| 10543 |
| 10544 gamma_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, palette_number, interlace_type, |
| 10545 file_gamma, screen_gamma, 0/*sBIT*/, 0, name, use_input_precision, |
| 10546 0/*strip 16*/, expand_16, do_background, &background, bg); |
| 10547 } |
| 10548 |
| 10549 |
| 10550 static void |
| 10551 perform_gamma_composition_tests(png_modifier *pm, int do_background, |
| 10552 int expand_16) |
| 10553 { |
| 10554 png_byte colour_type = 0; |
| 10555 png_byte bit_depth = 0; |
| 10556 unsigned int palette_number = 0; |
| 10557 |
| 10558 /* Skip the non-alpha cases - there is no setting of a transparency colour at |
| 10559 * present. |
| 10560 * |
| 10561 * TODO: incorrect; the palette case sets tRNS and, now RGB and gray do, |
| 10562 * however the palette case fails miserably so is commented out below. |
| 10563 */ |
| 10564 while (next_format(&colour_type, &bit_depth, &palette_number, |
| 10565 pm->test_lbg_gamma_composition, pm->test_tRNS)) |
| 10566 if ((colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) != 0 |
| 10567 #if 0 /* TODO: FIXME */ |
| 10568 /*TODO: FIXME: this should work */ |
| 10569 || colour_type == 3 |
| 10570 #endif |
| 10571 || (colour_type != 3 && palette_number != 0)) |
| 10572 { |
| 10573 unsigned int i, j; |
| 10574 |
| 10575 /* Don't skip the i==j case here - it's relevant. */ |
| 10576 for (i=0; i<pm->ngamma_tests; ++i) for (j=0; j<pm->ngamma_tests; ++j) |
| 10577 { |
| 10578 gamma_composition_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, palette_number, |
| 10579 pm->interlace_type, 1/pm->gammas[i], pm->gammas[j], |
| 10580 pm->use_input_precision, do_background, expand_16); |
| 10581 |
| 10582 if (fail(pm)) |
| 10583 return; |
| 10584 } |
| 10585 } |
| 10586 } |
| 10587 #endif /* READ_BACKGROUND || READ_ALPHA_MODE */ |
| 10588 |
| 10589 static void |
| 10590 init_gamma_errors(png_modifier *pm) |
| 10591 { |
| 10592 /* Use -1 to catch tests that were not actually run */ |
| 10593 pm->error_gray_2 = pm->error_gray_4 = pm->error_gray_8 = -1.; |
| 10594 pm->error_color_8 = -1.; |
| 10595 pm->error_indexed = -1.; |
| 10596 pm->error_gray_16 = pm->error_color_16 = -1.; |
| 10597 } |
| 10598 |
| 10599 static void |
| 10600 print_one(const char *leader, double err) |
| 10601 { |
| 10602 if (err != -1.) |
| 10603 printf(" %s %.5f\n", leader, err); |
| 10604 } |
| 10605 |
| 10606 static void |
| 10607 summarize_gamma_errors(png_modifier *pm, png_const_charp who, int low_bit_depth, |
| 10608 int indexed) |
| 10609 { |
| 10610 fflush(stderr); |
| 10611 |
| 10612 if (who) |
| 10613 printf("\nGamma correction with %s:\n", who); |
| 10614 |
| 10615 else |
| 10616 printf("\nBasic gamma correction:\n"); |
| 10617 |
| 10618 if (low_bit_depth) |
| 10619 { |
| 10620 print_one(" 2 bit gray: ", pm->error_gray_2); |
| 10621 print_one(" 4 bit gray: ", pm->error_gray_4); |
| 10622 print_one(" 8 bit gray: ", pm->error_gray_8); |
| 10623 print_one(" 8 bit color:", pm->error_color_8); |
| 10624 if (indexed) |
| 10625 print_one(" indexed: ", pm->error_indexed); |
| 10626 } |
| 10627 |
| 10628 print_one("16 bit gray: ", pm->error_gray_16); |
| 10629 print_one("16 bit color:", pm->error_color_16); |
| 10630 |
| 10631 fflush(stdout); |
| 10632 } |
| 10633 |
| 10634 static void |
| 10635 perform_gamma_test(png_modifier *pm, int summary) |
| 10636 { |
| 10637 /*TODO: remove this*/ |
| 10638 /* Save certain values for the temporary overrides below. */ |
| 10639 unsigned int calculations_use_input_precision = |
| 10640 pm->calculations_use_input_precision; |
| 10641 # ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED |
| 10642 double maxout8 = pm->maxout8; |
| 10643 # endif |
| 10644 |
| 10645 /* First some arbitrary no-transform tests: */ |
| 10646 if (!pm->this.speed && pm->test_gamma_threshold) |
| 10647 { |
| 10648 perform_gamma_threshold_tests(pm); |
| 10649 |
| 10650 if (fail(pm)) |
| 10651 return; |
| 10652 } |
| 10653 |
| 10654 /* Now some real transforms. */ |
| 10655 if (pm->test_gamma_transform) |
| 10656 { |
| 10657 if (summary) |
| 10658 { |
| 10659 fflush(stderr); |
| 10660 printf("Gamma correction error summary\n\n"); |
| 10661 printf("The printed value is the maximum error in the pixel values\n"); |
| 10662 printf("calculated by the libpng gamma correction code. The error\n"); |
| 10663 printf("is calculated as the difference between the output pixel\n"); |
| 10664 printf("value (always an integer) and the ideal value from the\n"); |
| 10665 printf("libpng specification (typically not an integer).\n\n"); |
| 10666 |
| 10667 printf("Expect this value to be less than .5 for 8 bit formats,\n"); |
| 10668 printf("less than 1 for formats with fewer than 8 bits and a small\n"); |
| 10669 printf("number (typically less than 5) for the 16 bit formats.\n"); |
| 10670 printf("For performance reasons the value for 16 bit formats\n"); |
| 10671 printf("increases when the image file includes an sBIT chunk.\n"); |
| 10672 fflush(stdout); |
| 10673 } |
| 10674 |
| 10675 init_gamma_errors(pm); |
| 10676 /*TODO: remove this. Necessary because the current libpng |
| 10677 * implementation works in 8 bits: |
| 10678 */ |
| 10679 if (pm->test_gamma_expand16) |
| 10680 pm->calculations_use_input_precision = 1; |
| 10681 perform_gamma_transform_tests(pm); |
| 10682 if (!calculations_use_input_precision) |
| 10683 pm->calculations_use_input_precision = 0; |
| 10684 |
| 10685 if (summary) |
| 10686 summarize_gamma_errors(pm, 0/*who*/, 1/*low bit depth*/, 1/*indexed*/); |
| 10687 |
| 10688 if (fail(pm)) |
| 10689 return; |
| 10690 } |
| 10691 |
| 10692 /* The sbit tests produce much larger errors: */ |
| 10693 if (pm->test_gamma_sbit) |
| 10694 { |
| 10695 init_gamma_errors(pm); |
| 10696 perform_gamma_sbit_tests(pm); |
| 10697 |
| 10698 if (summary) |
| 10699 summarize_gamma_errors(pm, "sBIT", pm->sbitlow < 8U, 1/*indexed*/); |
| 10700 |
| 10701 if (fail(pm)) |
| 10702 return; |
| 10703 } |
| 10704 |
| 10705 #ifdef DO_16BIT /* Should be READ_16BIT_SUPPORTED */ |
| 10706 if (pm->test_gamma_scale16) |
| 10707 { |
| 10708 /* The 16 to 8 bit strip operations: */ |
| 10709 init_gamma_errors(pm); |
| 10710 perform_gamma_scale16_tests(pm); |
| 10711 |
| 10712 if (summary) |
| 10713 { |
| 10714 fflush(stderr); |
| 10715 printf("\nGamma correction with 16 to 8 bit reduction:\n"); |
| 10716 printf(" 16 bit gray: %.5f\n", pm->error_gray_16); |
| 10717 printf(" 16 bit color: %.5f\n", pm->error_color_16); |
| 10718 fflush(stdout); |
| 10719 } |
| 10720 |
| 10721 if (fail(pm)) |
| 10722 return; |
| 10723 } |
| 10724 #endif |
| 10725 |
| 10726 #ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED |
| 10727 if (pm->test_gamma_background) |
| 10728 { |
| 10729 init_gamma_errors(pm); |
| 10730 |
| 10731 /*TODO: remove this. Necessary because the current libpng |
| 10732 * implementation works in 8 bits: |
| 10733 */ |
| 10734 if (pm->test_gamma_expand16) |
| 10735 { |
| 10736 pm->calculations_use_input_precision = 1; |
| 10737 pm->maxout8 = .499; /* because the 16 bit background is smashed */ |
| 10738 } |
| 10739 perform_gamma_composition_tests(pm, PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE, |
| 10740 pm->test_gamma_expand16); |
| 10741 if (!calculations_use_input_precision) |
| 10742 pm->calculations_use_input_precision = 0; |
| 10743 pm->maxout8 = maxout8; |
| 10744 |
| 10745 if (summary) |
| 10746 summarize_gamma_errors(pm, "background", 1, 0/*indexed*/); |
| 10747 |
| 10748 if (fail(pm)) |
| 10749 return; |
| 10750 } |
| 10751 #endif |
| 10752 |
| 10753 #ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED |
| 10754 if (pm->test_gamma_alpha_mode) |
| 10755 { |
| 10756 int do_background; |
| 10757 |
| 10758 init_gamma_errors(pm); |
| 10759 |
| 10760 /*TODO: remove this. Necessary because the current libpng |
| 10761 * implementation works in 8 bits: |
| 10762 */ |
| 10763 if (pm->test_gamma_expand16) |
| 10764 pm->calculations_use_input_precision = 1; |
| 10765 for (do_background = ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD; |
| 10766 do_background <= ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN && !fail(pm); |
| 10767 ++do_background) |
| 10768 perform_gamma_composition_tests(pm, do_background, |
| 10769 pm->test_gamma_expand16); |
| 10770 if (!calculations_use_input_precision) |
| 10771 pm->calculations_use_input_precision = 0; |
| 10772 |
| 10773 if (summary) |
| 10774 summarize_gamma_errors(pm, "alpha mode", 1, 0/*indexed*/); |
| 10775 |
| 10776 if (fail(pm)) |
| 10777 return; |
| 10778 } |
| 10779 #endif |
| 10780 } |
| 10781 #endif /* PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED */ |
| 10782 #endif /* PNG_READ_SUPPORTED */ |
| 10783 |
| 10784 /* INTERLACE MACRO VALIDATION */ |
| 10785 /* This is copied verbatim from the specification, it is simply the pass |
| 10786 * number in which each pixel in each 8x8 tile appears. The array must |
| 10787 * be indexed adam7[y][x] and notice that the pass numbers are based at |
| 10788 * 1, not 0 - the base libpng uses. |
| 10789 */ |
| 10790 static const |
| 10791 png_byte adam7[8][8] = |
| 10792 { |
| 10793 { 1,6,4,6,2,6,4,6 }, |
| 10794 { 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7 }, |
| 10795 { 5,6,5,6,5,6,5,6 }, |
| 10796 { 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7 }, |
| 10797 { 3,6,4,6,3,6,4,6 }, |
| 10798 { 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7 }, |
| 10799 { 5,6,5,6,5,6,5,6 }, |
| 10800 { 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7 } |
| 10801 }; |
| 10802 |
| 10803 /* This routine validates all the interlace support macros in png.h for |
| 10804 * a variety of valid PNG widths and heights. It uses a number of similarly |
| 10805 * named internal routines that feed off the above array. |
| 10806 */ |
| 10807 static png_uint_32 |
| 10808 png_pass_start_row(int pass) |
| 10809 { |
| 10810 int x, y; |
| 10811 ++pass; |
| 10812 for (y=0; y<8; ++y) for (x=0; x<8; ++x) if (adam7[y][x] == pass) |
| 10813 return y; |
| 10814 return 0xf; |
| 10815 } |
| 10816 |
| 10817 static png_uint_32 |
| 10818 png_pass_start_col(int pass) |
| 10819 { |
| 10820 int x, y; |
| 10821 ++pass; |
| 10822 for (x=0; x<8; ++x) for (y=0; y<8; ++y) if (adam7[y][x] == pass) |
| 10823 return x; |
| 10824 return 0xf; |
| 10825 } |
| 10826 |
| 10827 static int |
| 10828 png_pass_row_shift(int pass) |
| 10829 { |
| 10830 int x, y, base=(-1), inc=8; |
| 10831 ++pass; |
| 10832 for (y=0; y<8; ++y) for (x=0; x<8; ++x) if (adam7[y][x] == pass) |
| 10833 { |
| 10834 if (base == (-1)) |
| 10835 base = y; |
| 10836 else if (base == y) |
| 10837 {} |
| 10838 else if (inc == y-base) |
| 10839 base=y; |
| 10840 else if (inc == 8) |
| 10841 inc = y-base, base=y; |
| 10842 else if (inc != y-base) |
| 10843 return 0xff; /* error - more than one 'inc' value! */ |
| 10844 } |
| 10845 |
| 10846 if (base == (-1)) return 0xfe; /* error - no row in pass! */ |
| 10847 |
| 10848 /* The shift is always 1, 2 or 3 - no pass has all the rows! */ |
| 10849 switch (inc) |
| 10850 { |
| 10851 case 2: return 1; |
| 10852 case 4: return 2; |
| 10853 case 8: return 3; |
| 10854 default: break; |
| 10855 } |
| 10856 |
| 10857 /* error - unrecognized 'inc' */ |
| 10858 return (inc << 8) + 0xfd; |
| 10859 } |
| 10860 |
| 10861 static int |
| 10862 png_pass_col_shift(int pass) |
| 10863 { |
| 10864 int x, y, base=(-1), inc=8; |
| 10865 ++pass; |
| 10866 for (x=0; x<8; ++x) for (y=0; y<8; ++y) if (adam7[y][x] == pass) |
| 10867 { |
| 10868 if (base == (-1)) |
| 10869 base = x; |
| 10870 else if (base == x) |
| 10871 {} |
| 10872 else if (inc == x-base) |
| 10873 base=x; |
| 10874 else if (inc == 8) |
| 10875 inc = x-base, base=x; |
| 10876 else if (inc != x-base) |
| 10877 return 0xff; /* error - more than one 'inc' value! */ |
| 10878 } |
| 10879 |
| 10880 if (base == (-1)) return 0xfe; /* error - no row in pass! */ |
| 10881 |
| 10882 /* The shift is always 1, 2 or 3 - no pass has all the rows! */ |
| 10883 switch (inc) |
| 10884 { |
| 10885 case 1: return 0; /* pass 7 has all the columns */ |
| 10886 case 2: return 1; |
| 10887 case 4: return 2; |
| 10888 case 8: return 3; |
| 10889 default: break; |
| 10890 } |
| 10891 |
| 10892 /* error - unrecognized 'inc' */ |
| 10893 return (inc << 8) + 0xfd; |
| 10894 } |
| 10895 |
| 10896 static png_uint_32 |
| 10897 png_row_from_pass_row(png_uint_32 yIn, int pass) |
| 10898 { |
| 10899 /* By examination of the array: */ |
| 10900 switch (pass) |
| 10901 { |
| 10902 case 0: return yIn * 8; |
| 10903 case 1: return yIn * 8; |
| 10904 case 2: return yIn * 8 + 4; |
| 10905 case 3: return yIn * 4; |
| 10906 case 4: return yIn * 4 + 2; |
| 10907 case 5: return yIn * 2; |
| 10908 case 6: return yIn * 2 + 1; |
| 10909 default: break; |
| 10910 } |
| 10911 |
| 10912 return 0xff; /* bad pass number */ |
| 10913 } |
| 10914 |
| 10915 static png_uint_32 |
| 10916 png_col_from_pass_col(png_uint_32 xIn, int pass) |
| 10917 { |
| 10918 /* By examination of the array: */ |
| 10919 switch (pass) |
| 10920 { |
| 10921 case 0: return xIn * 8; |
| 10922 case 1: return xIn * 8 + 4; |
| 10923 case 2: return xIn * 4; |
| 10924 case 3: return xIn * 4 + 2; |
| 10925 case 4: return xIn * 2; |
| 10926 case 5: return xIn * 2 + 1; |
| 10927 case 6: return xIn; |
| 10928 default: break; |
| 10929 } |
| 10930 |
| 10931 return 0xff; /* bad pass number */ |
| 10932 } |
| 10933 |
| 10934 static int |
| 10935 png_row_in_interlace_pass(png_uint_32 y, int pass) |
| 10936 { |
| 10937 /* Is row 'y' in pass 'pass'? */ |
| 10938 int x; |
| 10939 y &= 7; |
| 10940 ++pass; |
| 10941 for (x=0; x<8; ++x) if (adam7[y][x] == pass) |
| 10942 return 1; |
| 10943 |
| 10944 return 0; |
| 10945 } |
| 10946 |
| 10947 static int |
| 10948 png_col_in_interlace_pass(png_uint_32 x, int pass) |
| 10949 { |
| 10950 /* Is column 'x' in pass 'pass'? */ |
| 10951 int y; |
| 10952 x &= 7; |
| 10953 ++pass; |
| 10954 for (y=0; y<8; ++y) if (adam7[y][x] == pass) |
| 10955 return 1; |
| 10956 |
| 10957 return 0; |
| 10958 } |
| 10959 |
| 10960 static png_uint_32 |
| 10961 png_pass_rows(png_uint_32 height, int pass) |
| 10962 { |
| 10963 png_uint_32 tiles = height>>3; |
| 10964 png_uint_32 rows = 0; |
| 10965 unsigned int x, y; |
| 10966 |
| 10967 height &= 7; |
| 10968 ++pass; |
| 10969 for (y=0; y<8; ++y) for (x=0; x<8; ++x) if (adam7[y][x] == pass) |
| 10970 { |
| 10971 rows += tiles; |
| 10972 if (y < height) ++rows; |
| 10973 break; /* i.e. break the 'x', column, loop. */ |
| 10974 } |
| 10975 |
| 10976 return rows; |
| 10977 } |
| 10978 |
| 10979 static png_uint_32 |
| 10980 png_pass_cols(png_uint_32 width, int pass) |
| 10981 { |
| 10982 png_uint_32 tiles = width>>3; |
| 10983 png_uint_32 cols = 0; |
| 10984 unsigned int x, y; |
| 10985 |
| 10986 width &= 7; |
| 10987 ++pass; |
| 10988 for (x=0; x<8; ++x) for (y=0; y<8; ++y) if (adam7[y][x] == pass) |
| 10989 { |
| 10990 cols += tiles; |
| 10991 if (x < width) ++cols; |
| 10992 break; /* i.e. break the 'y', row, loop. */ |
| 10993 } |
| 10994 |
| 10995 return cols; |
| 10996 } |
| 10997 |
| 10998 static void |
| 10999 perform_interlace_macro_validation(void) |
| 11000 { |
| 11001 /* The macros to validate, first those that depend only on pass: |
| 11002 * |
| 11003 * PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass) |
| 11004 * PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass) |
| 11005 * PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass) |
| 11006 * PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass) |
| 11007 */ |
| 11008 int pass; |
| 11009 |
| 11010 for (pass=0; pass<7; ++pass) |
| 11011 { |
| 11012 png_uint_32 m, f, v; |
| 11013 |
| 11014 m = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass); |
| 11015 f = png_pass_start_row(pass); |
| 11016 if (m != f) |
| 11017 { |
| 11018 fprintf(stderr, "PNG_PASS_START_ROW(%d) = %u != %x\n", pass, m, f); |
| 11019 exit(99); |
| 11020 } |
| 11021 |
| 11022 m = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass); |
| 11023 f = png_pass_start_col(pass); |
| 11024 if (m != f) |
| 11025 { |
| 11026 fprintf(stderr, "PNG_PASS_START_COL(%d) = %u != %x\n", pass, m, f); |
| 11027 exit(99); |
| 11028 } |
| 11029 |
| 11030 m = PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass); |
| 11031 f = png_pass_row_shift(pass); |
| 11032 if (m != f) |
| 11033 { |
| 11034 fprintf(stderr, "PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(%d) = %u != %x\n", pass, m, f); |
| 11035 exit(99); |
| 11036 } |
| 11037 |
| 11038 m = PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass); |
| 11039 f = png_pass_col_shift(pass); |
| 11040 if (m != f) |
| 11041 { |
| 11042 fprintf(stderr, "PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(%d) = %u != %x\n", pass, m, f); |
| 11043 exit(99); |
| 11044 } |
| 11045 |
| 11046 /* Macros that depend on the image or sub-image height too: |
| 11047 * |
| 11048 * PNG_PASS_ROWS(height, pass) |
| 11049 * PNG_PASS_COLS(width, pass) |
| 11050 * PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(yIn, pass) |
| 11051 * PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(xIn, pass) |
| 11052 * PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass) |
| 11053 * PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(x, pass) |
| 11054 */ |
| 11055 for (v=0;;) |
| 11056 { |
| 11057 /* First the base 0 stuff: */ |
| 11058 m = PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(v, pass); |
| 11059 f = png_row_from_pass_row(v, pass); |
| 11060 if (m != f) |
| 11061 { |
| 11062 fprintf(stderr, "PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(%u, %d) = %u != %x\n", |
| 11063 v, pass, m, f); |
| 11064 exit(99); |
| 11065 } |
| 11066 |
| 11067 m = PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(v, pass); |
| 11068 f = png_col_from_pass_col(v, pass); |
| 11069 if (m != f) |
| 11070 { |
| 11071 fprintf(stderr, "PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(%u, %d) = %u != %x\n", |
| 11072 v, pass, m, f); |
| 11073 exit(99); |
| 11074 } |
| 11075 |
| 11076 m = PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(v, pass); |
| 11077 f = png_row_in_interlace_pass(v, pass); |
| 11078 if (m != f) |
| 11079 { |
| 11080 fprintf(stderr, "PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(%u, %d) = %u != %x\n", |
| 11081 v, pass, m, f); |
| 11082 exit(99); |
| 11083 } |
| 11084 |
| 11085 m = PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(v, pass); |
| 11086 f = png_col_in_interlace_pass(v, pass); |
| 11087 if (m != f) |
| 11088 { |
| 11089 fprintf(stderr, "PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(%u, %d) = %u != %x\n", |
| 11090 v, pass, m, f); |
| 11091 exit(99); |
| 11092 } |
| 11093 |
| 11094 /* Then the base 1 stuff: */ |
| 11095 ++v; |
| 11096 m = PNG_PASS_ROWS(v, pass); |
| 11097 f = png_pass_rows(v, pass); |
| 11098 if (m != f) |
| 11099 { |
| 11100 fprintf(stderr, "PNG_PASS_ROWS(%u, %d) = %u != %x\n", |
| 11101 v, pass, m, f); |
| 11102 exit(99); |
| 11103 } |
| 11104 |
| 11105 m = PNG_PASS_COLS(v, pass); |
| 11106 f = png_pass_cols(v, pass); |
| 11107 if (m != f) |
| 11108 { |
| 11109 fprintf(stderr, "PNG_PASS_COLS(%u, %d) = %u != %x\n", |
| 11110 v, pass, m, f); |
| 11111 exit(99); |
| 11112 } |
| 11113 |
| 11114 /* Move to the next v - the stepping algorithm starts skipping |
| 11115 * values above 1024. |
| 11116 */ |
| 11117 if (v > 1024) |
| 11118 { |
| 11119 if (v == PNG_UINT_31_MAX) |
| 11120 break; |
| 11121 |
| 11122 v = (v << 1) ^ v; |
| 11123 if (v >= PNG_UINT_31_MAX) |
| 11124 v = PNG_UINT_31_MAX-1; |
| 11125 } |
| 11126 } |
| 11127 } |
| 11128 } |
| 11129 |
| 11130 /* Test color encodings. These values are back-calculated from the published |
| 11131 * chromaticities. The values are accurate to about 14 decimal places; 15 are |
| 11132 * given. These values are much more accurate than the ones given in the spec, |
| 11133 * which typically don't exceed 4 decimal places. This allows testing of the |
| 11134 * libpng code to its theoretical accuracy of 4 decimal places. (If pngvalid |
| 11135 * used the published errors the 'slack' permitted would have to be +/-.5E-4 or |
| 11136 * more.) |
| 11137 * |
| 11138 * The png_modifier code assumes that encodings[0] is sRGB and treats it |
| 11139 * specially: do not change the first entry in this list! |
| 11140 */ |
| 11141 static const color_encoding test_encodings[] = |
| 11142 { |
| 11143 /* sRGB: must be first in this list! */ |
| 11144 /*gamma:*/ { 1/2.2, |
| 11145 /*red: */ { 0.412390799265959, 0.212639005871510, 0.019330818715592 }, |
| 11146 /*green:*/ { 0.357584339383878, 0.715168678767756, 0.119194779794626 }, |
| 11147 /*blue: */ { 0.180480788401834, 0.072192315360734, 0.950532152249660} }, |
| 11148 /* Kodak ProPhoto (wide gamut) */ |
| 11149 /*gamma:*/ { 1/1.6 /*approximate: uses 1.8 power law compared to sRGB 2.4*/, |
| 11150 /*red: */ { 0.797760489672303, 0.288071128229293, 0.000000000000000 }, |
| 11151 /*green:*/ { 0.135185837175740, 0.711843217810102, 0.000000000000000 }, |
| 11152 /*blue: */ { 0.031349349581525, 0.000085653960605, 0.825104602510460} }, |
| 11153 /* Adobe RGB (1998) */ |
| 11154 /*gamma:*/ { 1/(2+51./256), |
| 11155 /*red: */ { 0.576669042910131, 0.297344975250536, 0.027031361386412 }, |
| 11156 /*green:*/ { 0.185558237906546, 0.627363566255466, 0.070688852535827 }, |
| 11157 /*blue: */ { 0.188228646234995, 0.075291458493998, 0.991337536837639} }, |
| 11158 /* Adobe Wide Gamut RGB */ |
| 11159 /*gamma:*/ { 1/(2+51./256), |
| 11160 /*red: */ { 0.716500716779386, 0.258728243040113, 0.000000000000000 }, |
| 11161 /*green:*/ { 0.101020574397477, 0.724682314948566, 0.051211818965388 }, |
| 11162 /*blue: */ { 0.146774385252705, 0.016589442011321, 0.773892783545073} }, |
| 11163 /* Fake encoding which selects just the green channel */ |
| 11164 /*gamma:*/ { 1.45/2.2, /* the 'Mac' gamma */ |
| 11165 /*red: */ { 0.716500716779386, 0.000000000000000, 0.000000000000000 }, |
| 11166 /*green:*/ { 0.101020574397477, 1.000000000000000, 0.051211818965388 }, |
| 11167 /*blue: */ { 0.146774385252705, 0.000000000000000, 0.773892783545073} }, |
| 11168 }; |
| 11169 |
| 11170 /* signal handler |
| 11171 * |
| 11172 * This attempts to trap signals and escape without crashing. It needs a |
| 11173 * context pointer so that it can throw an exception (call longjmp) to recover |
| 11174 * from the condition; this is handled by making the png_modifier used by 'main' |
| 11175 * into a global variable. |
| 11176 */ |
| 11177 static png_modifier pm; |
| 11178 |
| 11179 static void signal_handler(int signum) |
| 11180 { |
| 11181 |
| 11182 size_t pos = 0; |
| 11183 char msg[64]; |
| 11184 |
| 11185 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "caught signal: "); |
| 11186 |
| 11187 switch (signum) |
| 11188 { |
| 11189 case SIGABRT: |
| 11190 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "abort"); |
| 11191 break; |
| 11192 |
| 11193 case SIGFPE: |
| 11194 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "floating point exception"); |
| 11195 break; |
| 11196 |
| 11197 case SIGILL: |
| 11198 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "illegal instruction"); |
| 11199 break; |
| 11200 |
| 11201 case SIGINT: |
| 11202 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "interrupt"); |
| 11203 break; |
| 11204 |
| 11205 case SIGSEGV: |
| 11206 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "invalid memory access"); |
| 11207 break; |
| 11208 |
| 11209 case SIGTERM: |
| 11210 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "termination request"); |
| 11211 break; |
| 11212 |
| 11213 default: |
| 11214 pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "unknown "); |
| 11215 pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, signum); |
| 11216 break; |
| 11217 } |
| 11218 |
| 11219 store_log(&pm.this, NULL/*png_structp*/, msg, 1/*error*/); |
| 11220 |
| 11221 /* And finally throw an exception so we can keep going, unless this is |
| 11222 * SIGTERM in which case stop now. |
| 11223 */ |
| 11224 if (signum != SIGTERM) |
| 11225 { |
| 11226 struct exception_context *the_exception_context = |
| 11227 &pm.this.exception_context; |
| 11228 |
| 11229 Throw &pm.this; |
| 11230 } |
| 11231 |
| 11232 else |
| 11233 exit(1); |
| 11234 } |
| 11235 |
| 11236 /* main program */ |
| 11237 int main(int argc, char **argv) |
| 11238 { |
| 11239 int summary = 1; /* Print the error summary at the end */ |
| 11240 int memstats = 0; /* Print memory statistics at the end */ |
| 11241 |
| 11242 /* Create the given output file on success: */ |
| 11243 const char *touch = NULL; |
| 11244 |
| 11245 /* This is an array of standard gamma values (believe it or not I've seen |
| 11246 * every one of these mentioned somewhere.) |
| 11247 * |
| 11248 * In the following list the most useful values are first! |
| 11249 */ |
| 11250 static double |
| 11251 gammas[]={2.2, 1.0, 2.2/1.45, 1.8, 1.5, 2.4, 2.5, 2.62, 2.9}; |
| 11252 |
| 11253 /* This records the command and arguments: */ |
| 11254 size_t cp = 0; |
| 11255 char command[1024]; |
| 11256 |
| 11257 anon_context(&pm.this); |
| 11258 |
| 11259 gnu_volatile(summary) |
| 11260 gnu_volatile(memstats) |
| 11261 gnu_volatile(touch) |
| 11262 |
| 11263 /* Add appropriate signal handlers, just the ANSI specified ones: */ |
| 11264 signal(SIGABRT, signal_handler); |
| 11265 signal(SIGFPE, signal_handler); |
| 11266 signal(SIGILL, signal_handler); |
| 11267 signal(SIGINT, signal_handler); |
| 11268 signal(SIGSEGV, signal_handler); |
| 11269 signal(SIGTERM, signal_handler); |
| 11270 |
| 11271 #ifdef HAVE_FEENABLEEXCEPT |
| 11272 /* Only required to enable FP exceptions on platforms where they start off |
| 11273 * disabled; this is not necessary but if it is not done pngvalid will likely |
| 11274 * end up ignoring FP conditions that other platforms fault. |
| 11275 */ |
| 11276 feenableexcept(FE_DIVBYZERO | FE_INVALID | FE_OVERFLOW); |
| 11277 #endif |
| 11278 |
| 11279 modifier_init(&pm); |
| 11280 |
| 11281 /* Preallocate the image buffer, because we know how big it needs to be, |
| 11282 * note that, for testing purposes, it is deliberately mis-aligned by tag |
| 11283 * bytes either side. All rows have an additional five bytes of padding for |
| 11284 * overwrite checking. |
| 11285 */ |
| 11286 store_ensure_image(&pm.this, NULL, 2, TRANSFORM_ROWMAX, TRANSFORM_HEIGHTMAX); |
| 11287 |
| 11288 /* Don't give argv[0], it's normally some horrible libtool string: */ |
| 11289 cp = safecat(command, sizeof command, cp, "pngvalid"); |
| 11290 |
| 11291 /* Default to error on warning: */ |
| 11292 pm.this.treat_warnings_as_errors = 1; |
| 11293 |
| 11294 /* Default assume_16_bit_calculations appropriately; this tells the checking |
| 11295 * code that 16-bit arithmetic is used for 8-bit samples when it would make a |
| 11296 * difference. |
| 11297 */ |
| 11298 pm.assume_16_bit_calculations = PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10700; |
| 11299 |
| 11300 /* Currently 16 bit expansion happens at the end of the pipeline, so the |
| 11301 * calculations are done in the input bit depth not the output. |
| 11302 * |
| 11303 * TODO: fix this |
| 11304 */ |
| 11305 pm.calculations_use_input_precision = 1U; |
| 11306 |
| 11307 /* Store the test gammas */ |
| 11308 pm.gammas = gammas; |
| 11309 pm.ngammas = ARRAY_SIZE(gammas); |
| 11310 pm.ngamma_tests = 0; /* default to off */ |
| 11311 |
| 11312 /* Low bit depth gray images don't do well in the gamma tests, until |
| 11313 * this is fixed turn them off for some gamma cases: |
| 11314 */ |
| 11315 # ifdef PNG_WRITE_tRNS_SUPPORTED |
| 11316 pm.test_tRNS = 1; |
| 11317 # endif |
| 11318 pm.test_lbg = PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10600; |
| 11319 pm.test_lbg_gamma_threshold = 1; |
| 11320 pm.test_lbg_gamma_transform = PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10600; |
| 11321 pm.test_lbg_gamma_sbit = 1; |
| 11322 pm.test_lbg_gamma_composition = PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10700; |
| 11323 |
| 11324 /* And the test encodings */ |
| 11325 pm.encodings = test_encodings; |
| 11326 pm.nencodings = ARRAY_SIZE(test_encodings); |
| 11327 |
| 11328 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 11329 pm.sbitlow = 8U; /* because libpng doesn't do sBIT below 8! */ |
| 11330 # else |
| 11331 pm.sbitlow = 1U; |
| 11332 # endif |
| 11333 |
| 11334 /* The following allows results to pass if they correspond to anything in the |
| 11335 * transformed range [input-.5,input+.5]; this is is required because of the |
| 11336 * way libpng treates the 16_TO_8 flag when building the gamma tables in |
| 11337 * releases up to 1.6.0. |
| 11338 * |
| 11339 * TODO: review this |
| 11340 */ |
| 11341 pm.use_input_precision_16to8 = 1U; |
| 11342 pm.use_input_precision_sbit = 1U; /* because libpng now rounds sBIT */ |
| 11343 |
| 11344 /* Some default values (set the behavior for 'make check' here). |
| 11345 * These values simply control the maximum error permitted in the gamma |
| 11346 * transformations. The practial limits for human perception are described |
| 11347 * below (the setting for maxpc16), however for 8 bit encodings it isn't |
| 11348 * possible to meet the accepted capabilities of human vision - i.e. 8 bit |
| 11349 * images can never be good enough, regardless of encoding. |
| 11350 */ |
| 11351 pm.maxout8 = .1; /* Arithmetic error in *encoded* value */ |
| 11352 pm.maxabs8 = .00005; /* 1/20000 */ |
| 11353 pm.maxcalc8 = 1./255; /* +/-1 in 8 bits for compose errors */ |
| 11354 pm.maxpc8 = .499; /* I.e., .499% fractional error */ |
| 11355 pm.maxout16 = .499; /* Error in *encoded* value */ |
| 11356 pm.maxabs16 = .00005;/* 1/20000 */ |
| 11357 pm.maxcalc16 =1./65535;/* +/-1 in 16 bits for compose errors */ |
| 11358 # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 |
| 11359 pm.maxcalcG = 1./((1<<PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8)-1); |
| 11360 # else |
| 11361 pm.maxcalcG = 1./((1<<16)-1); |
| 11362 # endif |
| 11363 |
| 11364 /* NOTE: this is a reasonable perceptual limit. We assume that humans can |
| 11365 * perceive light level differences of 1% over a 100:1 range, so we need to |
| 11366 * maintain 1 in 10000 accuracy (in linear light space), which is what the |
| 11367 * following guarantees. It also allows significantly higher errors at |
| 11368 * higher 16 bit values, which is important for performance. The actual |
| 11369 * maximum 16 bit error is about +/-1.9 in the fixed point implementation but |
| 11370 * this is only allowed for values >38149 by the following: |
| 11371 */ |
| 11372 pm.maxpc16 = .005; /* I.e., 1/200% - 1/20000 */ |
| 11373 |
| 11374 /* Now parse the command line options. */ |
| 11375 while (--argc >= 1) |
| 11376 { |
| 11377 int catmore = 0; /* Set if the argument has an argument. */ |
| 11378 |
| 11379 /* Record each argument for posterity: */ |
| 11380 cp = safecat(command, sizeof command, cp, " "); |
| 11381 cp = safecat(command, sizeof command, cp, *++argv); |
| 11382 |
| 11383 if (strcmp(*argv, "-v") == 0) |
| 11384 pm.this.verbose = 1; |
| 11385 |
| 11386 else if (strcmp(*argv, "-l") == 0) |
| 11387 pm.log = 1; |
| 11388 |
| 11389 else if (strcmp(*argv, "-q") == 0) |
| 11390 summary = pm.this.verbose = pm.log = 0; |
| 11391 |
| 11392 else if (strcmp(*argv, "-w") == 0 || |
| 11393 strcmp(*argv, "--strict") == 0) |
| 11394 pm.this.treat_warnings_as_errors = 1; /* NOTE: this is the default! */ |
| 11395 |
| 11396 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nostrict") == 0) |
| 11397 pm.this.treat_warnings_as_errors = 0; |
| 11398 |
| 11399 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--speed") == 0) |
| 11400 pm.this.speed = 1, pm.ngamma_tests = pm.ngammas, pm.test_standard = 0, |
| 11401 summary = 0; |
| 11402 |
| 11403 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--memory") == 0) |
| 11404 memstats = 1; |
| 11405 |
| 11406 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--size") == 0) |
| 11407 pm.test_size = 1; |
| 11408 |
| 11409 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nosize") == 0) |
| 11410 pm.test_size = 0; |
| 11411 |
| 11412 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--standard") == 0) |
| 11413 pm.test_standard = 1; |
| 11414 |
| 11415 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nostandard") == 0) |
| 11416 pm.test_standard = 0; |
| 11417 |
| 11418 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--transform") == 0) |
| 11419 pm.test_transform = 1; |
| 11420 |
| 11421 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--notransform") == 0) |
| 11422 pm.test_transform = 0; |
| 11423 |
| 11424 #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED |
| 11425 else if (strncmp(*argv, "--transform-disable=", |
| 11426 sizeof "--transform-disable") == 0) |
| 11427 { |
| 11428 pm.test_transform = 1; |
| 11429 transform_disable(*argv + sizeof "--transform-disable"); |
| 11430 } |
| 11431 |
| 11432 else if (strncmp(*argv, "--transform-enable=", |
| 11433 sizeof "--transform-enable") == 0) |
| 11434 { |
| 11435 pm.test_transform = 1; |
| 11436 transform_enable(*argv + sizeof "--transform-enable"); |
| 11437 } |
| 11438 #endif /* PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED */ |
| 11439 |
| 11440 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--gamma") == 0) |
| 11441 { |
| 11442 /* Just do two gamma tests here (2.2 and linear) for speed: */ |
| 11443 pm.ngamma_tests = 2U; |
| 11444 pm.test_gamma_threshold = 1; |
| 11445 pm.test_gamma_transform = 1; |
| 11446 pm.test_gamma_sbit = 1; |
| 11447 pm.test_gamma_scale16 = 1; |
| 11448 pm.test_gamma_background = 1; /* composition */ |
| 11449 pm.test_gamma_alpha_mode = 1; |
| 11450 } |
| 11451 |
| 11452 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nogamma") == 0) |
| 11453 pm.ngamma_tests = 0; |
| 11454 |
| 11455 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--gamma-threshold") == 0) |
| 11456 pm.ngamma_tests = 2U, pm.test_gamma_threshold = 1; |
| 11457 |
| 11458 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nogamma-threshold") == 0) |
| 11459 pm.test_gamma_threshold = 0; |
| 11460 |
| 11461 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--gamma-transform") == 0) |
| 11462 pm.ngamma_tests = 2U, pm.test_gamma_transform = 1; |
| 11463 |
| 11464 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nogamma-transform") == 0) |
| 11465 pm.test_gamma_transform = 0; |
| 11466 |
| 11467 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--gamma-sbit") == 0) |
| 11468 pm.ngamma_tests = 2U, pm.test_gamma_sbit = 1; |
| 11469 |
| 11470 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nogamma-sbit") == 0) |
| 11471 pm.test_gamma_sbit = 0; |
| 11472 |
| 11473 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--gamma-16-to-8") == 0) |
| 11474 pm.ngamma_tests = 2U, pm.test_gamma_scale16 = 1; |
| 11475 |
| 11476 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nogamma-16-to-8") == 0) |
| 11477 pm.test_gamma_scale16 = 0; |
| 11478 |
| 11479 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--gamma-background") == 0) |
| 11480 pm.ngamma_tests = 2U, pm.test_gamma_background = 1; |
| 11481 |
| 11482 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nogamma-background") == 0) |
| 11483 pm.test_gamma_background = 0; |
| 11484 |
| 11485 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--gamma-alpha-mode") == 0) |
| 11486 pm.ngamma_tests = 2U, pm.test_gamma_alpha_mode = 1; |
| 11487 |
| 11488 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nogamma-alpha-mode") == 0) |
| 11489 pm.test_gamma_alpha_mode = 0; |
| 11490 |
| 11491 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--expand16") == 0) |
| 11492 pm.test_gamma_expand16 = 1; |
| 11493 |
| 11494 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--noexpand16") == 0) |
| 11495 pm.test_gamma_expand16 = 0; |
| 11496 |
| 11497 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--low-depth-gray") == 0) |
| 11498 pm.test_lbg = pm.test_lbg_gamma_threshold = |
| 11499 pm.test_lbg_gamma_transform = pm.test_lbg_gamma_sbit = |
| 11500 pm.test_lbg_gamma_composition = 1; |
| 11501 |
| 11502 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nolow-depth-gray") == 0) |
| 11503 pm.test_lbg = pm.test_lbg_gamma_threshold = |
| 11504 pm.test_lbg_gamma_transform = pm.test_lbg_gamma_sbit = |
| 11505 pm.test_lbg_gamma_composition = 0; |
| 11506 |
| 11507 # ifdef PNG_WRITE_tRNS_SUPPORTED |
| 11508 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--tRNS") == 0) |
| 11509 pm.test_tRNS = 1; |
| 11510 # endif |
| 11511 |
| 11512 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--notRNS") == 0) |
| 11513 pm.test_tRNS = 0; |
| 11514 |
| 11515 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--more-gammas") == 0) |
| 11516 pm.ngamma_tests = 3U; |
| 11517 |
| 11518 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--all-gammas") == 0) |
| 11519 pm.ngamma_tests = pm.ngammas; |
| 11520 |
| 11521 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--progressive-read") == 0) |
| 11522 pm.this.progressive = 1; |
| 11523 |
| 11524 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--use-update-info") == 0) |
| 11525 ++pm.use_update_info; /* Can call multiple times */ |
| 11526 |
| 11527 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--interlace") == 0) |
| 11528 { |
| 11529 # if CAN_WRITE_INTERLACE |
| 11530 pm.interlace_type = PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7; |
| 11531 # else /* !CAN_WRITE_INTERLACE */ |
| 11532 fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: no write interlace support\n"); |
| 11533 return SKIP; |
| 11534 # endif /* !CAN_WRITE_INTERLACE */ |
| 11535 } |
| 11536 |
| 11537 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--use-input-precision") == 0) |
| 11538 pm.use_input_precision = 1U; |
| 11539 |
| 11540 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--use-calculation-precision") == 0) |
| 11541 pm.use_input_precision = 0; |
| 11542 |
| 11543 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--calculations-use-input-precision") == 0) |
| 11544 pm.calculations_use_input_precision = 1U; |
| 11545 |
| 11546 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--assume-16-bit-calculations") == 0) |
| 11547 pm.assume_16_bit_calculations = 1U; |
| 11548 |
| 11549 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--calculations-follow-bit-depth") == 0) |
| 11550 pm.calculations_use_input_precision = |
| 11551 pm.assume_16_bit_calculations = 0; |
| 11552 |
| 11553 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--exhaustive") == 0) |
| 11554 pm.test_exhaustive = 1; |
| 11555 |
| 11556 else if (argc > 1 && strcmp(*argv, "--sbitlow") == 0) |
| 11557 --argc, pm.sbitlow = (png_byte)atoi(*++argv), catmore = 1; |
| 11558 |
| 11559 else if (argc > 1 && strcmp(*argv, "--touch") == 0) |
| 11560 --argc, touch = *++argv, catmore = 1; |
| 11561 |
| 11562 else if (argc > 1 && strncmp(*argv, "--max", 5) == 0) |
| 11563 { |
| 11564 --argc; |
| 11565 |
| 11566 if (strcmp(5+*argv, "abs8") == 0) |
| 11567 pm.maxabs8 = atof(*++argv); |
| 11568 |
| 11569 else if (strcmp(5+*argv, "abs16") == 0) |
| 11570 pm.maxabs16 = atof(*++argv); |
| 11571 |
| 11572 else if (strcmp(5+*argv, "calc8") == 0) |
| 11573 pm.maxcalc8 = atof(*++argv); |
| 11574 |
| 11575 else if (strcmp(5+*argv, "calc16") == 0) |
| 11576 pm.maxcalc16 = atof(*++argv); |
| 11577 |
| 11578 else if (strcmp(5+*argv, "out8") == 0) |
| 11579 pm.maxout8 = atof(*++argv); |
| 11580 |
| 11581 else if (strcmp(5+*argv, "out16") == 0) |
| 11582 pm.maxout16 = atof(*++argv); |
| 11583 |
| 11584 else if (strcmp(5+*argv, "pc8") == 0) |
| 11585 pm.maxpc8 = atof(*++argv); |
| 11586 |
| 11587 else if (strcmp(5+*argv, "pc16") == 0) |
| 11588 pm.maxpc16 = atof(*++argv); |
| 11589 |
| 11590 else |
| 11591 { |
| 11592 fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: %s: unknown 'max' option\n", *argv); |
| 11593 exit(99); |
| 11594 } |
| 11595 |
| 11596 catmore = 1; |
| 11597 } |
| 11598 |
| 11599 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--log8") == 0) |
| 11600 --argc, pm.log8 = atof(*++argv), catmore = 1; |
| 11601 |
| 11602 else if (strcmp(*argv, "--log16") == 0) |
| 11603 --argc, pm.log16 = atof(*++argv), catmore = 1; |
| 11604 |
| 11605 #ifdef PNG_SET_OPTION_SUPPORTED |
| 11606 else if (strncmp(*argv, "--option=", 9) == 0) |
| 11607 { |
| 11608 /* Syntax of the argument is <option>:{on|off} */ |
| 11609 const char *arg = 9+*argv; |
| 11610 unsigned char option=0, setting=0; |
| 11611 |
| 11612 #ifdef PNG_ARM_NEON |
| 11613 if (strncmp(arg, "arm-neon:", 9) == 0) |
| 11614 option = PNG_ARM_NEON, arg += 9; |
| 11615 |
| 11616 else |
| 11617 #endif |
| 11618 #ifdef PNG_EXTENSIONS |
| 11619 if (strncmp(arg, "extensions:", 11) == 0) |
| 11620 option = PNG_EXTENSIONS, arg += 11; |
| 11621 |
| 11622 else |
| 11623 #endif |
| 11624 #ifdef PNG_MAXIMUM_INFLATE_WINDOW |
| 11625 if (strncmp(arg, "max-inflate-window:", 19) == 0) |
| 11626 option = PNG_MAXIMUM_INFLATE_WINDOW, arg += 19; |
| 11627 |
| 11628 else |
| 11629 #endif |
| 11630 { |
| 11631 fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: %s: %s: unknown option\n", *argv, arg); |
| 11632 exit(99); |
| 11633 } |
| 11634 |
| 11635 if (strcmp(arg, "off") == 0) |
| 11636 setting = PNG_OPTION_OFF; |
| 11637 |
| 11638 else if (strcmp(arg, "on") == 0) |
| 11639 setting = PNG_OPTION_ON; |
| 11640 |
| 11641 else |
| 11642 { |
| 11643 fprintf(stderr, |
| 11644 "pngvalid: %s: %s: unknown setting (use 'on' or 'off')\n", |
| 11645 *argv, arg); |
| 11646 exit(99); |
| 11647 } |
| 11648 |
| 11649 pm.this.options[pm.this.noptions].option = option; |
| 11650 pm.this.options[pm.this.noptions++].setting = setting; |
| 11651 } |
| 11652 #endif /* PNG_SET_OPTION_SUPPORTED */ |
| 11653 |
| 11654 else |
| 11655 { |
| 11656 fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: %s: unknown argument\n", *argv); |
| 11657 exit(99); |
| 11658 } |
| 11659 |
| 11660 if (catmore) /* consumed an extra *argv */ |
| 11661 { |
| 11662 cp = safecat(command, sizeof command, cp, " "); |
| 11663 cp = safecat(command, sizeof command, cp, *argv); |
| 11664 } |
| 11665 } |
| 11666 |
| 11667 /* If pngvalid is run with no arguments default to a reasonable set of the |
| 11668 * tests. |
| 11669 */ |
| 11670 if (pm.test_standard == 0 && pm.test_size == 0 && pm.test_transform == 0 && |
| 11671 pm.ngamma_tests == 0) |
| 11672 { |
| 11673 /* Make this do all the tests done in the test shell scripts with the same |
| 11674 * parameters, where possible. The limitation is that all the progressive |
| 11675 * read and interlace stuff has to be done in separate runs, so only the |
| 11676 * basic 'standard' and 'size' tests are done. |
| 11677 */ |
| 11678 pm.test_standard = 1; |
| 11679 pm.test_size = 1; |
| 11680 pm.test_transform = 1; |
| 11681 pm.ngamma_tests = 2U; |
| 11682 } |
| 11683 |
| 11684 if (pm.ngamma_tests > 0 && |
| 11685 pm.test_gamma_threshold == 0 && pm.test_gamma_transform == 0 && |
| 11686 pm.test_gamma_sbit == 0 && pm.test_gamma_scale16 == 0 && |
| 11687 pm.test_gamma_background == 0 && pm.test_gamma_alpha_mode == 0) |
| 11688 { |
| 11689 pm.test_gamma_threshold = 1; |
| 11690 pm.test_gamma_transform = 1; |
| 11691 pm.test_gamma_sbit = 1; |
| 11692 pm.test_gamma_scale16 = 1; |
| 11693 pm.test_gamma_background = 1; |
| 11694 pm.test_gamma_alpha_mode = 1; |
| 11695 } |
| 11696 |
| 11697 else if (pm.ngamma_tests == 0) |
| 11698 { |
| 11699 /* Nothing to test so turn everything off: */ |
| 11700 pm.test_gamma_threshold = 0; |
| 11701 pm.test_gamma_transform = 0; |
| 11702 pm.test_gamma_sbit = 0; |
| 11703 pm.test_gamma_scale16 = 0; |
| 11704 pm.test_gamma_background = 0; |
| 11705 pm.test_gamma_alpha_mode = 0; |
| 11706 } |
| 11707 |
| 11708 Try |
| 11709 { |
| 11710 /* Make useful base images */ |
| 11711 make_transform_images(&pm); |
| 11712 |
| 11713 /* Perform the standard and gamma tests. */ |
| 11714 if (pm.test_standard) |
| 11715 { |
| 11716 perform_interlace_macro_validation(); |
| 11717 perform_formatting_test(&pm.this); |
| 11718 # ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED |
| 11719 perform_standard_test(&pm); |
| 11720 # endif |
| 11721 perform_error_test(&pm); |
| 11722 } |
| 11723 |
| 11724 /* Various oddly sized images: */ |
| 11725 if (pm.test_size) |
| 11726 { |
| 11727 make_size_images(&pm.this); |
| 11728 # ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED |
| 11729 perform_size_test(&pm); |
| 11730 # endif |
| 11731 } |
| 11732 |
| 11733 #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED |
| 11734 /* Combinatorial transforms: */ |
| 11735 if (pm.test_transform) |
| 11736 perform_transform_test(&pm); |
| 11737 #endif /* PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED */ |
| 11738 |
| 11739 #ifdef PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED |
| 11740 if (pm.ngamma_tests > 0) |
| 11741 perform_gamma_test(&pm, summary); |
| 11742 #endif |
| 11743 } |
| 11744 |
| 11745 Catch_anonymous |
| 11746 { |
| 11747 fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: test aborted (probably failed in cleanup)\n"); |
| 11748 if (!pm.this.verbose) |
| 11749 { |
| 11750 if (pm.this.error[0] != 0) |
| 11751 fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: first error: %s\n", pm.this.error); |
| 11752 |
| 11753 fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: run with -v to see what happened\n"); |
| 11754 } |
| 11755 exit(1); |
| 11756 } |
| 11757 |
| 11758 if (summary) |
| 11759 { |
| 11760 printf("%s: %s (%s point arithmetic)\n", |
| 11761 (pm.this.nerrors || (pm.this.treat_warnings_as_errors && |
| 11762 pm.this.nwarnings)) ? "FAIL" : "PASS", |
| 11763 command, |
| 11764 #if defined(PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED) || PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10500 |
| 11765 "floating" |
| 11766 #else |
| 11767 "fixed" |
| 11768 #endif |
| 11769 ); |
| 11770 } |
| 11771 |
| 11772 if (memstats) |
| 11773 { |
| 11774 printf("Allocated memory statistics (in bytes):\n" |
| 11775 "\tread %lu maximum single, %lu peak, %lu total\n" |
| 11776 "\twrite %lu maximum single, %lu peak, %lu total\n", |
| 11777 (unsigned long)pm.this.read_memory_pool.max_max, |
| 11778 (unsigned long)pm.this.read_memory_pool.max_limit, |
| 11779 (unsigned long)pm.this.read_memory_pool.max_total, |
| 11780 (unsigned long)pm.this.write_memory_pool.max_max, |
| 11781 (unsigned long)pm.this.write_memory_pool.max_limit, |
| 11782 (unsigned long)pm.this.write_memory_pool.max_total); |
| 11783 } |
| 11784 |
| 11785 /* Do this here to provoke memory corruption errors in memory not directly |
| 11786 * allocated by libpng - not a complete test, but better than nothing. |
| 11787 */ |
| 11788 store_delete(&pm.this); |
| 11789 |
| 11790 /* Error exit if there are any errors, and maybe if there are any |
| 11791 * warnings. |
| 11792 */ |
| 11793 if (pm.this.nerrors || (pm.this.treat_warnings_as_errors && |
| 11794 pm.this.nwarnings)) |
| 11795 { |
| 11796 if (!pm.this.verbose) |
| 11797 fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: %s\n", pm.this.error); |
| 11798 |
| 11799 fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: %d errors, %d warnings\n", pm.this.nerrors, |
| 11800 pm.this.nwarnings); |
| 11801 |
| 11802 exit(1); |
| 11803 } |
| 11804 |
| 11805 /* Success case. */ |
| 11806 if (touch != NULL) |
| 11807 { |
| 11808 FILE *fsuccess = fopen(touch, "wt"); |
| 11809 |
| 11810 if (fsuccess != NULL) |
| 11811 { |
| 11812 int error = 0; |
| 11813 fprintf(fsuccess, "PNG validation succeeded\n"); |
| 11814 fflush(fsuccess); |
| 11815 error = ferror(fsuccess); |
| 11816 |
| 11817 if (fclose(fsuccess) || error) |
| 11818 { |
| 11819 fprintf(stderr, "%s: write failed\n", touch); |
| 11820 exit(1); |
| 11821 } |
| 11822 } |
| 11823 |
| 11824 else |
| 11825 { |
| 11826 fprintf(stderr, "%s: open failed\n", touch); |
| 11827 exit(1); |
| 11828 } |
| 11829 } |
| 11830 |
| 11831 /* This is required because some very minimal configurations do not use it: |
| 11832 */ |
| 11833 UNUSED(fail) |
| 11834 return 0; |
| 11835 } |
| 11836 #else /* write or low level APIs not supported */ |
| 11837 int main(void) |
| 11838 { |
| 11839 fprintf(stderr, |
| 11840 "pngvalid: no low level write support in libpng, all tests skipped\n"); |
| 11841 /* So the test is skipped: */ |
| 11842 return SKIP; |
| 11843 } |
| 11844 #endif |
| OLD | NEW |